LOCAL WATER UTILITIES ADMINISTRATION...FINAL REPORT VOLUME 6: SUBPROJECT APPRAISAL REPORT: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT Asian Development Bank LOCAL WATER UTILITIES ADMINISTRATION WATER

FINAL REPORT

VOLUME 6: SUBPROJECT APPRAISAL REPORT: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT

Asian Development Bank

LOCAL WATER UTILITIES ADMINISTRATION

WATER DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT SECTOR PROJECT

Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA) TA No: 7 122 - PHI PÖYRY IDP CONSULT, INC., PHILIPPINES in association with TEST Consultants Inc., Philippines PÖYRY Environment GmbH, Germany

APRIL 2010

PÖ

YR

Y ID

P C

ON

SU

LT, I

NC

.

TA No. 7122-PHI: Water District Development Sector Project PPTA – FR Vol. 6 – SPAR: LMWD

This report consists of 12 volumes:

Volume 1 Main Report

Volume 2 Institutional and Financial Assessment of LWUA

Volume 3 Subproject Appraisal Report: Metro La Union Water District

Volume 4 Subproject Appraisal Report: Quezon Metro Water District

Volume 5 Subproject Appraisal Report: Legazpi City Water District

Volume 6 Subproject Appraisal Report: Leyte Metro Water District

Volume 7 Subproject Appraisal Report: City of Koronadal Water District

Volume 8 Report and Recommendation of the President (RRP)

Volume 9 Supplementary Appendices A to G (Technical Aspects)

A Review and Assessment of Water Supply and Sanitation Sector Outside Metro Manila B Water Sector Laws and Policies C Assessment of Existing Water Supply Systems in Pilot Water Districts D Proposed Water Supply Component for Pilot Water Districts E Non Revenue Water Contract Mechanisms F Sanitation G Health

Volume 10 Supplementary Appendices H to J (Social Aspects)

H Socio-economic Survey I Stakeholder Consultation and Participation J Indigenous Peoples

Volume 11 Supplementary Appendices K to S (Financial, Implementation Aspects)

K Financial Management Assessment L Detailed Project Cost and Financing Plans for Water Districts M Financial Analysis N Financial History of Water Districts O Economic Analysis P Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building Q Indicators for Measuring Development Objectives and Performance R Terms of Reference for Consultants (Project Implementation Support

Services) S Profiles of Priority Water Districts from Long-list

Volume 12 Supplementary Appendices T to V (Safeguard Aspects)

T Initial Environmental Examinations U Resettlement Framework

V Resettlement Plans


i

SUBPROJECT APPRAISAL REPORT: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT

List of Contents

Glossary and Acronyms ix Location Map xiii

1 Executive Summary ............................................................................................... 1

1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Conclusions of Socio-economic Survey and Stakeholder

Consultations ................................................................................................... 2 1.3 Water Supply ................................................................................................... 2

1.3.1 Rationale .................................................................................................... 2 1.3.2 Existing Water Supply System .................................................................... 3 1.3.3 Scope of Proposed Water Supply Component – Recommended

Plan ............................................................................................................ 4 1.4 Water District Capability and Subproject Implementation ................................ 4 1.5 Subproject Cost, Financing Plan and Financial Analysis ................................. 5 1.6 Economic Analysis .......................................................................................... 7

1.6.1 Economic Internal Rate of Return and Sensitivity Analysis ......................... 7 1.6.2 Subproject Beneficiaries ............................................................................. 7 1.6.3 Subproject Sustainability ............................................................................. 8 1.6.4 Poverty Impact ............................................................................................ 8

2 Description of Study Area ........................ ............................................................. 9

2.1 Tacloban City .................................................................................................. 9 2.1.1 Location ...................................................................................................... 9 2.1.2 Physical Features ....................................................................................... 9 2.1.3 Population ................................................................................................. 11 2.1.4 Economy ................................................................................................... 14 2.1.5 Social Services ......................................................................................... 15

2.2 Dagami .......................................................................................................... 17 2.2.1 Location .................................................................................................... 17 2.2.2 Physical Features ..................................................................................... 17 2.2.3 Population ................................................................................................. 18 2.2.4 Economy ................................................................................................... 19 2.2.5 Social Services ......................................................................................... 20

2.3 Palo ............................................................................................................... 21 2.3.1 Location .................................................................................................... 21 2.3.2 Physical Features ..................................................................................... 21 2.3.3 Population ................................................................................................. 22 2.3.4 Economy ................................................................................................... 23 2.3.5 Social Services ......................................................................................... 24

2.4 Pastrana ........................................................................................................ 24 2.4.1 Location .................................................................................................... 24 2.4.2 Physical Features ..................................................................................... 24 2.4.3 Population ................................................................................................. 25 2.4.4 Economy ................................................................................................... 26 2.4.5 Social Services ......................................................................................... 27

2.5 Santa Fe ........................................................................................................ 28 2.5.1 Location .................................................................................................... 28 2.5.2 Physical Features ..................................................................................... 28 2.5.3 Population ................................................................................................. 29


ii

2.5.4 Economy ................................................................................................... 30 2.5.5 Social Services ......................................................................................... 31

2.6 Tabontabon ................................................................................................... 31 2.6.1 Location .................................................................................................... 31 2.6.2 Physical Features ..................................................................................... 31 2.6.3 Population ................................................................................................. 33 2.6.4 Economy ................................................................................................... 34 2.6.5 Social Services ......................................................................................... 35

2.7 Tanauan ........................................................................................................ 36 2.7.1 Location .................................................................................................... 36 2.7.2 Physical Features ..................................................................................... 36 2.7.3 Population ................................................................................................. 38 2.7.4 Economy ................................................................................................... 40 2.7.5 Social Services ......................................................................................... 42

2.8 Tolosa ........................................................................................................... 43 2.8.1 Location .................................................................................................... 43 2.8.2 Physical Features ..................................................................................... 44 2.8.3 Population ................................................................................................. 44 2.8.4 Economy ................................................................................................... 45 2.8.5 Social Services ......................................................................................... 46

2.9 Sanitation Facilities ....................................................................................... 47 3 Socio-economic Survey and Stakeholder Consultation s .................................. 48

3.1 Socio-economic Survey ................................................................................. 48 3.1.1 Profile of Households in Subproject Site ................................................... 48 3.1.2 Income and Expenditure Profile ................................................................ 49 3.1.3 Existing Water Service .............................................................................. 50 3.1.4 Sanitation, Health and Hygiene ................................................................. 51 3.1.5 Willingness to Connect/Willingness to Pay ................................................ 51 3.1.6 Risks and Vulnerabilities ........................................................................... 52 3.1.7 Social Services and Networks ................................................................... 53 3.1.8 Gender Roles, Issues and Concerns ........................................................ 54

3.2 Stakeholder Consultations and Focus Group Discussions ............................. 54 3.2.1 Summary of Consultations ........................................................................ 55 3.2.2 Social and Environmental Concerns ......................................................... 56

3.3 Poverty Analysis, Social Benefits and Recommendations ............................. 57 3.3.1 Poverty Analysis ....................................................................................... 57 3.3.2 Needs and Demands ................................................................................ 57 3.3.3 Targeting of Beneficiaries ......................................................................... 58 3.3.4 Social Benefits .......................................................................................... 58 3.3.5 Gender Analysis ....................................................................................... 58 3.3.6 Indigenous People, Ethnic Minorities and other Vulnerable Groups in the Subproject Area ............................................................................................ 59 3.3.7 Social Equity and Environmental Justice ................................................... 59

3.4 Summary and Recommendations.................................................................. 59 4 The Water District and its Existing Facilities ... .................................................. 61

4.1 Historical Background .................................................................................... 61 4.2 Organization and Management ..................................................................... 62 4.3 Water Supply Infrastructure and Service ....................................................... 63

4.3.1 Source Facilities ....................................................................................... 63 4.3.2 Treatment Facilities ................................................................................... 65 4.3.3 Transmission/ Distribution Facilities .......................................................... 66 4.3.4 Storage Facilities ...................................................................................... 67 4.3.5 Service Connections ................................................................................. 68


iii

4.3.6 Public Faucets .......................................................................................... 68 4.4 Water Utility Management ............................................................................. 68

4.4.1 System Operation and Maintenance ......................................................... 68 4.4.2 Consumption/ Water Use Profile ............................................................... 69 4.4.3 Water Rates .............................................................................................. 70 4.4.4 Network Operations/ Deficiencies ............................................................. 70 4.4.5 Non-Revenue Water (NRW) ..................................................................... 71 4.4.6 Operational Activity ................................................................................... 72 4.4.7 Management Information Systems ............................................................ 74

5 Population and Water Demand Projections .......... ............................................. 75

5.1 General ......................................................................................................... 75 5.2 Service Area Delineation ............................................................................... 75 5.3 Population Projections ................................................................................... 75

5.3.1 Past Population Growth Rates .................................................................. 75 5.3.2 Future Population Growth Rates ............................................................... 76

5.4 Service Area and Served Population Projections ........................................... 77 5.4.1 Service Area Population ........................................................................... 77 5.4.2 Served Population..................................................................................... 77 5.4.3 Willingness to Connect ............................................................................. 77

5.5 Water Demand Projections ............................................................................ 78 5.5.1 Domestic Water Demand .......................................................................... 78 5.5.2 Commercial/ Industrial Water Demand ...................................................... 78 5.5.3 Government/ Institutional Water Demand ................................................. 78 5.5.4 Bulk Water Demand .................................................................................. 80 5.5.5 Non-Revenue Water (NRW) ..................................................................... 80 5.5.6 Average-day Demand ............................................................................... 80

5.6 Number of Service Connections and Water Demand Variations .................... 80 5.6.1 Number of Service Connections ................................................................ 80 5.6.2 Water Demand Variations ......................................................................... 80

6 Water Resources .................................. ................................................................ 82

6.1 Water Resources Inventory ........................................................................... 82 6.1.1 Surface Water Inventory ........................................................................... 82 6.1.2 Groundwater Resources Inventory ............................................................ 84 6.1.3 Water Quality ............................................................................................ 86

6.2 Recommended Potential Sources ................................................................. 87 6.2.1 Surface Water ........................................................................................... 87 6.2.2 Groundwater ............................................................................................. 87

6.3 Recommended Further Investigations of Potential Sources........................... 87 7 Analysis of Options and Alternatives ............. .................................................... 88

7.1 Water Supply ................................................................................................. 88 7.1.1 Water Demand .......................................................................................... 88 7.1.2 Water Sources .......................................................................................... 88 7.1.3 Water Treatment Plant (WTP) ................................................................... 89 7.1.4 Transmission Facilities .............................................................................. 89 7.1.5 Storage Requirement ................................................................................ 89

7.2 Sanitation ...................................................................................................... 90 8 Recommended Plan – Water Supply .................. ................................................. 91

8.1 Rationale for Subproject ................................................................................ 91 8.2 Recommended Plan ...................................................................................... 91

8.2.1 Projected Annual Number of Connections and Water Demand ................. 91 8.2.2 Served Population Projections .................................................................. 93


iv

8.2.3 Capital Cost .............................................................................................. 93 8.2.4 Operation and Maintenance Cost .............................................................. 95 8.2.5 Implementation Schedule.......................................................................... 95 8.2.6 Procurement Packaging ............................................................................ 96

8.3 Original Recommended Plan ......................................................................... 96 8.3.1 Water Treatment Plant .............................................................................. 98 8.3.2 Transmission Facilities .............................................................................. 99 8.3.3 NRW Reduction Activities ......................................................................... 99 8.3.4 Water Supply Cost Estimate ................................................................... 100 8.3.5 Operation and Maintenance Cost ............................................................ 101 8.3.6 System Operation and Maintenance ....................................................... 102 8.3.7 Implementation Schedule........................................................................ 102 8.3.8 Procurement Packaging .......................................................................... 103

9 Recommended Plan – Sanitation .................... .................................................. 104 10 Assessment of Water District Capability ......... ................................................. 105

10.1 Water District History ................................................................................... 105 10.2 Technical and Operational Feasibility .......................................................... 105

10.2.1 Debt Servicing ........................................................................................ 105 10.2.2 Performance Parameters ........................................................................ 105 10.2.3 “New Technology” Adopted ..................................................................... 106 10.2.4 NRW Reduction Program ........................................................................ 106 10.2.5 Service Coverage ................................................................................... 107

10.3 Iinstitutional Feasibility ................................................................................. 107 10.3.1 Relationship with LGU ............................................................................ 107 10.3.2 Relationship with LWUA.......................................................................... 107 10.3.3 Structure and Staff .................................................................................. 107 10.3.4 Systems .................................................................................................. 108

10.4 Subproject Implementation .......................................................................... 108 10.4.1 LWUA Proposed Project ......................................................................... 108 10.4.2 Proposed Set-up for ADB Subproject Implementation ............................. 109

11 Financial Analysis .............................. ................................................................ 110

11.1 Historical and Existing Financial Performance (2004-2008) ......................... 110 11.1.1 Revenues and Expenses ........................................................................ 110 11.1.2 Cash Flow ............................................................................................... 112 11.1.3 Outstanding Obligations .......................................................................... 112 11.1.4 Assets ..................................................................................................... 113 11.1.5 Accounts Receivable .............................................................................. 113 11.1.6 Liabilities ................................................................................................. 114 11.1.7 Financial Ratios ...................................................................................... 114

11.2 Financial Feasibility ..................................................................................... 115 11.2.1 Introduction ............................................................................................. 115 11.2.2 Cost Analysis .......................................................................................... 115 11.2.3 Revenue Forecasts ................................................................................. 117 11.2.4 Project Viability ....................................................................................... 118

11.3 Impact of the Proposed Subprojects on the WD’s Future Financial Operation..................................................................................................... 120

12 Economic Analysis ............................... ............................................................. 121

12.1 Overall Approach to Economic Analysis ...................................................... 121 12.2 Economic Rationale..................................................................................... 121 12.3 Before- and After-Project Situations ............................................................ 122 12.4 Economic Benefits ....................................................................................... 122


v

12.5 Willingness to Pay ....................................................................................... 123 12.6 Economic Costs .......................................................................................... 124 12.7 EIRR and Sensitivity Analysis ...................................................................... 124 12.8 Subproject Beneficiaries .............................................................................. 125 12.9 Project Sustainability ................................................................................... 125 12.10 Distributional Analysis and Poverty Impact .................................................. 125


vi

Figures

2.1 Location of Leyte Metro Water District 10 4.1 Schematic of Existing Water Supply System – LMWD 64 8.1 Water Supply Implementation Schedule – Phase 1 95 8.2 Schematic of Proposed Water Supply Improvements – LMWD 97 8.3 Water Supply Implementation Schedule – Phase 2 103 10.1 Project Management Organization Structure – LMWD 109 Tables 1.1 Total Development Cost (in PhP’000) - LMWD 5 1.2 Financing Plan (in PhP’000) - LMWD 6 2.1 Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity, 1997 – Tacloban City 12 2.2 Ten Leading Causes of Mortality, 1997 – Tacloban City 12 2.3 Power Rate per Type of Consumer CY 1997 - Tacloban City 17 2.4 Urban Land Use, 1997 – Dagami 18 2.5 General Land Use, 1987 – Dagami 18 2.6 Soil Type – Dagami 18 2.7 General Land Use, 2000 – Palo 21 2.8 Urban Land Use, 2000 – Palo 22 2.9 General Land Use – Pastrana 25 2.10 Urban Land Use – Pastrana 25 2.11 Slope Classification – Santa Fe 28 2.12 General Land Use, 1999 – Santa Fe 29 2.13 Urban Land Use, 1999 – Santa Fe 29 2.14 Soil Type – Santa Fe 29 2.15 General Land Use, 2004 – Tabontabon 32 2.16 Urban Land Use, 2004 – Tabontabon 32 2.17 Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity and Mortality, 2003 – Tabontabon 33 2.18 General Land Use, 2003 – Tanauan 37 2.19 Urban Land Use, 2003 –Tanauan 38 2.20 Soil Type – Tanauan 38 2.21 Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity and Mortality, 2002 – Tanauan 39 2.22 Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity and Mortality, 2007 – Tolosa 44 2.23 Municipal Income and Expenditures – Tolosa 46 2.24 Sanitation Facilities and Coverage, Metro Leyte, 2000 47 3.1 Incidence of Poverty 2003 Ranking, Leyte 53 4.1 Source Facilities - LMWD 63 4.2 Transmission Facilities – LMWD 66 4.3 Distribution Facilities – LMWD 67 4.4 Reservoir Data – LMWD 68 4.5 Breakdown of Service Connections - LMWD 68 4.6 Total Billed Consumption, 2008 – LMWD 69 4.7 Water Rates - LMWD 70 4.8 Total Production, 2008 – LMWD 72


vii

Tables (continued) 5.1 Number of Barangays in Service Area per City /Municipality – LMWD 75 5.2 Historical Population and Growth Rates – LMWD 76 5.3 Projected Growth Rates - LMWD 76 5.4 Population Projections - LMWD 76 5.5 Annual Service Area and Served Population Projections - LMWD 77 5.6 Projected Annual Number of Connections and Water Demand - LMWD 79 5.7 Water Demand Variations - LMWD 81 6.1 Binahaan River Flow Measurements - LMWD 82 6.2 River Discharge Correlations - LMWD 84 6.3 Surface Water Quality Test Results - LMWD 86 7.1 Water Demand Variations - LMWD 88 7.2 Required Storage Capacity – LMWD 90 8.1 Projected Annual Number of Connections and Water Demand - Phase 1 92 8.2 Annual Service Area and Served Population Projections - Phase 1 93 8.3 Estimate of Capital Cost – Phase 1 94 8.4 Projected Annual Operation and Maintenance Costs – Phase 1 95 8.5 NRW Capital Investment Requirements – LMWD 100 8.6 Estimate of Water Supply Capital Cost – Phase 2 101 8.7 Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost – Phase 2 102 10.1 Summary of Performance Parameters – LMWD 105 11.1 LMWD Operating Revenues, 2004-2008 110 11.2 LMWD Water Tariff 110 11.3 LMWD Operating Expenses 111 11.4 LMWD Net Income, 2004-2008 111 11.5 Income Statement 2004-2008 – LMWD 112 11.6 Cash Flow Statements, 2005-2008 – LMWD 112 11.7 Details of Existing Loans (as of December 2008) – LMWD 113 11.8 Assets and Other Debts, 2004-2008 – LMWD 113 11.9 Liabilities and Equity, 2004-2008 – LMWD 114 11.10 LMWD Financial Ratios, 2004-2008 114 11.11 Total Development Cost – LMWD 116 11.12 Financing Plan – LMWD 116 11.13 Proposed Tariff Schedule, 2014 – LMWD 118 11.14 Other Parameters and Assumptions – LMWD 118 11.15 Weighted Cost of Capital – LMWD 119 11.16 Summary Result of FIRR – LMWD 119 11.17 Summary of Financial Ratios – LMWD 120

12.1 Before- and After-Project Situations, Water Supply – LMWD 122 12.2 Values for Quantifying Economic Benefits, Water Supply – LMWD 123 12.3 Willingness to Pay (WTP) – LMWD 124 12.4 EIRR and Sensitivity Test Results, Water Supply – LMWD 124 12.5 Subproject Beneficiaries, Water Supply – LMWD 125 12.6 Project Sustainability, Water Supply – LMWD 125


viii

Appendices 3.1 Socio-economic Survey Results – Leyte Metro Water District 127 3.3 Summary of Stakeholder Consultations – LMWD - April–August 2009 220 3.3 Output of Gender Action Planning Workshop August 6 – 7, 2009 222 3.4 Some Specific Recommendations on Social Dimensions in Subproject Implementation 224 4 Organizational Structure Charts – LMWD 227 5 Annual Population Projections – LMWD 233 6.1 Surface Water Data – LMWD 246 6.2 Groundwater Data – LMWD 253 8 Non Revenue Water Improvement Measures – LMWD 259 11 Financial Analysis Tables – LMWD 271 12 Economic Analysis – LMWD 279


ix

GLOSSARY AND ACRONYMS

ABD Asian Development Bank AIFC average incremental financial cost A/R accounts receivable AP affected person APIS annual poverty indicator survey ARI acute respiratory infection AusAID Australian Aid barangay village BNA basic needs approach BOT build-operate-transfer BSP basic sanitation package BWSA Barangay Water and Sanitation Association CAP community action plan CBO community-based organization CCF community consultation forum CDA Cooperatives Development Agency CDD community-driven development CFR case fatality rate CFT community facilitator team CLTS community-led total sanitation COA Commission on Audit C&P consultation and participation CPC certificate of public convenience CSC community sanitation center CSS city sanitation strategy CY calendar year DBL design-build-lease DBO design-build-operate DBM Department of Budget and Management BDP Development Bank of The Philippines DED detailed engineering design DENR Department of Environment and Natural Resources DHF dengue hemorrhage fever DILG Department of Interior and Local Government DOF Department of Finance DOH Department of Health DPWH Department of Public Works and Highways DRA demand responsive approach DSA delineated service area DSCR debt service coverage ratio EA executing agency (LWUA) EARF environmental assessment review framework EIA environmental impact analysis EIRR economic internal rate of return EMP environmental management plan EO executive order EOCC economic opportunity cost of capital FGD focus group discussion FMAQ financial management assessment questionnaire forex foreign exchange FS feasibility study FY fiscal year (1 January – 31 December)


x

GFI government financial institution GIS geographic information system GOCC government owned and controlled corporation GOP Government of the Republic of the Philippines GR (i) government regulation, (ii) general record (in legal cases) HDI Human Development Index HH household HRD human resources development IA implementing agency IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) ICC Investment Coordinating Council (NEDA) ICG internal cash generation IDAP institutional development action plan IDC interest during construction IDCB institutional development and capacity building IEC information-education-communication IEE initial environmental examination IFS Investment and Financial Services (LWUA) IOL inventory of losses IPDP indigenous peoples’ development plan IRA internal revenue allotment IRR implementing rules and regulations IT information technology IWA International Water Association JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency KABP knowledge-attitudes-behavior-practices KFP an adaptation of KAP (knowledge, attitudes and practices) LG local government LGC local government code LGU local government unit LIDAP local institutional development action plan LIHH low income household LLI local level institutions LMWD Leyte Metro Water District LOI letter of intent lps, l/s liters per second LWUA Local Water Utilities Administration MDFO Municipal Development Fund Office MDG Millennium Development Goals M&E monitoring and evaluation MFF Multitranche Financing Facility (ADB) MIS management information system MLUWD Metro La Union Water District MOU memorandum of understanding MPA Methodology for Participatory Assessments MTPDP Medium Term Philippine Development Plan MTPIP Medium-Term Public Investment Program MWSS Metropolitan Waterworks and Sewerage System (Metro Manila) NAMRIA National Mapping and Resources inventory Authority NAPC National Anti Poverty Commission NEDA National Economic Development Authority NGA national government agency NGO non-government organization


xi

NPV net present value NRW non-revenue water NSCB National Statistical Coordination Board NSO National Statistics Office NSSMP National Sewerage and Septage Management Program NWRB National Water Resources Board OCR Ordinary Capital Resources (ADB) ODA official development assistance OGCC Office of the Government Corporate Counsel OJT on-the-job training O&M operation and maintenance PD presidential decree PFI private funding institution PHAST Participatory Hygiene and Sanitation Transformation PhP, Php Philippine peso PIU project implementation unit PMO project management office PMU project management unit PNSDW Philippine National Standards on Drinking Water PPMS project performance monitoring system PPTA project preparation technical assistance PSA poverty and social assessment psi pounds per square inch PSP private sector participation PWSSR Philippine Water Supply Sector Roadmap QC quality control QM quality management QMWD Quezon Metro Water District RA republic act RG regional government RIAP revenue improvement action plan RRP report and recommendation of the president (ADB) RWSA Rural Waterworks and Sanitation Association SES socioeconomic survey SHBC

sanitation and health behavioral change

SLA sub-loan agreement SPAR subproject appraisal report SSC school sanitation centre SCSS simplified community sewerage system SLA subsidiary loan agreement SWG sanitation working group SWM solid waste management TA technical assistance TB tubercolosis TOR terms of reference TOT training-of-trainers UFW unaccounted-for water UNICEF USAID

United Nations Children Fund United States Agency for International Development

V variation (contract) VIP ventilated improved pit (latrine)


xii

WASCO Water Supply Coordination Office (NAPC) WD water district WHO World Health Organization WPEP Water Supply and Sanitation Performance Enhancement Project WQ water quality WS water supply WSP water service provider WSP-EAP Water and Sanitation Program – East Asia Pacific WSS water and sanitation WTP willingness-to-pay WWTP wastewater treatment plant


xiii

Location Map

Metro La Union WD

Quezon Metro WD Legazpi

City WD

Leyte Metro WD

City of Koronadal WD


1

SUBPROJECT APPRAISAL REPORT: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT

1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.1 INTRODUCTION

1. Based on an evaluation of candidate water districts (WD) on criteria such as creditworthiness, interest to participate, and readiness, during the Inception Phase of the PPTA (March 2009), the Leyte Metro Water District (LMWD) was selected as one of five pilot WDs to participate in the PPTA for the preparation of subproject appraisal reports (SPAR).

2. The SPAR is based on data collection field surveys (including a socio-economic survey), stakeholder consultations and analyses carried out during April-August 2009. A participatory approach was adopted, involving close consultation with key stakeholders and target communities which has enabled subproject design and formulation to reflect the views and aspirations of the WD, local government stakeholders and beneficiary communities. The subproject has been prepared in accordance with relevant national legal requirements and standards, and ADB requirements, policies, and guidelines.

3. Draft outline technical designs, tariff projections and implementation arrangements were presented and discussed with national and subproject stakeholders during a workshop on 26-27 August. Adjustments/ refinements to the subproject design and implementation program resulting from the workshop are incorporated in this SPAR.

4. Water supply. The original Recommended Water Supply Plan as outlined in the Draft Final Report (November 2009) was based on the construction of a new water treatment plant at the Binahaan river souces, the installation of a new transmission pipeline (39.5km) and NRW improvement measures. The estimated cost represented about half of the total cost of the Project (WDDSP). However, results of the economic evaluation showed that the proposed investment for the above-mentioned works was not viable.

5. Subsequently, LMWD is proposing to tap the Malirong Dam as a possible alternative source of water supply to augment the needs of Tacloban City. The WD intends to utilize the overflow from the dam. The dam is closer to Tacloban City (12km) and that would mean having a shorter transmission line than the original source (Binahaan River). The National Irrigation Administration (NIA) owns the dam and the water rights but at present it is not known whether NIA are willing to share the water. LMWD is requesting for a re-evaluation/re-assessment of the subproject as this will greatly reduce the subproject cost.

6. During the Tripartite Meeting for the DFR on 16 Febriuary 2010, it was recommended that the subproject should be implemented in two (2) phases. Phase 1 will focus on the NRW reduction activities, and Phase 2 for the expansion works from the alternative source which shall be developed and implemented during the loan implementation. Phase 2 may include another NRW reduction program.

7. Sanitation. During the consultation process with the LMWD, the WD management and board expressed that due to limited experience and expertise of the WD on sanitation, they were not yet prepared to include a sanitation component in the subproject. For this subproject they would like to focus their efforts in addressing the water supply issue. However, at the project dissemination workshop in August 2009, LMWD stated that they are not entirely deferring from availing of a sanitation component. The WD was hesitant at first considering the high cost of the major component for the water supply expansion. The WD has yet to discuss the proposed sanitation component with Tacloban City LGU. Should the


2

discussions between the WD and LGU prove fruitful, it may perhaps be possible to include a sanitation component in a later phase of the sector loan project.

8. The format of the SPAR is based on the standard format for feasibility studies as prepared for the Local Water Utilities Administration (LWUA), the executing agency for the PPTA.

1.2 CONCLUSIONS OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY AND STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS

9. The socio-economic survey showed just 32% of those in the existing and proposed service area has a water connection. Population is increasing at a fast rate, especially in Tacloban City. The rise of subdivisions and migration of the poor to urban centers in search of jobs is putting pressure on basic services such as water and sanitation.

10. Within this context, survey and stakeholder consultations confirmed an immediate need for the proposed water service improvement and expansion. This called for the subproject to expand transmission and distribution lines.

11. However, there is a significant sector that is unable to afford piped water services, and it will not be possible for many rural areas to be reached by the subproject. Care should therefore be taken to ensure that appropriate affordable facilities enhance access by the poor and those in unserved rural areas in collaboration with LGUs. The Gender Action Plan includes community-based initiatives to address identified gender and water and sanitation issues.

12. LMWD is ahead in having a watershed protection program.

13. The subproject should support strategies to link water and sanitation to the subproject’s overarching goal of poverty reduction. The proposed elements of a plan for the social dimensions of the subproject reinforce a public service orientation and a Corporate Social Responsibility agenda, consistent with delivery of water and sanitation as a public service.

14. The budget for some specific recommendations is integrated in technical components for water and sanitation as microfinance, or pro-poor allocations such as for public faucets, and in capability building and institutional plans as technical assistance.

1.3 WATER SUPPLY

1.3.1 Rationale

15. It is estimated that the population served is only 17% of the population within the LMWD franchise area. This is a very low coverage figure for a 30+ year old WD and, together with the high NRW (47%), there is a lot of improvement to be done, and to meet future water demands both within the existing service area and in expansion areas.

16. This subproject aims to bring out the realization of an improved water supply system of LMWD with due considerations to the amount of water to be supplied to meet the projected water demand for the design year 2025.


3

1.3.2 Existing Water Supply System

17. Sources. About 99% of the water supply for LMWD comes from high level surface water sources to the west of the service area. There are three sources, all surface water (very good water quality):

- Binahaan River (main source), permit abstraction 1 m3/s, but only 1/3 withdrawn at present.

- Hitugnob and Hiabangan rivers. - Atipolo, Maggulo and Maitom rivers.

18. Infrastructure. Treatment facilities are as follows:

- Dagami water treatment plant (WTP) from Hiabangan source: sedimentation basin.

- Tingib Old WTP, from Atipulo source: settling basin and slow sand filters. - Tingib New WTP, from Binahaan source: rapid sand filtration system.

19. Length of transmission and distribution pipes: 315km.

20. There are three (3) existing distribution reservoirs, namely: the Utap Hill Reservoir, Ambao Hill Reservoir and the Tolosa Reservoir. Utap Hill and Ambao Hill are concrete ground reservoirs and operate on a floating in the line scheme, while the Tolosa reservoir is an elevated concrete reservoir and operates on a fill and draw scheme with the water coming from the Tolosa Well.

21. There are about 27,585 active service connections as of December 2008 based on WD records. The present franchise area of LMWD includes one city and seven municipalities in Leyte, namely: Tacloban City, Dagami, Palo, Pastrana, Sta. Fe, Tabontabon, Tanauan and Tolosa. LMWD has a total of 279 active public faucets classified as government connections.

22. Non revenue water. The total billed consumption for the year 2008 is 7,625,374 m3, while the total production for the same year is 14,411,497.85 m3. Therefore, the non-revenue water (NRW) of the WD for the year 2008 is 6,786,123.85 m3. representing 47.09% of the total production of 14,411,497.85 m3. Rounding off, the NRW is 47% for the year 2008.

23. Network Operations/ Deficiencies:

Flow Measurement. The total output from the WTP’s is measured but there is no other macro level flow measurement either off the transmission mains into distribution or within the distribution network itself. This makes effective understanding of the distribution of water very difficult and is a barrier to identifying losses within the transmission and distribution networks.

Transmission Network. There are a lot of CCI (centrifugally cast iron) and AC (asbestos cement) pipes in the transmission network. Replacement of all CCI and AC transmission mains will be an expensive exercise and further analysis of the transmission mains conditions is suggested.

Distribution Network. A lot of pipes in the distribution network is in either CCI or AC. Preliminary inspection of discarded pipes tends to support the LMWD view that CCI and AC should be replaced—the CCI whilst appearing to be structurally sound is significantly compromised in terms of hydraulic capacity and impact on quality; whilst the AC is potentially a big problem from a structural point of view.

Network Pressures. The pressure in the network has been reducing over the last 15 years as connections have increased without expansion in network capacity. The Municipalities supplied directly from the transmission line generally have good


4

pressure; however, pressure in Tacloban has decreased significantly varying from 5 to 1 meter across the diurnal period.

The lack of pressure in the Tacloban City network impacts on the level of service that is provided to the customers (low water pressure and poor water quality in very low pressure areas) and also on revenue as additional connections do not bring about an increase in sales.

1.3.3 Scope of Proposed Water Supply Component – Recommended Plan

24. The original Recommended Plan as outlined in the Draft Final Report (November 2009) was based on the recommendations made in Chapter 7-Alternative Analysis, and included the construction of a new water treatment plant, the installation of a new transmission pipeline and the NRW improvement measures. The estimated cost represented about half of the total cost of the Project (WDDSP). However, results of the economic evaluation showed that the proposed investment for the above-mentioned works is not viable. The economic feasibility results were presented in Chapter 12 of DFR Volume 6.

25. Subsequently, LMWD is proposing to tap the Malirong Dam as a possible alternative source of water supply to augment the needs of Tacloban City. The WD intends to utilize the overflow from the dam. The dam is closer to Tacloban City and that would mean having a shorter transmission line than the original source (Binahaan River). The National Irrigation Administration (NIA) owns the dam and the water rights but at present it is not known whether NIA are willing to share the water. LMWD is requesting for a re-evaluation/re-assessment of the subproject as this will greatly reduce the subproject cost.

26. Within the sector loan framework, it is recommended that the subproject is to be implemented in two (2) phases. Phase 1 will focus on the NRW reduction activities, and Phase 2 for the expansion works from the alternative source which shall be developed and implemented during the loan implementation. Phase 2 may include another NRW reduction program.

27. The scope of work covered by Phase 1 is as follows:

ο NRW management and control which includes production metering, district metering, purchase of leak detection/ pipe location equipment and data logging equipment.

ο NRW reduction which involves customer meter replacement, mains replacement, service pipe replacement, pressure reduction and valve rehabilitation.

ο NRW management system which includes GIS and hydraulic modelling.

28. The NRW reduction program will be implemented in six (6) years, from 2011 to 2016.

1.4 WATER DISTRICT CAPABILITY AND SUBPROJECT IMPLEMENTATION

29. Water district performance. The estimated population currently served is only 17% of the population within the WD franchise area. This is a very low coverage figure for a 30+ year old WD. and, together with the high non-revenue water (NRW), may have prompted the provincial and city governments to look for private sector options to improve service coverage. This has caused some concern on the part of the WD and LWUA, and both are resisting this initiative of the local governments.

30. There have been institutional problems within LMWD which affected its ability to operate, and certain administrative issues remain to be resolved. However, with the new


5

management, the water district is able to move forward and continues to operate the system well. During a 3-year period, LMWD increased its customer base by 6,673 or by 26.2%, which is the fastest growth rate among the five pilot water districts included in this study.

31. In 2004, LMWD was categorized as a “Big” water district and it was only in March 5, 2007 that the LWUA approved the WD’s re-categorization to a “Large” water district. LMWD surpassed the 2004 industry averages in terms of collection effort, personnel management, cost control, and marketing effort.

32. In 2007, as a “Large” water district, the WD also surpassed the industry averages for similar WDs except, again, in terms of controlling or reducing NRW. Its collection effort is not far from the industry average and may deteriorate if it is not more aggressive in reducing its accounts receivables from customers. Over the years, however, LMWD was able to maintain the same Connections/Staff ratio which speaks well of this WD’s personnel management.

33. The LMWD Board of Directors and Management are aware of the need to control NRW effectively. They believe that the transmission main is relatively leak-free and that the main problem is in the distribution system, in particular that of Tacloban City (many aging pipes date back to 1939). However, there is no quantitative evidence to support this, and the analysis of production and billing information indicates that there may be a problem along the transmission line from Tingib to Palo. The WD has a basic strategy in place to tackle NRW in Tacloban City where WD personnel increase pressures gradually and undertake intensive leakage detection activities.

34. The Management teams of the WD believe that illegal connections are a problem in Tacloban City. They are hoping to tackle this issue when the water mains replacement program commences. Only legitimate customers will be connected to the new mains. This has the benefit of being non-confrontational, but illegal connections will be addressed only in areas where mains will be replaced.

35. Subproject implementation. A Water District Implementing Unit (WDIU) within LMWD will act as the central coordinating body for subproject implementation, and be headed by the Construction Division Manager or a senior professional within WD ranks.

1.5 SUBPROJECT COST, FINANCING PLAN AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

36. Development Costs. With the focus of investment for LMWD geared towards reduction of NRW, the total development cost is estimated at approximately Php150 million ($3.3 million). This is based on the costs presented in Chapter 8, with additional price contingencies to allow for the timing of implementation. Table 1.1 presents a summary of the development cost.

Table 1.1: Total Development Cost (in PhP’000) – LMWD

Civil Works Equipment Land1 Water Treatment Plant

a. Modular Treatment Facility ls 1 0 - - - - - - b. Conventional Treatment ls 1 0 - - - - - -

Sub-Total - - - - - - 2 Transmission Facilities ls 1 0 - - - - - - 3 NRW Reduction ls 1 114,861,628 68,916.9 45,944.6 - 36,755.7 78,105.8 114,861.5 4 Resettlement Cost ls 0 0 - - - - - 5 Land Acquisition lot 0 0 - - - - -

SUB-TOTAL 68,916.9 45,944.6 - 36,755.7 78,105.8 114,861.5 DETAILED ENGINEERING DESIGN - - - - - - CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION 5,053.9 - - 505.4 4,548.5 5,053.9 PHYSICAL CONTINGENCIES - - - 3,675.6 7,810.6 11,486.2 PRICE CONTINGENCIES 10,350.1 6,428.6 - 1,187.2 17,198.7 18,385.9

G R A N D T O T A L 84,320.9 52,373.2 0.0 42,123.8 107,663.6 149,787.5

Component FEC Local TotalSub-Total

Unit Quantity Unit Cost


6

37. Financing Plan. The NRW reduction activities will be financed by ADB through relending by LWUA to the Water District. The ADB loan will finance Php132 million ($2.9 million), while the WD will put up counterpart to cover applicable government taxes amounting to Php18 million. The financing plan is shown in Table 1.2 .

Table 1.2: Financing Plan (in PhP’000) – LMWD

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 TOTAL

FUND APPLICATION

Basic Construction Cost 25,575 18,582 24,250 18,582 18,582 9,291 114,862

Land Acquisition/Resettlement - - - - - - 0

Detailed Engineering Design - - - - - - 0

Physical Contingency 2,558 1,858 2,425 1,858 1,858 929 11,486

Price Contingency 1,823 2,052 3,693 3,642 4,489 2,686 18,386

Supervision 1,125 818 1,067 818 818 409 5,054

Interest During Construction - - -

TOTAL 31,081 23,310 31,436 24,900 25,747 13,315 149,788

FUND SOURCE

WD Equity 1,731 1,985 3,607 3,575 4,422 2,653 17,975

Grant - - - - - - -

Others (LGU) - - - - - - -

Sub-Loan 29,350 21,324 27,829 21,324 21,324 10,662 131,813

ADB Sub-Loan 29,350 21,324 27,829 21,324 21,324 10,662 131,813

NRW 22,506 16,352 21,340 16,352 16,352 8,176 101,078

Supervision 990 719 939 719 719 360 4,447



TOTAL 31,081 23,310 31,436 24,900 25,747 13,315 149,788

38. Water Tariff. LMWD last increased the water tariff in 2003. It is assumed that even if there is no project, the water tariff will have to be increased in the future to cover increases in its operational expenses. For purposes of the projection, it is assumed that water tariffs will have to be increased by 10% every two years in the future.

39. A 10% increase in 2014, immediately after completion of the subproject, and every other year thereafter is necessary for the water district to gain sufficient funds to meet its operations. The proposed increases in the tariff are less than 60% of the previous tariff and not more than 5% of the family income of the low income group, which are both in accordance with LWUA’s requirements.

40. Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR). A subproject is considered financially viable if the resulting FIRR of the proposed subproject is higher than the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) that was used in financing the subproject. An FIRR higher than the WACC implies that the incremental net revenues generated by the subproject will be enough to recover the implementation and operating costs.

41. On the basis of the financing mix and the loan interest of 9.8% and the assumed cost of equity of 12.0% (the estimated economic opportunity cost of capital), the WACC is 7.12%. Sensitivity analyses are likewise conducted to determine the effects of adverse changes on a project such as delay in operation, revenues not realized as expected or increase in capital and O&M cost. The FIRR results under the five scenarios evaluated show that the subproject is viable with FIRR ranging from 18.92% to 21.93%.


7

42. Affordability of Water Rates. A major consideration in the development of the tariff schedule is the ability of target beneficiaries to pay for their monthly water bill. It is a standing policy of LWUA that the minimum charge for residential connections should not exceed 5% of the family income of the low income group among families connected to the system.

43. For LMWD, the estimated monthly income for 2014 is Php8,596. Using the affordability criteria, the minimum monthly bill (minimum charge) of Php164.00 when the subproject starts to operate in 2014 is only 1.91% of the estimated monthly income of poor families. In all subsequent years the minimum monthly bill is less than 5% of the estimated monthly income. Hence, the proposed level of water tariff is deemed affordable to the low income or poor families.

44. Impact of the Proposed Subproject on the WD’s Financial Operation. The Projected Income Statement for the period 2009 to 2041 shows that the Water District will generate net income for all years of the projection period.

45. Cash Flow Statements are also developed for the same period. For all years during the evaluation period, the statements show that annual cash inflows will be sufficient to cover all annual cash outflows of the Water District.

1.6 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

46. The economic viability of the subproject was determined by computing the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) and comparing the result with the economic opportunity cost of capital (EOCC) of 15%.1 An EIRR exceeding the assumed EOCC indicates that the subproject is economically viable.

1.6.1 Economic Internal Rate of Return and Sensitivity Analysis

47. With the stream of economic benefits and costs computed over the 25-year period, the EIRR of the proposed investments was computed at 22.9%. The subproject is economically viable, with an EIRR that is much higher than the assumed EOCC of 15%.

48. Sensitivity test results based on (i) 10% increase in capital costs, (ii) 10% increase in O&M costs, (iii) 10% decrease in resource cost savings, (iv) 10% decrease in medical cost savings show that the investments remain economically viable. Of the four key variables that were tested, the viability of the investments was found to be most sensitive to change in capital costs (SI=0.91) followed by change in medical cost savings (SI=0.63). The impact of a 10% decrease in resource cost savings or a 10% increase in O&M costs are minimal, with an SI of only about 0.32 and 0.04 respectively. The switching value for capital costs is 110% while for medical cost savings, SV is 159%.

1.6.2 Subproject Beneficiaries

49. At the end of the 25-year period, a total of 2,305 new service connections shall have been added to the existing ones. This will consist of 2,064 house connections (90%) and 241 non-domestic connections (10%). In terms of served population, the total number of direct beneficiaries is estimated to reach 10,706 persons.

1 The hurdle rate for water supply investments is prescribed under NEDA-ICC guidelines for project evaluation which also provides shadow prices for foreign exchange (SER), wage rate for unskilled (SWR) and other non-tradable components of investment costs.


8

1.6.3 Subproject Sustainability

50. At full economic cost (i.e., capital investments plus O&M), the average incremental economic cost of water (AIEC), or the marginal cost of producing each cubic meter of water, is Php27. Considering only capita costs, the AIEC is Php25.8/m3.

51. The average tariff, which was computed by dividing the present value of revenue by incremental water consumption, is Php20/m3. The cost of producing water of Php27/m3 is higher than the average tariff, suggesting an economic subsidy of Php7.1 per cubic meter of water consumed.

1.6.4 Poverty Impact

52. The water supply subproject is expected to generate total net economic benefits (NEB)2 of about Php131 million. Approximately Php122 million will accrue to water consumers. Local labour will gain about Php5 million while the economy, because of distortions in the exchange rate, will lose around Php13 million. On balance, the economy as a whole will gain the entire NEB of Php131 million.

53. The poverty impact ratio (PIR) for the water supply investments is 28% which means that about one-third of the NEB will directly benefit the poor in the area where poverty incidence was estimated at 23% of the total number of households.

2 NEB is the difference between the present value of subproject net economic and financial flows.


9

2 DESCRIPTION OF STUDY AREA

54. A location map of the Leyte Metro Water District (LMWD) area is shown on Figure 2.1. The LMWD franchise area covers the following eight local government units (LGU):

1. Tacloban City 2. Municipality of Dagami 3. Municipality of Palo 4. Municipality of Pastrana 5. Municipality of Sta. Fe 6. Municipality of Tabontabon 7. Municipality of Tanauan 8. Municipality of Tolosa.

2.1 TACLOBAN CITY

2.1.1 Location

55. The City of Tacloban is located in the northeastern part of the island of Leyte. Tacloban lies at 110014’36” north latitude and about 1250 east longitude and is situated about 360 miles southeast of Manila.

2.1.2 Physical Features

56. Topography. The elevation of Tacloban city is 3.05 meters above sea level. The rolling terrain at the western vicinity of the city is evenly distributed throughout the northwestern portion of the city’s territory. On the southwestern part lies the Naga-naga Mountain with a height of 1,300 feet. This range serves as the boundary between Tacloban and its adjacent municipalities like Palo, Sta. Fe, Alang-alang and Babatngon. Likewise, on the northeastern portion of the city proper is the Kanhuraw Hill overlooking the Cancabato Bay.

57. As per classification of slopes, the City of Tacloban has all the classes of slopes ranging from A to G. The low-level ground classified as class A with a 0-3% slope is situated at the eastern side of the city’s entire area facing the sea. This actually runs from the south to the north particularly from Barangay Marasbaras to Barangay Diit. This level ground has an area of 3,748.289 hectares or 34.54% of the city’s entire land area. Class B which is gently sloping terrain with a slope range of 3%-8% dominates mostly areas near rivers and creeks on the northern barangays. The remaining land area is characterized by topographic classes C,D,E,F,G.

58. Land Area. The original land area of Tacloban City was 10,297.29 hectares. A survey in 1977 by the Bureau of Lands disclosed that certain portion of the municipality of Babatngon was actually part of Tacloban. Hence, Brgy. Sta. Elena of Tacloban, which is adjacent to Babatngon increased its area by 556 hectares, thereby increasing Tacloban’s total land area to 10,853.29 hectares. The expansion program of the Philippine Ports Authority in early 1980 reclaimed 1.79 hectares in front of the existing supermarket thereby, increasing the city’s total land area to 10,855.08 hectares. Then the city reclaimed 1.0 hectare at the proposed Public Market at Sagkahan and further increased the total land area of the city. At present the city’s total land area is 10,856.08 hectares, but as per DENR records the official total land area of the city is 10,090.00 hectares.


10

Figure 2.1: Location Map of Leyte Metro Water District

LMWD franchise

area


11

59. The land area is generally classified by CENRO and DENR as follows: Alienable and Disposal (A & D) Lands, 47.61% of the total land area: Forest Land, 50.84% and Civil reservations, 1.55%.

60. An area of 52.0 hectares situated at Barangay Nula-tula is occupied and cultivated by a cultural community or tribe (Integrated Manobo tribe rattan Plantation).

61. Soil Type. The principal soil types found in Tacloban City are as follows: Tacloban Clay, Naga-Naga Clay, Caibaan Clay, Pawing Silt, Caibaan Clay Loam, Pawing Silt Loam, Calanipawan Clay Loam, Nula-Tula Clay and Sta. Elena Clay Loam. The City proper is predominantly of Pawing Silt Loam and the interior areas are of Naga-Naga Clay.

62. Climate. The climate of Tacloban City is classified by Tacloban PAGASA as falling between the boundary of Type II and Type IV which indicates that there is no dry season with a very pronounced maximum rainfall from July to December and that rainfall is more or less evenly distributed throughout the year.

63. Drainage. The urban area of Tacloban City has four (4) drainage basins located at Abucay, Mangonbangon, Tanghas- Lirang and Burayan. Each channel flows almost parallel in a south to north direction towards the narrow alluvial plains of the City. The mountainous area is located west of the city and a small hilly area is exposed at the center and eastern side. The City is surrounded by four (4) bodies of water, serving as drainage outlets for the rivers and creeks.

64. The other rivers located at the northern part of Tacloban drain the hilly to mountainous areas at the northwest, such as those found in Camansihay, Bagacay, Cabalawan, Sto. Nino, San Roque and Tigbao. These rivers drain towards the San Juanico Strait and Anibong Bay. The three (3) major rivers of the city are the Abucay, Mangonbangon and Burayan. These rivers are classified as urban drainage channels, since all of them do not have large catchment area

2.1.3 Population

65. Demography. Tacloban City has a total land area of 10,090.00 hectares. Considering the city population of 167,310 (1995 National Statistics Office Census) the city gross population density is 16.58, indicating that there are approximately 17 persons per hectare.

66. Expectedly, the urban area is the most densely populated, with a population density of 43.03 persons per hectare as compared to the rural population density of 2.36 persons per hectare. Among the rural barangays, Brgy. Diit is the most densely populated with a population of 3,496 and a population density of 9.77 persons per hectare. This is followed by Brgy. Palanog with a population of 2,650 and a population density of 3.36 persons per hectare.

67. On the other hand, the least densely populated rural barangay is Brgy. Sta. Elena with a population of 746 and a population density of 0.91 persons per hectare. This is followed by Brgy. Tagpuro with a population of 368 and a population density of 1.06 per hectare.

68. Health. In 1997, there are 47 health care facilities operating in the city. Of this total, 15 are family planning clinics, 6 main health centers, 4 hospitals, 21 health stations and 1 puericulture center cum multi-service clinic.

69. To strengthen the “Health for all” campaign, especially at the grass roots level, health auxiliaries were organized and maintained. Apart from presently 196 nurses, 18 midwives, 15 dentist, 20 medical technicians and 11 sanitary inspectors, there are 153 active Barangay


12

Health Workers and 11 trained hilots who assist in the delivery of basic health care services. In addition, the services of a total of 757 health personnel can be availed of at the four hospitals in the city.

70. The health physician to population ratio is 1:1,261. This did not meet the national standard of 1:1,000 population. However, physicians of the city which total to 143 serve not only the city populace but also the whole province of Leyte and other parts of the region as well.

71. The available data on morbidity and mortality from the City Health Office are those for 1997. Table 2.1 presents the ten leading causes of morbidity. Table 2.2 shows the ten leading causes of mortality.

72. In the past 5 years (2003–2007), the Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) trend in the whole province of Leyte showed a slight decrease, starting at the rate of about 8 infant deaths per 1000 live births in 2003 to about 6.5 in 2007. For Tacloban City, IMR is increasing, with the highest rate recorded in 2007 of 25.2 within the same span of years. There was, however, a significant decrease of IMR in Tacloban city in 2005, at 3 infant deaths per 1000 live births. In general, IMR in Leyte Province has significantly improved compared with the NSO national baseline recorded in 1998, when the mortality rate among infants was at 46 per 1,000 live births. Moreover, IMR in Leyte is way below the National Objectives for Health for 2010 target set by the DOH (at 17 per 1,000 live birth) and the Millennium Development Goal for child health of at least less than 17 infant deaths per 1,000 live births for 2015.

Table 2.1: Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity, 1997 – Tacloban City

Table 2.2: Ten Leading Causes of Mortality, 1997 – Tacloban City

CAUSES

NO. OF CASES

MORBIDITY RATE PER 100,000

POPULATION 1. Pneumonia 1,083 594

2. Diarrhea 624 342.25 3. Bronchitis 513 281.37 4.Dengue Fever 456 250.10 5.PTB 131 71.85 6. Heart Disease 69 37.84 7. Dysentery 28 15.35 8. Typhoid Fever 26 14.26 9. Chicken Pox 24 13.16 10. Leprosy 17 9.32

CAUSES

NO. OF CASES

MORTALITY RATE PER 100,000

POPULATION 1. AHD 215 117.92

2. Pneumonia 160 87.75 3. MI 139 76.23 4. PTB 130 71.30 5. Sepsis 93 51.0 6. Cancer 65 36.65 7. Stab Wound 48 26.32 8. Hypertension 39 21.39 9. Liver Cirrhosis 37 20.29 10. Vehicular Accident 37 20.29


13

73. Along with the slow progress in attaining these health goals, Tacloban City and Leyte Province have specific health threats that need to be addressed. These are concerns that pertain to the double burden of disease. While health problems related to poor development like infectious diseases, malnutrition, diseases related to water and sanitation are still not completely controlled, there are indications that so-called lifestyle and development related diseases are beginning to rise in prevalence. According to the Provincial and City Health Offices, while infectious diseases are still considered as one of the leading causes of morbidity and mortality, cardiovascular diseases and other chronic degenerative diseases are becoming significant contributors to the increasing numbers of sickness and deaths in the these localities.

74. As of the latest official 2007 FHSIS report to the DOH, Tacloban City and Leyte Province’s public health workers still heavily rely on the assistance of volunteer health workers or Barangay Health Workers (BHWs) in the delivery of basic public health services. There are about 5,380 active BHWs in the City and the whole of Leyte as of 2007. Also, traditional birth attendants (TBAs) still are still considered significant providers of health services in the city and the whole province whose numbers are almost four times as the number of public health midwives (296 Rural Health Midwives vs. 879 TBAs).

75. It is also significant to note that Leyte’s provision of basic public health services is considered adequate compared with the national average on health service utilization or coverage indicators, like Fully Immunized Children or FIC (for complete immunization services for children under 1 year of age), Ante-Natal Care or ANC (for pre-natal consultation of pregnant women during the entire course of their pregnancy), Skilled Birth Attendants or SBA (for doctors, nurses or midwives attending to women during actual delivery), Facility Based Deliveries or FBD (for access of women to facilities attended by skilled birth attendants during delivery), and Contraceptive Prevalence Rate or CPR (for access of women of reproductive age to modern family planning method of their choice). For all these indicators, the values for Leyte Province are generally higher compared to that of the national average, except for FIC and FBD.

76. Sanitation and Health Aspects. Incidence of diarrhea among 0-59 months old children (being the vulnerable population age group) in the localities included in the appraisal is used to indicate the magnitude of the health problem related to water and sanitation, and hygiene. For Leyte, the 5-year trend (2003 – 2007) of diarrhea incidence among children below 5 years old and below is slightly increasing, with the highest incidence in 2006 at about 15.5 percent. For Tacloban City, the trend is generally decreasing, starting at almost 12 percent in 2003 to around 7 percent in 2007. Aside from diarrhea, Leyte Province and Tacloban City also reported cases of Schistosomiasis, Hepatitis A, Dengue, and Typhoid/ Parathyphoid in the last five years.

77. All the samples tested are positive for coliform bacteria and therefore require disinfection to make the water potable and safe for drinking.

78. Based on the consultation with the Provincial and City Health Offices, there were claims that public health campaign on sanitation and hygiene are regularly being conducted by the local health authorities concerned. These activities range from the conduct of mothers’ class (i.e. bench seminar), food handlers’ class to a more organized activities conducted yearly such as the DOH-initiated Garantisadong Pambata where clients (mostly mothers) are given basic health messages including those that deals with sanitation and hygiene. Aside from information dissemination and educational campaigns, the local health office selectively conducts water chlorination and water testing using PHC (primary health care) media.


14

79. The Tacloban City Health Office also conducts bacteriological water testing as part of their routine monitoring of water quality. It also screens food handlers through routine laboratory testing and issuance of health permits.

80. According to the DOH, Tacloban City and Leyte Province have not reported any disease outbreaks due to water contamination or sanitation-related causes, in the past 5 years. There are only occasional increases in the incidence of diarrhea but not at epidemic proportion.

81. Education. The total enrollment for the Elementary, Secondary and Tertiary levels, School Year 1996-1997 and 1997-1998 reached to 60,293 and 64,107 respectively with an average annual growth rate of 0.063%. The transfer of St. Paul’s Business School to Palo, Leyte has not greatly affected the enrollment in the city expansions and opening of private schools.

82. For the tertiary level, 9 tertiary schools are found in the city, 3 are government-owned and six are privately-owned. There are 9 public schools and 6 private schools at the secondary level. In the elementary level, there are 47 elementary schools, where in 35 are public schools and 12 are private schools.

83. Pre-elementary education has brought a new trend to the local education system. It became a pre-requisite before a child could enroll in Grade 1. Many schools are having the pre-elementary levels. There are 26 pre-elementary schools in the city.

2.1.4 Economy

84. City Income and Expenditures. Tacloban City is classified as a “Class A” City. For the year 1997, the city derived an income of P226,616,785.39. It manifested an increase of 16% over that of 1996 revenue of P196,039,557.25.

85. The major sources of the city’s revenue are Tax Revenue, Internal Revenue Allotment (IRA) and Operational and Miscellaneous Receipt. Constituting 22% of the city’s 1997 revenue, IRA serves as the main source of revenue as in previous years. About 7% of the revenues are derived from Tax Revenue and 1% is from operational and other miscellaneous receipts.

86. For the year 1997, the City Government of Tacloban accumulated a total expenditure of P225,477,630.57. For 1997, an increase of 35% in expenditures was recorded over that of the 1998 expenditures. Personnel services covered 54% of the total expenditures.

87. For the year 1998, the City Government has appropriated a total amount of P263,550,000.00 for its annual budget. The city likewise targeted to raise a total of P230,316,302.00 in tax revenue and P33,233,698.00 from operating and miscellaneous receipts.

88. Agriculture. Out of Tacloban City’s total land area of 10,090 hectares, only 19% or 1,917.10 hectares are agricultural as shown by the records of the City Planning and Development Office (CPDO). The agricultural area is fast decreasing due to the natural expansion of commercial areas and the development of residential subdivisions.

89. Based on the 1997 records of the City Agriculturist Office, the largest area planted to food crops is that which is planted to rice which comprises 270 hectares; rootcrops with 250 hectares; fruits and leafy vegetables with 104 hectares; corn has 82 hectares. Coconut, an industrial crop, has the biggest agricultural land use/area which is 1,170.16 hectares.


15

90. Commerce and Trade. Trade and commerce in the City continues to flourish. Consumers and producers alike meet at different markets and talipapa located at various points in the city. The new Tacloban public market located along Quezon Boulevard serves as the Central market. Producers coming from the different parts of Samar, municipalities of Leyte and nearby towns vend their farm produce as early as 4 o’clock in the morning.

91. The City Mayor’s office has processed and issued 1,659 permits in the transport business and a total of 1,768 permits were issued for commercial and industrial businesses which includes general merchandising, sari-sari stores, auto repair shops, service centers, restaurants, nightclubs and cocktail bars, noodle making, among others.

92. There are 27 financial institutions operating in the city. Of these, 3 are government-owned and controlled banks and 24 are privately-owned. These institutions provide the needed financing resources not only for Taclobanos but those in nearby municipalities as well.

93. Tourism. Tacloban serves as the gateway for travelers to and from Manila and Mindanao. It conducts educational and cultural tours to increase intra-regional travel and encourage domestic tourists to go around the whole region. It also has several tourist spots which are natural and/or manmade.

94. In terms of available hotel room accommodations, the City Tourism Office registered a total number of 625 rooms. The pension houses have a total of 56 rooms, tourist inns and lodging houses with 184 rooms, hotel with 192 rooms and 193 rooms available in various beach resorts.

2.1.5 Social Services

95. Transportation. Tacloban City is accessible by air, land and sea. Transportation facility in the city includes an airport, bus terminals and a seaport.

96. Tacloban City is the hub of aviation in the region. Located within the city, the Daniel Z. Romualdez Airport is situated 4.3 nautical miles southeast of the Tacloban City proper. The road distance to the airport is about ten kilometers.

97. Three airline companies have daily regular flight to and from Tacloban City, namely, Philippine Airlines (PAL), Grand Air and Cebu Pacific. About 125,000 passengers per year are either incoming or outgoing between Tacloban and either Manila or Cebu. As of 1996, around 85% of the passengers fly onboard PAL, while the remaining passengers fly by Grand Air and Cebu Pacific.

98. There are two bus terminals in the city, namely; Tacloban Bus Terminal, located at the Reclamation Area; and the Philtranco Terminal, located at Real Street. The Tacloban Bus Terminal is the central station for all incoming and outgoing passenger vehicles to and from Manila, Cebu, Davao, Samar and other towns in the provinces of Leyte and Biliran. However, the Philtranco Station, which is privately owned, is exclusively their bus terminal/service station. There are other 9 bus companies operating in the public bus terminal such as Velmar Bus Line, Ponce Bus Line, St. Bernadette Bus Line and San Juan Bus Line. Bus trips to and from Tacloban are scheduled almost every hour.

99. The port of Tacloban is classified as a natural harbor and is the center for shipping. It is located on the northeastern part of the city proper and is approximately 200 meters from the central business district. The port is accessible from the north through the San Juanico Strait, a channel which is about 30 km. long between Samar and Leyte. Access from the south is through the San Pedro Bay or Leyte Gulf.


16

100. Communication. Tacloban City has modern and effective communication system. Both government and private sectors are providing these services.

101. The Tacloban Central Postal Station provides the great bulk of postal services for the city. It is owned and administered by a government corporation. Services provided are domestic, international and special mail services arrangements.

102. International express mails are currently linked with 39 countries. In 1997, a total of 2,415,620 incoming mails were delivered. The volume increased by 18.71% over the 1996 total of mails delivered. In the same year, outgoing mails posted a total 1, 670,619 registering a decrease of 18.58% over the previous year.

103. Telecommunication facilities in Leyte have greatly improved since the early 90’s. Almost all of the municipalities are now linked by phone lines. Direct national and international dialing is now possible in Tacloban. Telegraph stations are present in all towns. Recently, communication within Tacloban City was further improved with the introduction of digital line using optic cables. Public international and domestic calling booths abound in the city. There are about 18 telecommunication establishments operating in the city. At least two private companies are already providing internet connections. Two of the largest cellular phone companies are also operating in the city.

104. Eastern Visayas Telephone Company (EVTELCO) is one of the biggest companies operating in the city. Direct Distance Dialing (DDD) and telefax are among the latest technologies offered by EVTELCO and the other establishment in the city. In the year 1995, EVTELCO has a total of 13,253 telephone subscribers. Sixty-six percent (66%) of these are residential users and the remaining are commercial users. The number of residential users increased by about 35% from 1994 to 1995, while commercial users increased only by about 17%.

105. Telecommunications Office (TELOF) is a government institution and services offered by TELOF are long distance, telegrams, telegraphic transfer, and social telegrams. Its services cover not only the city but also the neighboring towns and municipalities as well as the rest of the region. The central station is located at Trece Martirez Street and a sub-station is located at Barangay San Jose.

106. Power Supply. Leyte is known as the geothermal capital of the Philippines. Tacloban City’s source of power comes from the Tongonan Geothermal Power Plant of the National Power Corporation (NPC) in Kananga, Leyte. Since 1983, the Tongonan Geothermal Power Plant has a capacity of 112.5 MW plus a 3 MW pilot plant. By end of 1997, NPC has programmed it to generate an additional 640 MW. As such, Tacloban City has an abundant supply of power.

107. Power for the whole of Tacloban City is distributed by Leyte II Electric Coperative, Inc. (LEYECO II). LEYECO II not only serves Tacloban City but also covers the Municipalities of Palo and Babatngon, as well. According to LEYECO II, all barangays within the city have electrical connections and already energized.

108. Tacloban City’s power system is connected by 69KV lines to the Tongonan geothermal plant. There are about 175 kms of primary lines and 176.5 kms of secondary lines from LEYECO to end users. Table 2.1.3 shows the power rate per consumer.


17

Table 2.3: Power Rate per Type of Consumer CY 1997 - Tacloban City

Type of Consumer Power Rate (P/KWHR)

Residential 3.46 Commercial 3.48 Public Building & Utilities 3.46 Industrial 3.43 Rice Mill 3.56 Sale for Resale 3.37

109. Water Supply. Water for Tacloban is served by the water supply system of the Leyte Metropolitan Water District (LMWD). Other than Tacloban, LMWD also serves the adjacent municipalities of Pastrana, Dagami, Palo, Tanauan, Tolosa, Sta. Fe and Tabontabon.

110. In Tacloban City, people living outside the service area of LMWD depend upon wells for drinking water. In Tacloban alone, it is estimated that there are 2,759 wells in the area. Most of these are privately owned shallow wells. Of this number, only 54 wells are registered.

2.2 DAGAMI

2.2.1 Location

111. The Municipality of Dagami is relatively a fifth class municipality, which merely depends its development on agriculture. It is lying along the ranges of the famous mountain “Amandewing”, which is bounded in the north by the municipality of Pastrana; on the northwest by Albuera; on the south by Buraen, on the east by the towns of Tabontabon and Tanauan. Thus, it is also located at 1104’6” north latitude and 1240 49’54.21” east longitude.


112. Topography. The elevation of the south western portion of Dagami is 12 meters to 1,200 meters above the datum plain level.

113. Land Area. It has a total land area of 16,200.00 hectares, whose location is 32 kms south of the city of Tacloban and 14 kms directly from the Leyte Gulf otherwise known as the seashore of Tanauan, Leyte.

114. Land Use. The existing land use of Dagami is characterized by the dominance of agricultural area with 11,968.56 hectares or 73.88% of the total land area. Open grassland has an area of 691.74 hectares or 4.27% of the total land area 6.48 hectares comprise the open water space which includes rivers and creeks.

115. Built-up area covers an area of 72.90 hectares or 0.45% of the total land area. The urban built-up area has 12.912 hectares while the remaining areas are distributed among rural barangays. Road network or utilities found in the municipality totaled to 9.72 hectares to include national, provincial, municipal and barangay roads.

116. Forest area is found in the southwestern portion of the municipality. It covers an area of 3,450.60 hectares or 21.30% of the total land area of the municipality.

117. Table 2.4 shows land area allocation for urban land use. Table 2.5 shows land area allocation for the general land use.


18

Table 2.4: Urban Land Use, 1997 - Dagami

Urban Land Use Land Area (ha)

% of Total

Residential 8.5296 37.80 Commercial 1.1392 5.05 Institutional 3.0960 13.72 Industrial 0.1472 0.75 Open Space & Parks 0.0752 0.33 Transportation & Utilities 6.6120 29.30 Vacant Lot 1.0272 4.50 Rivers/Creeks 1.9300 8.55

Total 22.5564 100.00

Table 2.5: General Land Use, 1997 - Dagami

General Land Use Land Area (ha)

% of Total

Built-up Area 72.90 0.45 Agricultural 11,968.56 73.88 Forest 3,450.60 21.30 Open Grassland 691.74 4.27 Open Water Spaces 6.48 0.04 Road network 9.72 0.06

Total 16,200.00 100.00 118. Soil Type. Data at the Bureau of Soils, Tacloban City, reveals that there are four (4) major soil types in the municipality of Dagami. Predominantly is the Rough Mountainous Land with the total land area of 7,290.00 hectares or 45.00% of the total land area followed by Clay Loam with an area of 3,693.60 hectares or 22.80%, Clay has an area of 3,155.76 hectares or 19.48% and Fine Sandy Loam has a land area of 2,060.64 hectares or 12.72% of the total land area. Table 2.6 shows the detailed slope classification of Dagami.

Table 2.6: Soil Type - Dagami

119. Drainage. The municipality has numerous rivers, creeks, springs and streams. Binahaan River traverses the municipality. The water bodies serve as the natural surface drainage system for the whole municipality. Furthermore, these water bodies irrigate ricefields in the lowland area.

2.2.3 Population

120. Demography. The 1995 Population of Dagami was 27,039. This increased in 2000 to 29,240, showing an annual growth rate of 1.69% and a population density of 180 persons/ square kilometer. The total household was 5,776 and the average household size was 5.

Type of Soil Area (has.)

% to Total

Clay 3,155.76 19.48

Clay Loam 3,693.60 22.80 Fine Sandy Loam 2,060.64 12.72 Rough mountainous Land 7,290.00 45.00

Total 16,200.00 100.00


19

121. The major sources of income of the municipality are farming representing 85% and 15% constitute the non-agriculture income earners. The labor force was 14,702 of which 53% are employed. The average rural family income of the municipality was pegged at P 3,000.00 while the poverty incidence was 76%.

122. Health. The ten leading causes of morbidity from 1994 to 1996 were acute respiratory infection schistosomiasis, malnutrition, dermatitis, wounds parasitism, cardio-vascular diseases, PTB, diarrhea and acid peptic diseases. Among the three leading causes, acute respiratory infection has the highest number of morbidity since 1994 to 1996.

123. The ten leading causes of mortality from 1994 to 1996 were PTB, pneumonia, wounds carcinoma, septicemia, schistosomiasis HAD, diabetes mellitus, peptic acid disease and cardio-vascular disease.

124. The Rural Health Unit is the only institution safeguarding the health of the populace. It is manned by one (1) Municipal Health Officer, one (1) Public Health Nurse, five (5) Midwives and one (1) Sanitary Inspector.

125. Education. As per 1997 projected population, 7,268 represent the school age population that are supposed to be in school with 3,271 representing the primary level, 1,468 for the intermediate and 2,529 for the secondary level.

126. There is no tertiary institution in the municipality. The school going age population for tertiary level either enrolled in Tacloban City, Cebu City, nearby vocational schools and others try to go to Manila.

127. There are thirty (30) public elementary schools in the municipality, eleven (11) of which offer only primary level education. There are 205 elementary teachers in the locality. As to its distribution, Dagami South Central School has the biggest number of teaching force. The overall teacher-pupil ratio is 1:26 which is still very well within the standard prescribed of 1:40 teacher-pupil ratio.

2.2.4 Economy

128. Agriculture. Agricultural land area comprises 79% of the total land area of the municipality equivalent to 11,968.56 hectares. Major crops include coconut, rice, corn, banana, root crops and vegetables.

129. The total area planted to rice is 2,877.53 hectares, 72.06 % or 2,073.52 hectares irrigated while 27.94% or 804.01 hectares are rainfed. Rice fields are located in lowland areas.

130. Coconut plantations are well distributed through out the municipality. In most places, coconuts are intercropped with vegetables and root crop production.

131. Dagami has abundant forest resources like timber, rattan and others. There are no known forest concessionaires to exploit the identified areas. Great efforts are being exerted by the local government to strengthen the nation wide campaign in conserving forest products by preventing wasteful cutting of trees, “kaingin” and other similar acts.

132. Commerce and Trade. Dagami has abundant raw materials for industrial development. Agricultural products like coconut, abaca, wood, rattan and others are available in the area. The industries found in the locality vary from rice milling, welding and vulcanizing, tailoring, blacksmithing, basket, broom mat, cradle and furniture making.


20

133. There are eighteen (18) rice mills found in the municipality, three (3) in the Poblacion and fifteen (15) in the different barangays.

134. One of the most popular delicacies in Leyte is found in Dagami with the so-called “binagol” or “Lidgid”. This is supplied not only within the municipality but also the adjacent municipalities and the whole province as well.

135. However, there are other existing major business establishments in Dagami such as but not limited to Bakeries, Eateries, Auto Repair / Welding Shops, Gas Filling Station, Minor Land Transportation, Rattan and Wood Furniture Making and the newly open M. Lhuillier Pawnshop and Money Padala which would augment the economic activity in Dagami.

136. Tourism. Dagami has no developed tourist spots. However, Japanese and American tourists visited the place. They visited the World War II Japanese Soldiers marker located at Barangay Cabariwan and the Bloody Ridge Japanese Soldiers tunnel dug out at Barangay Hiabangan.


137. Transportation. The Municipality of Dagami has a total road network of 177.364 kilometers-national road accounting for 18.700 kilometers, provincial road-9.922 kilometers, municipal road-6.612 kilometers and barangay roads-142.13 kilometers.

138. Dagami has twenty-eight (28) public utility jeeps, two (2) public utility buses and seventeen (17) cargo trucks, eight (8) are within the Poblacion and nine (9) from different barangays. However, public utility buses pass by Dagami from Burauen to Tacloban vice-versa. Hired motorcycle and tricycles also transport the people from one place to another.

139. Communication. The Postal Office is manned by a postmaster and three (3) letter carriers and the municipality has only one (1) telegraph service operated by telecommunication office located at the municipal building.

140. A BAYANTEL public calling office exists in the poblacion. This serves as the means of communication through long distance calls to other municipalities, cities, and even abroad.

141. The Philippine National Police (PNP) has also a radio transceiver unit. Radio stations in the cities of Tacloban, Cebu and even Manila can be heard clearly in the locality. Televisions and other print media are other sources of communications in the municipality.

142. Power Supply. Electricity in the Municipality of Dagami is served by the Geothermal Power Plant in Tongonan, Ormoc City; however, the area is managed by the Don Orestes Romualdez Electric Cooperative (DORELCO) with its office at Tolosa, Leyte.

143. All barangays in the poblacion and thirty (30) rural barangays are served by electricity and the rest are using kerosene and oil. For security light, street lights are placed with a distance of 20 meters approximately.

144. Water Supply. Water supply systems in Dagami vary from piped water system, deep wells, open dug wells and springs. Piped water system of Poblacion, Balilit, Canlingga, Hitomnog, Los Martires, Sirab, Digahungan, Cabariwan, Calsadahay, Tinao and Maca-alang get its source from two (2) rivers both found in Barangay Maca-alang. It is owned and operated by the Leyte Metropolitan Water District. Five (5) springs which are located at Barangay Guinarona (2), Plaridel (1), Buenavista (1), and Camono-an (1) have also been tapped to support the water supply of barangay residents. These waterworks system are


21

managed by respective barangay assemblies. Other Barangays are using deep wells and open dug wells.

2.3 PALO

2.3.1 Location

145. The municipality of Palo is located 124° east longitude and 11.09°’59’ north latitude. It is only about twelve (12) kilometers from the City of Tacloban, which is its boundary on the north. It is bounded on the east by San Pedro Bay, on the northwest by Sta. Fe, on the southwest by Pastrana and on the south by Tanauan. Palo has a total land area of 8,018.58 hectares.


146. Topography. Palo is generally situated on eastern coastal plain of the island of Leyte. Steep hills in Libertad-Barayong-Campetic area form part of mainland Leyte’s northern hilly lands. Scattered patches of steep hills are also found in Guindapunan-Campetic, Libertad-C Camaysihay-Gacao, Arado, Tacuranga-Cangumbang, and Cabarasan Guti. Native reeds called bariis and tangbo are abundant in wide swamps located in the low-lying areas of the Candahug, Pawing and Guindapunan. Nipa swamps are mostly located near the banks of rivers, creeks and coves adjoining the shores. The rest of the municipality’s lowlands are mostly vast expanses of rice paddies, grasslands and coconut plantations. Mangroves are located along the coastal barangays of San Joaquin, Cogon and Salvacion.

147. Land Use. Agriculture occupies an aggregate area of 6,098.4408 hectares or 76.06% of the total land area of the Municipality. This area is widely scattered in all rural barangays and planted with different crops, where coconut and rice are dominant.

148. Built-up area, which include the residential, commercial, institutional, parks and functional open spaces, utilities/agro-industrial land uses as well as in the urban barangays and in all other rural barangays occupy an aggregate land area of 266.4975 hectares or only 3.32% of the total municipal land area. The poblacion barangays have the biggest share of this built-up area.

149. Table 2.7 shows land area allocation for the general land use.

150. The Municipality’s urban barangays has an aggregate total land area of 295.3196 hectares or only about 3.68% of the total municipal land area. Existing urban barangays include Arado, Buri, Sta. Cruz, San Miguel, Cavite East, Cavite West, Naga-naga and Luntad.

151. Table 2.8 shows land area allocation for the urban land use.

Table 2.7: General Land Use, 2000 - Palo


% of Total

Built-up Area 266.4975 3.32 Forest Zone 1,171.8601 14.61 Agricultural 6,098.4408 76.06 Special Land Uses 181.102 6.01 Road Network 126.5867 1.58

Total 8,018.58 100.00


22

Table 2.8: Urban Land Use, 2000 - Palo


% of Total

Residential 154.8720 12.57 Socialized Housing 2.0000 0.16 Commercial 35.5926 2.89 Institutional 37.3203 3.03 Special Institutional Area 57.9256 4.70 Functional Open Spaces 90.6603 7.35 Agri-Industrial/Light Industrial 7.8463 0.64 Utilities 1.6336 0.13 Tourism 4.9025 0.40 Wetlands / Mangroves 14.7625 1.20 Open Space & Parks 39.1539 3.18 Agricultural 675.7126 54.84 Forest 109.7407 8.91

Total 1,232.1229 100.00 152. Climate. Climate in Leyte is classified into two (2) types. Like other towns located along the northern and eastern part of Leyte island, climate in Palo falls under Type 2 classification, described as having “no distinct dry season with a very pronounced maximum rainfall from November to January.”

153. Drainage. Most of the drainage canals in urban and semi-urban barangays are made of masonry and concrete, without concrete covers. Drainage canals along the roads fronting the Palo Public Market have movable concrete slabs. Riprap canals are located in Brgys. San Miguel and Cavite East. Canals in the urban area either drain into Bangon River or into Tacuranga creek.

2.3.3 Population

154. Demography. Based on the 2004 report of the Provincial Health Office, Palo, Leyte and National Statistics Office (NSO), Palo registered a population of 52,613 with 10,157 households Population count in 2000 registered a total of 47,982 indicating a considerable rise of 4,631. This increase could be attributed to new births, in-migration and the existence of a National Housing Authority (NHA) housing project in Brgy. Baras. The 1995 to 2000 statistics shows a growth rate of 2.165%. There are at present thirty-three (33) barangays with Guindapunan having the biggest population with 3,248 persons, and the latest count listed Cabarasan Guti as having a smallest population of 279 persons. Palo has 27,691 total number of registered voters based on 2004 record of COMELEC, Palo, Leyte.

155. Health. The health facilities of the Municipality include a Main Health Center, situated in front of the Municipal Hall. It has one Municipal Health Officer, one nurse, one public health dentist, one dental aide, three sanitary inspectors and one main health center midwife, who take charge of 1st level health services for the Poblacion catchment area, consisting of six (6) barangays. There is also one visiting medical technologist who examines sputum collected or PTB positivity.

156. The three (3) leading causes of mortality from 1998-2000 are pneumonia, cardio-vascular disease and cancer of all forms, consistently in this order from the highest. Except for pneumonia, which is an infectious disease, the cardio-vascular disease and cancer are influenced by the lifestyle of the individual and the exposure to pollutants and stresses.

157. Education. There are six (6) Primary Schools and twenty three (23) Elementary Schools, all are public schools. There are five (5) public secondary schools, one of which is a


23

regional Science High School that caters to students region wide. There are two (2) private secondary Catholic Schools. In the tertiary level, there are three (3) schools, two of which are privately owned.

2.3.4 Economy

158. Municipal Income and Expenditures. The two major sources of income are classified as the Local Sources, and the External Source in the form of the Internal Revenue Allotment (IRA). In 1999, the percentage revenue of the resources was 16.92%, in 2000, it was 24.97% and in year 2001 it went down to 18.46%. The highest collection in tax revenues is on the business taxes followed by the community tax and the real property taxes. On the operation and miscellaneous revenues the highest collection is on rentals followed by the receipts from the market and secretary’s fees.

159. Based on the foregoing analysis, the Municipality of Palo has been operating for the past three years with dependency rate of 83.08% in 1999, 75.02% in 2000 and 81.54% on the national government.

160. The expenditure level was recorded to be 94.32% in 1999, 90.48% in 2000 and 84.47% in 2001 averaging 89.78%. Analysis of expenditure by office shows that in 2001, the Office of the Municipal Mayor as expected has the highest expenditures, followed by the Legislative Services, Health Services, the Treasurer’s Office, the Agricultural Services and Accountant’s Office in that order.

161. Agriculture. The total municipal land area of Palo is 8,018.58 hectares. With 6,098.4408 of Agricultural land, or about 76.06% of the total land area of the municipality as indicated in the Municipal Assessor’s Office. The major agricultural crops are rice, coconut, root crops, corn and vegetables. Basically, rice is the top ranking agricultural crop grown in the locality with an area of 2,316.8042 ha followed by root crops, corn and vegetables with an area of 277.3256 has.

162. Commerce and Trade. The main commercial area is located in the heart of the municipality at Brgy. Cavite East. It is also a fact that the Palo Supermarket is located within the boundaries of Brgy. Cavite East, hence, majority of the commercial establishments are retail stores. Retail stores need an average amount of capital that would only be sufficient to sustain the business. Likewise, retail stores basically cater to the basic needs of the conservers. Therefore, it is but practical to engage in this kind of business. In the municipality, there are a total of 91 retail stores with 46 of it located in Brgy. Cavite East where the commercial center is located.

163. Tourism. Tourism is one of the major activities in the Municipality of Palo. Being located only twelve (12) kilometers away from the City of Tacloban, the regional capital, tourists, both local and foreign, oftentimes visit this municipality. Also Leyte Eco-Tourism Zone in the Municipality of Palo is located at the vicinity of MacArthur Memorial Park, Candahug, Palo, Leyte. Presently, it is a developed area planted with hardwood and indigenous tree species.

164. Palo is also known to be a religious town. During Holy Week, especially on Good Fridays, people from neighboring town and provinces in the region flock into the town to witness the re-enactment or the so called “Pamalandong” or Christ’s suffering. During yuletide season, the municipality also boasts of decorative lights and displays on its streets and has become an attraction as well.


24


165. Transportation. Public utility jeeps are the common means of public transportation from Palo to Tacloban and vice-versa. Motorcabs for hire (MCH) also ply the Palo-Tacloban route, usually at night. Multicab services the Tacloban-St. Paul’s Business School route. Pedicabs are available anytime of the day within the Poblacion and nearby barangays. Travel to and from rural areas is done through motorcycles and motorcabs.

166. Communication. There are no private telecommunication establishments found in the locality, but telephone lines to some establishments and residential houses are connected to the Eastern Visayas Telephone Company (EVTELCO). From the urban barangays, there are 851 residential connections and 75 business connections. And from the rural barangays there are 973 residential houses with telephone lines and 10 establishments for commercial uses.

167. The local Philippine Postal service is located within the compound of the municipal building. The telegraph office is located across the municipal building. Smart and Globe cell sites were constructed within the Municipality.

168. Power Supply. Almost all of the barangays in Palo have been energized by the Leyte Electric Cooperative Inc., (LEYECO II) except for Brgy. Cabarasan Guti. Out of the 2,484 urban households, 1,970 households are having power connection and that is 79.30% of the whole urban households. In the rural barangays, there are 3,528 households with power connection and this is 52.76% from the total households coming from the rural barangays.

169. Water Supply. Statistical data on use shows that there are households that do not enjoy piped water system. Only 61.83% households have direct water supply and the commonly used source is coming from the Leyte Metropolitan Water District. The remaining 38.17% households do not have direct water supply and the commonly used sources are coming from open dug/shallow wells, artesian well type of water facility.

2.4 PASTRANA

2.4.1 Location

170. The Municipality of Pastrana is one of the forty-one (41) municipalities comprising the province of Leyte. Its position is having the coordinates of 124 degrees 53’ E longitude and 11 degrees 8’ N latitude. Pastrana, Leyte is bounded on the north by Alangalang Leyte, on the south by Dagami, Leyte, on the east by Palo, Leyte and on the west by Jaro, Leyte.


171. Topography and Land Area. The municipality of Pastrana has a total land area of 9,730 hectares apportioned to its barangays. It is characterized by the low flat lands with a portion of rolling hills with varying elevation and slopes.

172. Land Use. Based on the topographic map of the municipality and through survey and interviews with the Municipal Officials, it was confirmed that the prevailing land utilization of the municipality is characterized by the dominance of agricultural land with 9,642.16 hectares or 99.10% of the total municipal land area. The area is planted by different crops ranging from rice, corn, vegetables, root crops and coconuts.

173. Built-up area of the whole municipality covers an area of 48.15 hectares more or less. The urban built-up area accounts for 4.86 hectares more or less while the remaining percentage of the over-all municipal built-up area is apportioned among rural barangays.


25


175. The urban center of the municipality has an area of 324.91 hectares which is characterized by the dominance of agricultural area of 320.05 hectares, followed by residential area which is 1.96 hectares and open spaces of 0.4 hectares, institutional area which is 0.23 hectares, 0.08 hectares for commercial area, agro-industrial area which is 0.06 hectares, and vacant lot which is 0.06 hectares. Road network/ utilities have a total area of 2.07 hectares.


Table 2.9: General Land Use - Pastrana


% of Total

Built-up Area 48.14 0.49 Agricultural 9,642.16 99.10 Rivers 27.95 0.29 Road network 11.75 0.12

Total 9,730 100.00

Table 2.10: Urban Land Use - Pastrana


% of Total

Residential 1.96 0.60 Commercial 0.08 0.03 Institutional 0.23 0.07 Agro-Industrial 0.06 0.02 Open Space & Parks 0.4 0.12 Road Network & Utilities 2.07 0.64 Vacant Lot 0.06 0.02 Agricultural 320.05 98.50

Total 324.91 100.00 177. Climate. As classified by PAG-ASA, the climate of Pastrana falls under Type 2, which is generally characterized as no dry season with a very pronounced maximum rainfalls from November to January.

2.4.3 Population

178. Demography. Based on the NSO record, the population of the municipality is generally increasing. From the 4,308 population of 1903, it was increased to 6,533 by 1918, with an average growth rate of 2.78%. The next census year, 1939, it increased again to 8,078. It decreased however to 7,787 for the census year 1948. By 1960, said population reached 8,794, increased again to 9,676 by 1970, and continued to increase to 10,746 last 1975. A small increase was realized by census year 1980, when it reached 10,854 only. A 0.01464 growth rate was realized for the census year 1990, when the municipality’s population reached 12,565. And from 1990 to 1995, an average growth rate of 0.02785 was obtained when 14,442 total population of the municipality was registered.

179. Pastrana, Leyte has twenty-nine (29) barangays. Four (4) are considered as urban barangays, which includes District 1, District 2, District 3 and District 4. The remaining twenty-five (25) barangays are considered rural barangays. From these twenty-nine (29) barangays, barangay District 4 at the Poblacion has the highest population of 936 with 6.48% share, followed by District 2 with 874 population and a percent share of 6.05. Then this is


26

closely followed by barangay Manaybanay, a rural barangay with 862 population, and by barangay Tingib with 795 population. The least populated barangay is barangay Arabong with 248 population and a percent share of 1.72.

180. Health. The municipality’s main health center is located at the Poblacion, specifically in District 4. This center has one (1) midwife; one (1) sanitary inspector; one (1) medical technologist; one (1) dentist; one (1) dental aide; nineteen (19) barangay health workers and two (2) ambulance drivers.

181. The main Health Center is serving the four (4) districts of the Poblacion barangays and the rural barangays of Arabong, Aringit, Lima, Sapsap, Socsocon and Yapad. Likewise, there are two barangay Health Stations in the municipality. One is located at Brgy. Manaybanay. This has one (1) midwife and sixteen (16) barangay health workers. This station serves barangays Mnaybanay, Cabaohan, Cancaraja, Caninoan, Capilla, Colawan, Dumarag, Jones, Lanawan and Maricum. The other barangay Health Station is located at barangay Tingib, with one (1) midwife and seventeen (17) barangay health workers. This station is serving barangays Tingib, Bahay, Calsadahay, Guindapunan, Halaba, Lourdes, Macalpiay, Malitbogay and Patong.

182. Records show schistosomiasis is the number one (1) leading cause of morbidity and mortality. Diarrhea, bronchitis, influenza, pertussis, measles, bronchopneumonia, hepatitis, TB and goiter follow as causes of morbidity. Whereas, for mortality, influenza, PTB, homicidal, bronchopneumonia, diarrhea, measles, heart disease and general asterioschlerosis follow.

183. Education. The municipality has a total existing teaching force of eighty-three (83) distributed at the different elementary schools; and a total existing classrooms of ninety (90). The central school at the Poblacion got the highest number of teachers and classrooms with 25 and 24 respectively. The Malitbogay elementary school has eight (8) teachers and nine (9) classrooms; while Tingib and Yapad elementary school has seven (7) teachers and eight (8) classrooms each. Other schools have four (4) or two (2) teachers and classrooms.

184. There are twenty-one (21) existing teaching force, at the secondary level. With an existing enrollment of 842, the student-teacher ratio is registered as 1:40 which is within the prescribed ratio or within the standard. For classrooms, there are existing seventeen (17) classrooms. Hence, student-classroom ratio is 1:50 or 1 classroom per 50 students.

2.4.4 Economy

185. Municipal Income and Expenditures. For the year 1998, the municipality realized a total income of P1,076,282,300. For the last four years, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the municipality realized a total income of P 993,975,608; P 788,028,995; P 729,554,576 and P 669,978,315 respectively.

186. The biggest contributor to the income of the municipality are taxes collected from properties, transfer taxes; taxes on goods and services and other taxable income and goods and services.

187. For the past five years, from 1998 down to 1994, the municipality recorded a total expenditures of P 1,072,424,676 for 1998; P 950,321,818 for 1997; P 807,023,736 for 1996; P 698,685,937 for 1995 and P 609,558,682 for 1994.

188. Agriculture. As an agricultural town, Pastrana has registered agricultural land area of 4,083.75 actually planted for crop production.


27

189. Crops planted include the 1,628.09 hectares rice land, the 130.7 hectares corn land, 36.7 hectares banana land and 13.26 camote land. The biggest area of 2,275 hectares is planted with coconuts.

190. Commerce and Trade. The municipality’s commercial activities are concentrated and centered in the 512 total commercial establishments which are located at the twenty six (26) different barangays.

191. At the Poblacion which is composed of four (4) barangays, there is the public market wherein sari-sari stores and other vendors are engaging in commercial activities.

192. Other rural barangays also have sari-sari stores, palay buyers, fish vendors, copra buyers and such other similar activities.

193. Tourism. Pastrana, Leyte, being a rural municipality has no existing tourism facility. There is no other tourist spot in the municipality, except the Binahaan River Dam with the legendary Amandewing Mountain as its background. This could be a tourist attraction area because of its clean and clear running water which is located at Barangay Tingib.


194. Transportation. The municipality’s means of transportation is only by land. Residents usually travel through the public utility jeeps from the municipality to the City of Tacloban and other municipalities. Within the Poblacion, there are pedicabs and single motorcycles that can be utilized.

195. Communication. Communication services of the municipality are rendered mostly by the two communication establishments. One is the Bureau of Telecommunication, manned by one (1) personnel only. This is located within the municipal building at the Poblacion. It offers long distance calls and telegram services.

196. The other office is the Philippine Postal Corporation, with three (3) personnel. It has its office within the Public market at Poblacion. It offers postal money order services aside from accepting and delivering mails. Its existing facilities and equipments include one (1) safe vault, two (2) office tables and chairs. This post office is servicing the twenty-five (25) rural barangays and the four (4) Poblacion barangays.

197. Power Supply. The municipality of Pastrana, Leyte with twenty-nine (29) barangays is serviced by LEYECO II, the only electric cooperative serving the province of Leyte. Out of twenty-nine (29) barangays, however, there are twenty-five (25) barangays which are currently served by electric power. The four (4) rural barangays of Cancaraja, Canino-an, Capilla and Patong are still unsrved by electricity.

198. Water Supply. Currently, the municipality has three (3) levels of waterworks system. Level I with the shallow wells is presently serving six (6) rural barangays. Level II at the twenty-three (23) barangays of the municipality is available through the LMWD-JICA project at Barangay Tingib. Likewise, individual household connections through Level III are also available through the LMWD-JICA project at Barangay Tingib. There are twenty (20) barangays which have this type of water system.

199. The watershed area at Barangay Tingib is the rich and abundant source of water for all residents of the municipality and its neighboring municipalities including the city of Tacloban


28

2.5 SANTA FE

2.5.1 Location

200. The Municipality of Sta Fe is bounded on the north by the City of Tacloban, on the south by the Municipality of Pastrana, on the west by the Municipality of Alang-alang and on the east by the Municipality of Palo. It is at 1240 41’30” north latitude and 110 12’30” east longitude.

201. The municipality of Sta. Fe has a land area of 8,190 hectares. The Poblacion of Sta. Fe is 23 kilometers from Tacloban City which is the Regional Center of Region VIII.


202. Topography. Sta. Fe is characterized by the low flat lands with a portion of rolling hills with varying elevations and slopes. Details of the slope classification are shown in Table 2.11.

Table 2.11: Slope Classification – Santa Fe

203. Land Use. Based on land utilization of the municipality, a great percentage of the total area has been devoted to agricultural use. This is about 5,415 hectares or 66.12% from the total land area. This includes the total crop area of 2,802.7 hectares utilized/classified as rice land, coconut lands, corn lands, root crops and areas devoted for fruit and vegetable production.

204. Utilized for other uses not mentioned previously are the areas utilized or classified as built-up areas. These are the areas devoted for residential purposes, commercial, institutional, utilities and other areas with development/ structures. Again, these are categorized as urban area which is the sum total of barangay areas of the Poblacion and the rural areas which is the sum total of the built-up area/ settlement of the different barangays (16 rural barangays). It has a total of 107.8 hectares or 1.30% from the total municipal area.


206. The Poblacion is composed of four (4) barangays with a total barangay area of 150 hectares. The built-up area or the urban core has a total area of 24.48 hectares or 16.32% of the total urban area. A great percentage of the total urban area is still devoted to agriculture which is 125.52 hectares or 83.68% of the total urban area.


Slope Classification Land Area (ha.)

% to Total

0% - 3% - Broad area of level to nearly level 5,807 70.90 3% - 8% - Gently Sloping in one general direction 393 4.8 8% - 15% - Gently undulating and gently rolling land sloping in more than one general direction

188 2.3

15% - 30% - Moderately undulating & rolling land sloping in many directions

1,802 22

Total 8,190 100.00


29

Table 2.12: General Land Use, 1999 – Santa Fe


% of Total

Built-up Area 214.56 1.31 Agricultural 5,415 66.12 Swamps and Marshes 270 3.30 Open Grassland 511.20 6.24 Forest Area 1761 21.50

Rivers & Creeks 125.52 1.53

Total 8,190 100.00

Table 2.13: Urban Land Use, 1999 – Santa Fe


% of Total

Residential 4.5625 3.042 Commercial 0.25 0.167 Institutional 2.325 1.550 Agro-Industrial 0.875 0.583 Open Space & Parks 2.125 1.417 Rivers and Creeks 1.95 1.300 Transportation and Utilities 3.5 2.333 Vacant Lot 8.8925 5.928 Total Built-Up Area 24.48 16.320 Agricultural Area 125.52 83.680

Total 150 100.00 208. Soil Type. Sta. Fe has three types of soil, namely: Palo Clay Loam covers 51.5% or 4,218 hectares, the Pawing Sandy Loam covers 23.9% or 1,957 and Tacloban Clay covers 24.4% or 2,015 hectares of the area. Refer to Table 2.14 for the soil type of Sta. Fe.

Table 2.14: Soil Type – Santa Fe

209. Climate. The Municipality of Sta. Fe falls under Type II which is characterized by no definite dry and wet season.

2.5.3 Population

210. Demography. The Municipality of Sta. Fe has twenty (20) barangays and four (4) of which comprise the Poblacion. The 1995 Census on Population conducted by the NSO reflects a population of 13,695.

211. The highly populated barangay is the Poblacion with a density of 3.4 persons per hectare followed by barangays San Roque, San Juan and Katipunan. Brgy. San Miguel is the

Type of Soil Area (ha.)

% to Total Land Area

Palo Clay Loam 4,218 51.5

Pawing Fine Sandy Loam 1,957 23.90

Tacloban Clay 2,015 24.60

Total 8,190 100.00


30

most sparsely populated area with a density of 0.45 persons per hectare. The density of the municipality is 1.48 persons per hectare.

212. Health. The Municipality of Sta. Fe has one (1) doctor, one (1) nurse, three (3) midwives, one (1) dentist, one (1) sanitary health inspector, one (1) dental aide and six (6) “hilots” for the 13,695 population of the municipality.

213. Under the Reconstructed Health Care Delivery System, health services are distributed according to three (3) levels in the municipality. The first level refers to the first contact of patient for any complaint to the Rural Health Midwife. The second level means the patient goes to the public health nurse for consultation through a referral from the Rural Health Midwife when the Rural Health Midwife can not treat the patient. And lastly, the third level refers to endorsement of patient from the nurse to the municipal health officer or doctor for further management.

214. There are also two (2) Barangay Health Centers, one in Tibak and the other in San Juan covering the health needs of the other adjacent barangays.

215. Of the ten (10) leading causes of morbidity, URTI, Schistosomiasis, Bronchitis and Malnutrition top in the list. This is followed by Gastroenteritis, Gastritis, TB, Furnailosis, Wounds and Bronchial Asthma in that order.

216. Of the eight (8) leading causes of mortality, records in the Rural Health Unit show that Pneumonia leads the list followed by Cancer, Schistosomiasis, CVA, Peptic Ulcer, PTB, Multiple Wound and Broncho- Pneumonia in that order.

217. Education. The municipality has fourteen (14) existing elementary schools and six (6) of which offers only primary education. It has only one secondary school which is the Sta. Fe National High School. It has also a pre-elementary education through Day Care Centers in coordination with the Department of Social Welfare and Development aside from the already existing Angelicum Catechetical School. Some students get their tertiary education from the regional capital which is Tacloban City.

2.5.4 Economy

218. Agriculture. The total agricultural crop area of the municipality is 2,802.7 or 34.2% of the total land area of the municipality. The agricultural area utilized for crop production is distributed to the following classification in the order of their predominance, rice land with 1,804.7 hectares, coconut lands with 574.7 hectares, corn lands with 106.0 hectares, root crops with 178.5 hectares and area devoted for fruits and vegetable with 138.8 hectares. The unaccounted crop production results in the utilization of the remaining agricultural area of the municipality which is 2,612.3 hectares.

219. Commerce and Trade. The municipality has different types of commercial activities distributed in the different barangays, most of them are sari-sari stores and rice mills.

220. Most of the manufacturing establishments in the municipality are agri-based. These are the twenty (26) rice mills located at the different barangays of the municipality. At Zone III are fourteen (14) rice mills. A total of 0.295 hectare land area is currently occupied by the agri-industrial establishments of the municipality.

221. Tourism. Tourism venture is not so much emphasized in the municipality, the reason why the Municipal government is trying to improve the bird sanctuary and develop it as an eco-tourism site to attract local tourism.


31


222. Transportation. The municipality is traversed by the national road and therefore, the means of transportation is by land. There are also available motorcycles in the area and they serve as means of transportation to the rural barangays. The area is accessible through buses, mini-buses and jeepneys coming from Tacloban to Ormoc, Tacloban to Pastrana and Tacloban to Biliran Island.

223. Communication. The municipality has telecommunications services and facilities in the area. The postal service system of the Bureau of Post is located in the Poblacion where it is being manned by 3 postal personnel, 1 postmaster and two (2) letter carriers. The Bureau of Telecommunications provides telegraph services to the residents of the area. It is manned by one (1) personnel. There are five (5) radio stations of which are stationed in Tacloban City.

224. Power Supply. The municipality is being energized by the power coming from the LEYECO III. A total of thirteen (13) barangays are being served by electricity including the Poblacion, which is composed of four (4) barangays. Barangays with no electrical connections (Catoogan, Gapas, San Miguelay and Cutay) are located farthest from the main electrical connections source.

225. Water Supply. The water supply of the municipality is considered to be insufficient and inadequate. The residents resort to pumps and open wells as source of water supply. Based on the NCSO data, majority of the households which accounts 65.8% of the total number of households utilized open dug wells as their own source of drinking water. Said source of water is unsafe for health purposes and can also attribute to the growing number of persons affected with the endemic Schistosomiasis disease. There is a total of fifty-six (56) artesian wells distributed among barangays.

2.6 TABONTABON

2.6.1 Location

226. The Municipality of Tabontabon is located at 1240 9‘58” east longitude and 110 3‘ north latitude approximately 30 kilometers away from Tacloban City, the Provincial / Regional capital. On the east, the municipality is bounded by the municipality of Tanauan, on the west by the municipality of Dagami, and on the south by the municipalities of Burauen and Julita.

2.6.2 PHYSICAL FEATURES

227. Topography. Tabontabon is an inland municipality. Its territory is triangular with a generally flat terrain. The whole area of the municipality is situated in such a way that the rice fields are separated by slightly elevated coconut and corn lands. The maximum elevation in the area is only 27 meters above sea level. The rolling terrain at the southeastern part of the municipality slopes to the poblacion.

228. Land area. The Municipality of Tabontabon has a total land area of 2,487.33 hectares or 24.8733 square kilometers out of which 185.0110 hectares or 7.44% comprise the urban barangays while the rural barangays occupy an aggregate area of 2,302.3203 hectare or 92.56% of the municipality’s total land area. It is accessible by land transportation.

229. Land Use. Tabontabon is a predominantly agricultural community. Agricultural areas account for 96.84% of the total land area of the municipality or 2,408.7353 hectares. The other land use categories consist of the built-up areas and the water bodies. The built-up areas are the concentration of settlements which are widely dispersed in the different


32

barangays. The water bodies consist of the tributaries of the Guinarona River which originate from Dagami, Leyte and the creeks which traverse the municipality.


231. The Poblacion which is composed of four (4) barangays- District I (Quezon), District II (Rizal), District III (Bonifacio) and District IV (MacArthur), is considered as the urban area of the municipality. These urban barangays have a total area of approximately185.0110 ha or about 7.44% of the total land area of the municipality and are situated at the northeastern section of the town. The land uses consist of the urban built-up areas (residential, commercial, institutional, agro-industrial and road network), functional open spaces (parks/plaza), the river and agricultural areas.


Table 2.15: General Land Use, 2004 - Tabontabon


% of Total Land Area

Built-up Area 68.0960 2.74 Agricultural 2,408.7353 96.84 Water Bodies 10.500 0.42

Total 2,487.3313 100.00

Table 2.16: Urban Land Use, 2004 - Tabobtabon


% of Total Total Urban Area

Residential 17.7520 9.60 Commercial 0.7923 0.43 Institutional 3.9014 2.11 Agro-Industrial 0.0120 0.01 Open Space & Parks 1.4600 0.79 Road Network 3.1200 1.68 River 1.2000 0.65 Agricultural 156.7733 84.73

Total 185.0110 100.00 233. Soil Type. The soil in Tabontabon is mostly loam but there are places like Brgys San Pablo and Balingasag which have clayey portions.

234. Climate. Tabontabon falls under Type II which is characterized by no definite dry and wet season. There is more or less an even distribution of rainfall throughout the year with maximum rains coming in November to January of each year. There is not a single dry month in the regions of this type. The minimum monthly rainfall occurs in April to May and August to September.

235. Drainage. The natural drainage of the Municipality of Tabontabon is through the Guinarona River at the southeastern portion of the area up to the Poblacion which drains towards the Municipality of Tanauan. There are also some creeks which traverse the area at the south, north and the center of the municipality which drain towards the Municipality of Tanauan.


33

2.6.3 Population

236. Demography. The population of Tabontabon was 8,372 as of the May 01, 2000 NSO population count. It increased by 203% from 1903 to 2000. Tabontabon was part of Dagami during the 1918, 1939 and 1948 census and became a municipality on October 17, 1953 by virtue of Executive Order No. 331. Hence, it was already in the 1960 survey that a separate population count of the area was made after the 1903 census. There were 5,522 inhabitants in 1960 or a net increase of 2,757 or almost 100% over that of 1903. However, in 1970 there was a net decrease by 445 persons or a negative 8.06% (-8.06). Thereafter, there was a constant increase in the succeeding population surveys. In 1975, it reached 6,250 or 1,173 persons more than that of 1970’s or a peak record of 23.1% increase. There were minimal increases in 1980 and 1995 with only 3.49% and 5.07% respectively while bigger increases occurred in 1990 and 2000. In 1990, there were 7,183 residents or a net increase of 715 persons or 11.05% over that of 1980’s 6,468 while in 2000 there were 825 persons or 10.93% over that of 1995.

237. Despite the continuous growth in population, the gross municipal density has remained at a very low level of 4 persons per hectare (pph). The urban density is 14 pph while the rural density is only 3 pph. The municipality is generally a very low density area.

238. Health. The basic health service in the Municipality of Tabontabon is being delivered by the Department of Health through its Rural Health Unit (RHU), the main health center. It has a separate building which occupies a land area of 93.6 sq.m located within the Municipal Hall compound. It serves the catchment area for the whole municipality.

239. The Rural Health Unit (RHU) has 7 staff composed of one (1) municipal health officer, 1 public health nurse, 2 rural health midwives, 1 rural sanitary inspector, 1 dentist and 1 medical technologist.

240. To assist the RHU in the performance of its functions, A Barangay Health Station (BHS) has been established in Brgy. San Pablo. It is manned by 1 rural health midwife and renders primary health services to the residents of Brgys. San Pablo, Mercaduhay, Aslum Cambucao and Balingasag. It serves as an extension of the Rural Health Unit especially to clients who are far from the RHU.

241. Table 2.17 presents the ten leading causes of morbidity and mortality.

Table 2.17: Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity and Mortality, 2003 - Tabontabon

10 LEADING CAUSES OF MORBIDITY 10 LEADING CAUSES OF MORTALITY

1. Pneumonia 1. Acute Bronchopneumonia

2. Congestive Heart Disease 2. Congestive Heart Disease 3. Schistosomiasis 3. Schistosomiasis 4.Hacking Wounds 4. Shock Severe Hemorrage due to Multiple

Hacking Wounds 5.Parasitism 5. Diabetes Mellitus 6. Electrolytes Imbalance 6. Respiratory Failure 7. Septicemia 7. Septicemia 8. Kidney Disease 8. Renal Failure 9. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease 9. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease 10. Snake Bites 10. Cardio-respiratory Disease


34

242. Education. The municipality has twelve (12) schools in the elementary level. Seven (7) are complete and five (5) are primary schools. Of the seven (7) complete elementary schools, five (5) are along the national or provincial roads while the two (2) are in the interior barangays. All the schools are by means of land transportation.

243. There are two higher institutions in the municipality of Tabontabon. These are the Justimbaste-Remandaban National High School (JRNHS) and Colegio de Sta. Lourdes Foundation of Leyte, Inc. (CSLFLI). The Justimbaste-Remandaban National High School (JRNHS) is a public secondary school which offers regular high school course with an area of 4,082 sq.m or 0.4082 hectare of land. It has six (6) existing school buildings with eleven (11) classrooms, a principal’s office and one (1) unit comfort room of two seaters.

244. The JRNHS is located 250 meters northwest from the municipal hall. The campuses can be reached on foot or service vehicle at Sto. Nino and Osmena Streets.

245. The CSLFLI, a nursing school is located 500 meters southwest from the Municipal Hall via Real Street and the Barangay Road to Guinarona, Dagami, Leyte. The campus can be reached also by foot or service vehicle.

2.6.4 Economy

246. Municipal Income and Expenditures. For four (4) years, the Municipal Budget increased yearly. The identified sources of funds came largely from the Internal Revenue Allotment (IRA) and minimal amount was from Local Government operations.

247. The major sources of revenue for the period of 2000-2003 were revenue from taxation and receipts from operations. Tax revenues consist of Real Property Taxes, Occupation Taxes, Internal Revenue Allotment, Community Tax Clearance and Certification Fees, Permit Fees and Other Revenues. Revenue from operations came from receipts of Municipal Business Licenses, Market and Slaughterhouse Fees, Miscellaneous Fees/Income.

248. The revenue collection increased in the year 2001 over that of year 2000 by P97,521.59, in 2002 it increased by P2,451,115.12 which is equal to twenty-two percent (22%) over that of 2001 while for year 2003 compared to year 2002 it increased by P894,412.63 or equal to seven percent (7%). The biggest revenue source was the IRA which was 31% over that of 2000 in 2003. The 2003 total revenues were 27% over that of the year 2000.

249. The operating expenditures of the Municipality consist of appropriations for Personnel Services, Maintenance and Other Operating Expenditures, Capital Outlay and other urgent expenditures. In the year 2003, Personnel Services was equivalent to 73.38%. Further, expenditures for year 2003 was bigger than the actual revenue by P284,557.79 due to the implementation and disbursement of some Continuing Appropriation but the overdraft was manageable and did not affect the financial operations of the Local Government Unit. The increase in expenditures from 2000-2003 is equivalent to about forty-five percent (45%).

250. Agriculture. Tabontabon, Leyte has a total land area of approximately 2,487.3313 hectares. The area devoted to agriculture is 2,408.7353 which is 96.84% of the total municipal land area.

251. The most important and dominant crop in the locality is rice. It occupies an aggregate area of 1,450 has. or 60.19% of the total agricultural area.

252. Coconut which is the most important commercial crop being produced in the municipality has an aggregate area of 564.55 has. or 23.44% of the total agricultural area.


35

253. Plantation crops (corn, banana, mangoes and abaca) and root crops are among the major crops of Tabontabon. The area devoted to such crops are 340.54 has. and 28.75 has. respectively or a total of 369.29 ha which is about 15.33% of the total land devoted to agricultural crops while a total area of 24.9 has. have been planted with vegetables.

254. Commerce. The Poblacion is the center of business activity or central business district due to its accessibility and the presence of the Public Market and other business establishments. It is a quasi-residential, commercial, agro-industrial, institutional or mixed use area. The existing commercial area is 0.7923 has. or 0.43% of the total urban area or 0.03% of the total land area of the municipality.

255. The Public market usually holds market days twice a week- Sunday and Wednesday. Peddlers as well as farmers come to the market to sell their goods and agricultural products.

256. Based on the records of the Municipal Treasurer’s Office, there are 52 commercial establishments of varied types in the municipality.

257. There are 4 entrepreneurs engaged in the agricultural support business such as copra/ palay/ poultry feeds dealers. As a support to the transportation business, there is 1 welding shop while 4 establishments cater to the recreational needs of the populace such as 1 video house, 1 videoke bar, 1 billiard hall and the cockpit located at Brgy. Macarthur.

258. Tourism. The famous church bell can be found in the town which is over a century old now. It has a vibrant sound and is engraved with the words “San Martin de Avalle”, the name of the sitio before it became a town.

259. There are still numerous ancestral houses, but the oldest is that owned by the heirs of the late Manuela Montarial. There are several World War II battlegrounds which are located at different locations in the municipality: one at Brgy. MacArthur (Poblacion IV) near the Gallera, second which was formerly a garrison is located at the church area now, third, is the point at the Guinarona River Bridge (then, a wooden bridge).


260. Transportation. Tabontabon is an interior town. It can be reached by means of land transportation. Although daily trips from Tabontabon to Tacloban City and vice-versa are limited, there are frequent trips to the municipality of Tanauan, its neighbor town. Jeeps, motorcycles and other land transportation vehicles can be availed of ingoing to the rural areas to transport farm products and the basic needs of the residents.

261. PUJs, single motorcycles, tricycles and pedicabs serve as the usual means of transportation in the municipality. Tricycles and pedicabs serve the Poblacion barangays while tricycles and single motorcycles serve the rural barangays. Travelers to the adjacent municipalities of Tanauan and Dagami can avail of the motorcabs (multi-cabs) and tricycles.

262. There are other modes of transportation consisting of the buses plying the Tacloban-Dagami/Burauen route which enter the municipality, the mini-trucks which are used by peddlers to bring their wares to the different barangays and private vehicles (cars, trucks/trailers).

263. Communication. The municipality has its communication system through postal service, telegraph, mobile telephone services, radio, television and telephone service.

264. The mail service is rendered by the local branch of the Philippine Postal Corporation which has its office at the ground floor of the Municipal Hall with an area of 16 sq.m. It is


36

manned by two personnel, one (1) postmaster and one(1) letter carrier. It is equipped with one weighing scale, one (1) safety vault and one (1) typewriter. Aside from that they also have a motorcycle used in mail deliveries. They also have money order services and Postal ID. It has an average of 20 out-going mails and 65 incoming mails daily.

265. The Telecommunications Office has a separate building located at San Antonio Street, Tabontabon, Leyte at the back of the Legislative Building occupying an area of 16 sq.m . It is manned by only one (1) person, the operator. The office is equipped with an ICOM IC-705 HF Transceiver, one (1) PS-30 power supply, telegraph key and typewriter.

266. Power Supply. The primary source of electricity in Tabontabon is the Tongonan Geothermal Plant in Kananga, Leyte with its relay station, the Don Orestes Romualdez Electric Cooperative (DORELCO) at Brgy. San Roque, Tolosa, Leyte.

267. At present, all the sixteen (16) barangays of the municipality have already been energized. However, there are households especially in the rural areas which do not have electric connections yet. Based on the data from DORELCO, out of the 1,857 households, there are 760 households or 40.93% being served with electricity and 1,097 or 59.07% are still unserved.

268. Water Supply. There are three (3) levels of water services in the municipality of Tabontabon. The level III water system is being served by the Leyte Metropolitan Water District (LMWD) with its source at Dagami, Leyte.

269. The level II system consists of seventeen (17) communal faucets which serve the four (4) Poblacion barangays and four (4) rural barangays; Balingasag, Capahuan, Guingauan and Mering.

270. Other water supply sources are the thirty-five (35) shallow wells in twelve (12) rural barangays. These augment the water supply to the four (4) rural barangays which have Level II connections but they are the main sources of water of the eight (8) other barangays, namely: Amandangay, Aslum, Belisong, Cambucao, Mercaduhay, Mohon, Jabong and San Pablo.

2.7 TANAUAN

2.7.1 Location

271. The Municipality of Tanauan is located along the eastern coast of the Province of Leyte more specifically at 1107’16” north latitude and 1250 east longitude. It is approximately 18 kilometers south of Tacloban City. It is bounded on the north by the Municipality of Palo, on the south by the Municipality of Tolosa, on the west by the Municipalities of Dagami and Tabontabon and on the east by San Pedro Bay.


272. Topography. The terrain of the municipality is generally flat with only a few hills from thirty (30) to fifty (50) percent slopes. They have a limited area occupying only 232.76 hectares or 2.95% of the total land area.

273. Ambao is the highest hill approximately 112 meters above sea level. This is located in Brgy. Sto. Nino just across Canbat Bridge. Ambao extends to the northern end of Barangay Cabuynan and goes up to 66 meters above sea level at its lowest point. On the western side of Barangay Cabuynan is Cansamki Hill which rises to 103 meters above sea level. On the


37

northeastern side of Ambao rises Cansamoyao Hill while across the Bukid River from Cansamoyao Hill is Adil Hill.

274. At the midwestern portion of the municipality is Olot Hill, a small range rising to 66 meters above sea level also. On the northwestern boundary of Tanauan and Palo rises Banog Hill which goes up approximately 83 meters above sea level.

275. Land area. The Municipality of Tanauan has a total land area of 7,877.54 hectares of which 278.66 hectares or 3.54% comprise the urban barangays while the rural barangays occupy the remaining area of 7,598.88 or 96.46%.

276. Land Use. Generally, Tanauan is an agricultural community. Agricultural areas account for about 91.9% of the total land area of the municipality or 7,240.3169 hectares. The other land use categories consist of: built-up areas and the special land uses. The built-up areas are the concentration of settlements which are widely dispersed in the different barangays situated in plains and valleys. The special land use sub-classification present in the locality includes fishponds, swamps/mangroves, the open water spaces which are areas occupied by the tributaries of the Binaha-an and Guinarona Rivers, open grasslands, industrial/agro-industrial areas, and tourism areas.


278. The Existing Urban Land Use Map shows the different land uses within the Poblacion as provided by the Municipal Assessor’s Office, Municipal Agriculture Office, Municipal Engineer’s Office, and Municipal Planning and Development Office, and validated by MPDS survey. The Poblacion which is composed of six (6) barangays- Licod, Canramos, San Miguel, Buntay, San Roque and Sto Nino, is considered as the urban area of the municipality. These urban barangays have total area of approximately 278.6587 hectares or 3.54% of the total land area of the municipality and are situated at the northeastern section of the town. The land uses consist of the urban built-up areas (residential, commercial, institutional and road network), functional open spaces (parks/plazas and cemeteries), special land uses (rivers/creeks, swamps/mangroves, industrial/agro-industrial areas, tourism areas and vacant area), and agricultural areas.


Table 2.18: General Land Use, 2003 - Tanauan

General Land Use Land Area (has)


Built-up Areas 368.7716 4.68 Agricultural Areas 7,240.3169 91.91

Open Water Spaces 170.6250 2.17 Swamps/Mangroves/ Fishponds

65.9160 0.84

Open Grasslands 18.3750 0.23 Industrial/ Agro-Industrial Areas

12.1985 0.15

Tourism Areas 1.4000 0.02 Total 7,877.5430 100.00


38

Table 2.19: Urban Land Use, 2003 - Tanauan


% of Total Total Urban Area

Residential 60.6446 21.76 Commercial 5.2547 1.89 Institutional 13.9836 5.02 Industrial/Agro-Industrial 10.3095 3.70 Parks / Plazas 5.4446 1.95 Road Network /Utilities 19.9196 7.15 Cemeteries 1.5924 0.57 Agricultural 142.7147 51.21 Rivers and Creeks 12.5000 4.49 Swamps/Mangroves 4.3500 1.56 Tourism 1.4000 0.50 Vacant Area 0.5450 0.20

Total 278.6587 100.00 280. Soil Type. Based upon such study, Tanauan has only 2 identified soil types. These are metavolcanic hills which have an area of 232.76 hectares or 2.95% of its total land area and broad plains with an area of 7,644.78 hectares or 97.05%.

281. The metavolcanic hills are characterized by high relief, with slopes between 305 to 505 which are slightly eroded. This area represents about 1.62% of the entire high relief metavolcanic hills of the province covering an area of 14,345 hectares. Table 2.20 below shows the area distribution of each type of soil classification.

Table 2.20: Soil Classification - Tanauan

SOIL CLASSIFICATION

AREA (Hectare)


Broad Plains 7,644.78 97.05 Metavolcanic Hills 232.76 2.95

Total 7,877.54 100.00 Source: Bureau of Soils, Department of Agriculture Leyte Provincial Office

282. Climate. Tanauan falls under Type II which is characterized by no definite dry and wet season. There is more or less an even distribution of rainfall throughout the year with maximum rains coming in November to January of each year. There is not a single dry month in the regions of this type. The minimum monthly rainfall occurs in April to May and August to September.

283. Drainage. The natural drainage of the Municipality of Tanauan is through the rivers crossing the land area from the west to the east. These are the Binahaan River in the north which has its mouth at Brgy. San Juaquin, Palo, Leyte, Bukid River which crosses the Poblacion to the south at a point near the southern part of Sto. Nino goes under the Canbatista Bridge, The Solano River which opens the northern shoreline of Brgy. Solano, the Caloglog River with its mouth at Brgy. Caloglog and the Cabuynan River which originates from the Guinarona River and opens into the sea at the Brgy. Cabuynan shoreline.

2.7.3 Population

284. Demography. The population of Tanauan was 45,056 as of year 2000 NSO population count. It increased by 147% from 1903 to 2000. It started to escalate gradually from 3.42% during the 1903 to 1918 period to a remarkable increase of 16.18% from 1918 to 1939 then a gradual drop to a comparatively lower 12.03% increase from 1939 to 1948. In 1960, there was a net decrease by 1,152 persons or a negative 4.69% (-4.69%). Thereafter,


39

there was a constant increase in the succeeding population surveys. In 1970, it reached 29,438 or 6,017 persons over that of 1960’s or a peak record of 25.69% increase. There were minimal increases in 1975 and 1980 with only 3.75% and 3.1%, respectively while a considerable increase occurred in 1990 with 6,546 persons or 20.79% over that of 1980’s 31,487. In 1995, there was a lower increase by 7.05% or 2,683 and during the 2000 survey, a bigger increase of 4,340 or 10.66% was recorded over that of 1995.

285. The total population of Tanauan for the year 2000 was 45,056 distributed among the fifty-four (54) barangays. Of the 54 barangays, six (6) are urban and forty-eight (48) are rural. The population in the urban area was 15,643 or 34.72% of the total population while those residing in the rural areas account for 65.28% of the total population or 29,413 people representing an urbanization level of 35%. The urban population to rural population ratio, therefore, was 1:1.88 or for every 100 urban population there were 188 inhabitants in the rural areas.

286. Health. The basic health service in the Municipality of Tanauan is being delivered by the Department of Health through its Municipal Health Office (MHO). It is composed of six (6) catchment areas with one (1) main health center (MHC) located at Real Street, Brgy. Canramos with an area of 674 square meters and five (5) barangay health stations (BHS) located in strategic rural barangays, namely: Malaguicay, Calsadahay, Salvador, Solano and Cabuynan. BHS Solano is temporarily located at the barangay hall.

287. The MHO is manned by 17 personnel, 16 of which are under the LGU and one is provincially paid. The staff composed of one (1) Municipal Health Officer, 3 public health nurse (1 casual), 7 rural health midwives (3 casual), 2 rural sanitary inspectors, 1 dental aide, 1 medical technologist (provincially paid) and 1 casual and 1 Clerk /Utility (casual).

288. The MHO is in charge of the basic/primary health services which are preventive and curative, and to a certain extent rehabilitative. There are cases wherein secondary health care services are also rendered. These basic services are incorporated in the different impact programs of the Department of health, namely: Maternal and Child Care, Child Health Care and Garantisadong Pambata Nutrition, Soil Transmitted Helminthiasis, National TB Program, Leprosy Control Program, CVD Control Program, Rabies Control Program, Filariasis Control Program, Schistosomiasis Control Program, Environmental Sanitation and Dental Health Services.

289. The ten leading causes of morbidity and mortality for the year 2002 are shown on Table 2.21 .

Table 2.21: Ten Leading Causes of Morbidity and Mortality, 2002 - Tanauan

10 LEADING CAUSES OF MORBIDITY 10 LEADING CAUSES OF MORTALITY

1. Pneumonia 1. Acute Bronchopneumonia

2.URTI-Upper Respiratory Tract Infection 2. Hypertensive Vascular Disease 3. Malnutrition 3. Cancer (all types) 4.Skin Disease 4. Pulmonary Tuberculosis 5.Bronchitis 5. Hypovolemic Shock due to Accidents 6. Diarrhea 6. Myocardial Infraction 7. Wounds (all types) 7. Congestive Heart Failure 8. Hypertensive Vascular Disease 8. Liver Cirrhosis 9. Bronchial Asthma 9. Cerebro-vascular Accident 10. Urinary Tract Infection 10. Diabetes Mellitus


40

290. Education. There are thirty-eight (38) schools in the elementary level in the municipaliy. Nineteen (19) schools belong to each of the two (2) schools districts- District I and District II. Of the 38 schools, 22 are completely elementary while 16 are only primary grades schools. All of them are public schools. The four (4) schools located in the Poblacion occupy an aggregate area of 51,112 square meters or 5.1112 hectares and the rest which are in the rural barangays have a total area of 15.5195 has. The total area occupied by the elementary schools is 206,307 square meters (20.6 ha).

291. In terms of facilities, the complete elementary schools have more amenities than the primary schools. Such school facilities are usually acquired through the efforts of the parents, PTCA officials and teachers, and aid through the School Board or Special Education Fund collected from real property owners. Lack of facilities may be due also lack of funds and coordination among parents, teachers and PTCA officials.

292. There are (4) secondary level or high schools in Tanauan. They are: Tanauan National High School (TNHS), Kiling National High School (KNHS), Tanauan School of Craftsmanship and Home Industries (TSCHI), and the Assumption Academy. These schools are government owned except the Assumption Academy which is private institution. TNHS, TSCHI and Assumption Academy are located in the Poblacion. They occupy an aggregate area of 21,274 square meters (2.1 ha) while (KNHS) which is located in a rural-barangay has an area of 1.414 ha. The four schools have a total area of 35,414 square meters or 3.54 hectares. Presently, the TSCHI temporarily occupies a building at the back of the LIT- Tanauan Campus at Brgy San Miguel but a lot with an area of 6,274 square meters has been donated to the school. In terms of facilities, the TNHS and the Assumption Academy have better amenities than the other secondary schools.

293. The Leyte Institute of Technology (LIT)-Tanauan Campus is the only institution in the municipality which offers tertiary level education. It is government- owned and is located at Brgy. San Miguel with an area of 36,883 square meters (3.6883 has). Its facilities consist of an administrative office, shop, library, clinic, 6 comfort rooms and playground.

2.7.4 Economy

294. Municipal Income and Expenditures. For the last five years, the municipality’s budget was generally increasing. However, there was a decrease of P 1,543,405.00 or 4.2% in the year 2002 due to a reduction in the Internal Revenue Allotment (IRA). In the fifth year (2003), the budget was P 38,596,115.00 or 40% over that of 1999.

295. The identified major sources of revenue for the period 1999-2003 were revenues from taxation which includes the IRA, Real Property Taxes (RPT), community taxes and other revenues; operating and miscellaneous revenues; and grants and aids. Operating and miscellaneous include the receipts from the market and slaughterhouse fees/income.

296. It is observed that the revenue collections increased by 1.86% in 2000 over that of 1999 or an amount of P5,719,928.74. There was an increased of 2.92% in 2001 due to the meager increase in the IRA while a bigger increase of 6.55% was realized in 2002 and 10.37% increase or P3,625,041.00 for 2003. The biggest revenue source came from the IRA which was almost 50% over that of 1999 in 2003. The 2003 total revenues were 47% over that for the year 1999.

297. The expenditures incurred by the municipality include personnel services, maintenance and other operating expenses (MOOE), capital outlay, non-office expenditures, special programs and statutory obligations. The expenditures during the last five years operations increased yearly. The biggest expenditures were for personnel service which was about 60% of the total expenditures for the year.


41

298. Agriculture. The Municipality of Tanauan has a total land area of 7,877.543 hectares. Its economy is characterized by a prevalence of agricultural activities. More or less 92% of the total land area devoted to agriculture or an aggregate area of 7,240.3169 has. of arable land out of which 6,693.39 ha or 84.96% of the total land area are devoted to major agricultural crop production. Eighty percent (80%) of the inhabitants are engaged in agri-related livelihood undertakings.

299. The most important and dominant crop in the locality is rice. It occupies an approximate area of 2,400 has. or 35.86% of the total agricultural land devoted to crop production or 30.47% of the total municipal land area.

300. Coconut is the only commercial crop being produced in the locality and it has an aggregate area of 1,979 ha or 29.57% of the total area devoted to copra production or 25.12% of the total municipal land area.

301. Plantation crops (cacao, bananas and others) and root crops are among the major crops of Tanauan. The area devoted to such crops are 1,950 ha and 175 ha respectively or a total of 2,125 ha which is about 32% of the total land devoted to agricultural crops while a total area of 150 ha or 2.24% of the total agricultural land devoted to crop production has been planted with vegetables while fruit trees such as mango, jackfruit and lanzones occupy an area of 39.39 ha or 0.59% of the total agricultural area devoted to crop production.

302. Commerce. The development in Tanauan is concentrated in the Poblacion which is the central business district specifically at Brgy. San Roque where the Public Market is located. From there, the business establishments spread out to the adjacent barangays of Canramos, Buntay, Licod and san Miguel occupying the strip along Imelda Boulevard which is a quasi-residential, commercial or mixed use area.

303. Other forms of commercial activities are the vegetables and fruits which are brought from interior barangays and sold in the market. There are also vegetables and fish vendors who peddle their goods to the residents so they do not have fixed business locations.

304. Other commercial centers in the municipality can be classified as the neighborhood type which is the source of staple and convenience goods for the immediate vicinity/ neighborhood. These consist of the sari-sari stores which are common in the rural barangays.

305. Tourism . The LGU of Tanauan has identified the following sites as historical/tourist sites:

� The Stations of the Cross of Jesus inside the Our lady of the Assumption Parish Church at Brgy. Buntay which is one of only two of its kind made of carved wood brought to the Philippines from Spain during the Spanish regime.

� The stone-walled enclosure or “cuta” at Brgy. San Miguel which served as a refuge from the feared Moro pirates which has now become the wall of the old cemetery.

� The Tanauan Vignette Museum at the Municipal Hall where antique articles donated by the residents are on display.

� The white sand beach along San Pedro Bay at Brgy. Sto Nino with beach resort cottages/kiosks/functional rooms, food and recreation facilities for a fee. The beach resorts are: Villa de Palmas Beach Resort, Bachelors Stag House, Green Resort, Haclagan Beach resort, and the Sir and Maam Beach Resort.


42

� Don Jaime C de Veyra Maju located at the Public Plaza, these spots are readily accessible since they are located within the Poblacion and can be reached by means of tricycles, pedicabs, PUJs or private vehicles.


306. Transportation. Transportation plays a vital role in transporting farm goods to the market. The municipality of Tanauan has a total road length of approximately 102.598 kilometers (km). These are classified by administration and are broken down into: national roads with 17.5 km or 17.06% of the total roads length, provincial roads with 12.2 km or 11.89%, barangay roads and municipal roads with 57.032 kms. (55.59%) and 15.866 km (15.46%), respectively. As to width, the national road have a right-of-way carriage width of eight (8) meters except the San Miguel-San Roque Road which has only six (6). The other roads are only four (4) to six (6) meters wide.

307. There are two (2) kinds of road surfacing, namely: paved (concrete) and unpaved (earth filled). There are 53.606 km or 53.34% of the total road length which have concrete pavement and 46.892 km or 46.66% are only earth filled.

308. Communication. At present the municipality of Tanauan has its communication system through postal service, telegraph, radio, television, cellular phones, mobile telephone service, handheld radios, transceiver, telephone service and newspapers/magazines. With the planned installation of cell site towers of GLOBE Telecom and SMART Telecommunication services, the cell phones in the municipality will have strong and clear signals

309. The mail service is rendered by the local branch of the Philippine Postal Corporation which has its office adjacent to the Municipal Hall with an area of 20.25 square meters. It is manned by one (1) lady postmaster, two (2) lady tellers and four (4) postmen. It is equipped with one weighing scale, two (2) safety vaults, one typewriter and a sorting mail cabinet. Aside from that they also have motorcycles used for mail deliveries. They also offer money order services. As a corporation its goal is to deliver efficient service to its clients.

310. The telegraphic services are rendered by the Telecommunications Office at the ground floor of the Municipal Hall at the inner portion of the Department of Agriculture Office with an approximate area of eight (8) square meters. Only one person, the operator, mans it. The office is equipped with a telegraphic sounder, a telegraph key, a resonator and a typewriter. The existing apparatus can accommodate the present telegraph services demand in the municipality.

311. The Telecommunication Officer who is at the same time the operator can cope with the workload but the delivery of the services is quite inefficient due to the lack of messenger to deliver the telegrams. As the need arises, he himself delivers the urgent messages.

312. Another means of communication is the telephone system. Currently operating in the locality are the stations of Bayantel and Globe Telecom. Bayantel has a public calling station in the Poblacion with four (4) telephone booths and charges P3.00/minute and phone cards are also available. Charges for calls from Bayantel to cellular phones depend on what cellular mobile telephone service is being called.

313. Bayantel distributes telephone service in six (6) barangays at the Poblacion and the rural barangays of Mohon, Solano, Sto. Nino, Cabuynan and Bislig. Charges per month are P418.00 for Bayantel and P300.00 for Globe Telecom for residential, commercial and government offices.


43

314. Another telecommunications service available is the cellular/ mobile telephone service (cell phones) e.g. Smart, Globe, etc. There is now a planned installation of cell sites in Brgy. Sto Nino and Brgy. Canramos by SMART Telecommunications Services and GLOBE Telecom.

315. Other means of communication facilities available are newspaper, magazines, radio, television and cable television. Cable television is being served in the municipality by Fil-Products with a flat rate of P300.00/ month. These keep the residents of the locality abreast with current happenings locally and abroad.

316. Power Supply. The primary source of electricity in Tanauan is the Tongonan Geothermal Plant in Kananga, Leyte with its substations at Picas, Javier, Leyte (5 MVA) and San Roque, Tolosa, Leyte (10 MVA), and its relay/metering station, the Don Orestes Romualdez Electric Cooperative (DORELCO) at San Roque, Tolosa, Leyte.

317. Water Supply. There are three (3) levels of water services in the municipality of Tanauan. The Level III water system is being served by the Leyte Metropolitan Water District (LMWD) with its source at Dagami, Leyte.

318. Most of the residential houses at the Poblacion area avail of the water services through individual connection. In the Poblacion, public faucets were closed by the LMWD due to business reasons. Barangays along the National Highway such as Mohon, Solano, Sto. Nino, Cabuynan and Bislig are able to avail of these services from LMWD. Barangays Sta. Cruz and Magay are able to avail of these services through the funds from the Governor’s Office with counterpart from the LMWD. Residents of Brgy. Atipolo are able to avail of water connection to their barangay with funds coming from DPWH, Leyte First District and with counterpart from the barangay funds, but they are allowed to put up only one (1) communal faucet for the whole barangay.

319. Level II system consists of one (1) deepwell / water pump in each of the 5 barangays, namely: Ada,Canbalisara,Bangon, Maghulod and Sta. Elena. Each distribution system consists of one (1) HP electric water pump which has the capacity of 0.125 lps, one (1) elevated water tank, distribution pipelines to the different households and several faucets. There are ninety-three (93) communal faucets in the Level II system. The five (5) pumps have a total of 54,000 liters capacity per day (lpcd). Other water supply sources are shallow wells and open dug wells.

2.8 TOLOSA

2.8.1 Location

320. The municipality occupies a portion of the northeastern coastline of Leyte, twenty-four kilometers south of the provincial capital of Tacloban. It straddles the Pan Philippine Highway, an overland route that connects Mindanao to Metro Manila. It faces the historic Leyte Gulf. Farther east is the southernmost tip of Samar comprising the Guiuan peninsula and the island of Homonhon. Beyond is the Pacific Ocean.

321. Tolosa lies at coordinates of 11 degrees 2’ north latitude and 125 degrees 2’ east longitude. It is bounded on the north to northeast by the Municipality of Tanauan and Guinarona River, south-southeast by the Municipality of Dulag, west by the Municipality of Tabon-tabon, and east by the San Pedro Bay.


44


322. Topography. Tolosa itself is in an extensive plain integrating some coastal and interior municipalities like Tanauan, Tabontabon, Julita and Pastrana.

323. Land Area. Tolosa, Leyte has a total land area of 2,171.5058 hectares per the recent cadastral survey conducted by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Lands Management Bureau. This total land area is subdivided by the fifteen barangays wherein five (5) are considered as urban while ten (10) are rural. From the fifteen barangays, Capangihan, a rural barangay, has the biggest land area of 400.7020 hectares followed by another rural barangay of Opong with 293.14 hectares. The urban barangay Imelda is the smallest barangay in terms of land area with only 7.5074 hectares.

324. Climate. Tolosa falls under Type II which is characterized by no definite dry and wet season. There is more or less an even distribution of rainfall throughout the year with maximum rains coming in November to January of each year. There is not a single dry month in the regions of this type. The minimum monthly rainfall occurs in April to May and August to September.

2.8.3 Population

325. Demography. In the latest population census conducted by NSO in the year 2007, Tolosa has a growth rate of 2.12% with a population of 16,839 as compared in 2000 with a population of 14,539.

326. However, during the year 1903, Tolosa registered a total population of 5, 177. In 1918 the population decreased to 5,160 with a growth rate of -0.02%. In the succeeding years from 1939 to 1948, in a span of ten years, the population eventually increased from 6,660 to 8,569 with a growth rate of 2.84%. But in the year 1960, there was a tremendous decrease in the growth rate from 2.84% to 0.14% due to migration where people were starting to go out of the province to look for greener pasture. From 1970, 1975 and 1990- Tolosa registered an increase in growth rate of 1.24%, 3.1% and 2.04% respectively.

327. Health. Table 2.22 shows the ten leading causes of morbidity and mortality for the year 2007.

Table 2.22: Ten Leading Causes of Mortality and Morbidity, 2007 - Tolosa

10 LEADING CAUSES OF MORTALITY 10 LEADING CAUSES OF MORBIDITY

1. Pneumonia 1. ARI

2. Ischemic Heart Disease 2. Acute Bronchitis 3. Renal Failure 3. Bronchial asthma 4. CA. All form 4. Pneumonia 5. Myocardial infarction 5. Allergic dermatitis 6. Diabetes Mellitus 6. Skin Diseases 7. Liver Cirrhosis 7. Furunculosis 8. Bronchial Asthma 8. Diarrhea 9. Hypovolemic Shock 9. UTI 10. PTB 10. AGE


45

328. A Municipal Health Office is based in the Poblacion. Health facilities include a Rural Health Unit, which serves as the main health center located in the town proper. There are also two health stations based in Bgy. Telegrafo and Burak, all government-owned. They provide a nucleus for health services radiating to nearby areas. Among them, two barangay health stations are strategically located.

329. Tolosa’s main health center is one of the most modern in the region. It serves the densely populated Bgys. Poblacion, Imelda, Doña Brigida, Tanghas, Quilao and Olot. Located at the back of the municipal building, it also serves as referral center for all the barangays through a government doctor, who is the Municipal Health Officer. It engages in preventive, promotive, and curative aspects of health care, thus, it is a catchments spot on the whole municipality. Serious and emergency cases, though, are sent to hospitals in Tacloban City.

330. The Telegrafo health station, on the other hand, services Bgys. Telegrafo, Opong, Capangihan, and San Roque. The one at Burak services Bgys. Burak, Malbog, Canmogsay, Cantariwis and San Vicente.

331. The Poblacion town health center and barangay substations cover yet a limited range of services, such as general medical services, emergency, obstetrics-gynecology and family planning. The main health center extends maternal and child health care, family planning, public health nursing, control of communicable disease, health education, environmental sanitation and dental services. The barangay stations operate more on primary or basic health care and operation-timbang services.

332. The Main Health Center is under a doctor, who is the Medical Health Officer, staffed by one (1) public nurse, one (1) rural health midwife, one (1) public health dentist, one (1) sanitary inspector, one (1) medtech, and one (1) dental aide. The two barangay-based health stations have one (1) full time Rural Health Midwife each. There are a total of nine (9) medical personnel of the Municipal Health Office. The doctor, nurse and sanitary inspector conduct periodic visits to the different barangays.

333. Education. The Municipality of Tolosa has 15 Brgys and has 4 school levels, Pre-school, Elementary, Secondary and Tertiary. One pre – school and secondary is private and operated by the Parish, the rest are public.

334. The school condition of each level are not that good, for they are already old and need to be rehabilitated and need to be improved in terms of school buildings, classrooms, facilities and others.

335. Pre-school level has 17 Teachers and 17 classrooms, Elementary has 102 Teachers and 90 classrooms, Secondary has 67 Teachers and 25 classrooms, they have lesser classrooms that’s why the municipality need to have additional classroom for the secondary. The tertiary has 25 teachers and 12 classrooms. Since they have small enrollees Student-Teachers Ratio is minimal at about 1:10 and student-classrooms is spacious at 1:20 per classroom. The school need to advertise with regards to their curriculum and what can they offer to the students that will encourage them to enroll in the institution.

2.8.4 Economy

336. Municipal Income and Expenditures. Table 2.23 shows the proposed budget, the actual revenue, expenditures per year and surplus/deficit. Starting for the year 2005, the proposed budget has reached to P 18,484, 141.00 comparing to its actual revenue which amounted to P 18, 984, 448.93. For this year, only about P 18, 194, 487.14 was spent which


46

resulted to a surplus of about P 789, 961.79. For the succeeding years (2006-2008), the proposed budget, actual revenue and expenditures increased ranging by about 10–12 %. Only in the year 2007, LGU Tolosa has able to experience a deficit of P 45, 804.90.

Table 2.23: Municipal Income and Expenditures - Tolosa

Year Proposed Budget Actual Revenue Expenditures Surplus/Deficit 2005 18, 484, 141.00 18, 984, 448.93 18, 194, 487.14 789, 961.79 2006 19, 756, 118.00 22, 302, 127.00 21, 755, 232.14 546,894.86 2007 21, 422,026.00 23, 261, 158.00 23, 306, 962.90 (45, 804.90) 2008 23, 696, 965.00 27, 983, 953.17 26, 218, 837.04 1, 765, 116.13

337. Agriculture. The town is predominantly agricultural, but due to its limited land area for agricultural production - which is understandably proportionate to its territorial jurisdiction, maximizing the same is not even sufficient to feed the entire Tolosano people hence, the town is advocating in non-farm economic activities to offset the shortfall in agricultural production.

338. Commerce and Trade. The Public Market mainly provides the basic needs of the municipality. Tolosa has 12 “carenderias”, 6 bakeries, 4 catering services, 3 auto repair shops, 2 beauty parlors, 4 copra buyer, 2 drug stores, 8 welding shops, 1 gasoline station and 3 transport services. The Municipality also has a barangay “talipapa” and slaughter house.

339. Tourism. The town of Tolosa, an established site for tourism attraction, has an aesthetic historic structure, full of potentials with a tropical climate all year round. Its accessibility and good cruise along the Leyte Gulf offers a lot as a tourist destination. It has scenery of the tunquoise blue Pacific Ocean, a pristine sea with an immaculate shoreline along the San Pedro Bay.

340. Presently, Tolosa has 7 operational beach resorts located in appropriate suitable area free of noise and marine pollution.


341. Transportation. Tolosa’s diminutive size is in itself a comparative advantage politically and administratively wise. It’s strategic location which is at the heart of the island, and barely 30 minutes away from the bustling City of Tacloban, the regional economic center, and is also a plus in the tourism industry of the town. One of the greatest advantage that would stir the municipality’s economic activity up is its accessibility to and from anywhere in the country. The place can be reached by land transportation from as far as Ilocos in Luzon passing through the City of Manila to the North, and down to as far as Saranggani passing through Davao City of Mindanao to the South.

342. Power Supply. The primary source of electricity in Tolosa is the Tongonan Geothermal Plant in Kananga, Leyte with its substations at Picas, Javier, Leyte (5 MVA) and San Roque, Tolosa, Leyte (10 MVA), and its relay/metering station, the Don Orestes Romualdez Electric Cooperative (DORELCO) at San Roque, Tolosa, Leyte.

343. Water Supply. LMWD piped water system is limited to urban barangays only. Other barangays are served by barangay waterworks or cooperatives. Sources of water other than LMWD are the shallow wells, springs and open dug wells.


47

2.9 SANITATION FACILITIES

344. Although WDs are mandated under PD 198 to provide sanitation services (wastewater collection and treatment services), this has not been attended to as the focus of WDs is more on the provision of water supply services. The sanitation component is left to the care of the local government.

345. Metro Leyte WD has no sewerage system. Although PD 198 mandates Water District to handle wastewater through sewerage system, this intervention has been neglected for quite some time due to its prohibitive cost.

346. In the absence of a sewerage system, domestic wastewater, which includes excreta, is collected by septic tanks. However, BOD contents in septic tanks are only partially removed (about maximum of 60%3). Thus, still a significant proportion of BOD is left untreated.

347. The NSO data of 2000 (Table 2.24) shows that households using septic tanks is about 58%. It basically means that the remaining 42% are at risk of disposing excreta in the environment in an unsafe manner that consequently degrades the quality of bodies of water and increases the risk of infection.

Table 2.24: Sanitation Facilities and Coverage, Metro Leyte, 2000

Service Area

HH 2000

Water-sealed -Septic Tank

Water-sealed -Septic

tank -

Shared

Water-sealed -Others

Water-sealed Others -Shared

Closed Pit

Open Pit

Others None

Tacloban 34,758 22,095 3,145 1,809 951 1,607 1,511 778 2,862 Palo 9,272 4,375 1,022 1,985 599 387 73 141 690 Pastrana 2,805 908 329 727 153 313 50 0 325 Tolosa 2,963 943 142 998 320 240 90 13 217 Tanauan 9,224 3,542 664 1,721 914 950 451 147 835 Dagami 5,776 2,124 260 1,391 198 158 282 101 1262 Tabon-tabon 1,692 377 97 ,999 73 34 31 0 81 Sta. Fe 2,899 420 69 1,040 511 339 127 38 355 Total 69,389 34,784 5,728 10,670 3,719 4,028 2,615 1,218 6,627 % 100.00 50.13 8.25 15.38 5.36 5.80 3.77 1.76 9.55

Source: NSO, 2000.

3 Philippine Sanitation Sourcebook and Decision Aid, World Bank, 2006


48

3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY AND STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS

348. Leyte Metro Water District, as a pilot for the WDDSP, represents urban growth patterns in the country. On August 1, 2007, the Philippine population reached 88,574,614 persons. The country’s total population in 2000 was 76.50 million indicating an average annual population growth rate of 2.04 percent between 2000 and 2007. The urbanization forecast for the Philippines done in 2006 estimated that level of urbanization may reach 60 percent by 2010, 68 percent by 2020 and 75 percent by 2030.

349. Region 8—though one of the slowest growing regions in the country, with a growth rate of 1.27%—has Tacloban City, with annual growth rates that were more than 5%. At the national level, official data show that 26.9 percent of Filipino families were found to be poor in 2006, compared to 24.4 percent in 2003. Leyte province ranked 31st, with 41% below the poverty line. Tacloban City and environs is increasingly more urbanized, with income inequalities, squatter settlements, entrenched poverty and lack of safe water and septage systems. With the prevailing picture of urbanization in the country, the Water District Development Sector Project (WDDSP) is a response to the Philippine government’s and the UN’s Millenium Development Goals (MDG) to improve water and sanitation for poverty reduction.

3.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY

350. A household survey was conducted to augment decondary data on socio-economic, gender and water and sanitation profile for the project site. The tool was designed to provide gender-disaggregated data to determine the distinct situation, and project-related needs and concerns of women and men in the coverage area.

351. Three hundred eighty five (385) respondents were interviewed to reach 95% level of confidence at 0.1 standard deviation. Stratified random sampling was used to determine the survey sample, with three levels of stratification—municipality/city, served/expansion areas, and barangays—in both served/expansion sites. (Please check Appendix 3.1 for Survey Design)

352. Survey results are here summarized. Tables are in Appendix 3.1 which can serve as baseline data against which future subproject impacts can be assessed and as input in the design of information and education materials, and of interventions for identified areas for improvement.

353. A survey of affected persons was also conducted after finalization of design and location of proposed structures. The survey forms the basis of the master list of affected persons. An asset inventory was also conducted along with the validation survey to determine the number and value of the assets that may be affected by the subproject. The valuation of affected assets was done consistent with framework for resettlement.

3.1.1 Profile of Households in Subproject Site

354. The Leyte Metro Water District (LMWD) encompasses 8 out of 41 municipalities and 2 cities of the province of Leyte. As of 2007, the population of the franchise area was 453,621. This was 26% of the provincial population of 1,722,036 with an urban to rural ratio of 24:30 and male-female ratio of 103:99. As of 2008, the water district had 24,528 service connections for households and government offices.

355. Leyte is one of the most heavily populated provinces of the 5 pilot sites. As of 2007, it was growing at an average rate of 1.1%, which was lower than the the regional average of


49

1.3% and the national average of 2.04% between 2000–2007. Tacloban City was growing at a faster rate, at over 2.7%. City/municipal and barangay growth rates were variable. There were outmigration barangays—especially in Dagami and Santa Fe, including some barangays of Tacloban—as there were fast-growing sites. Some rural barangays have for the past years exhibited negative growth rates due to outmigration.

356. The survey sample had the following characteristics: Average household size was 5.7 with 16% having more than 9 members as against a provincial average household size of 4.92% for 2007.

357. Average household size gives a household population estimate of 79,583 for the franchise area with domestic service coverage of less than 31%, using the number of connections for 2008.

358. Highest grade of household head was elementary (33%) and high school (41%) level; respondents were distributed under a wide occupational range including farming, business, street vending, and government and private employment; 5% was unemployed. Dependents below 14 and above 65 were at 25% and 6%, respectively. Average length of stay in the area was 24 years. Majority of households belonged to the Waray ethnolinguistic group although over 10 other groups were represented in the survey sample which may be reflective of emerging intermarriage and migration patterns.

359. Sole occupancy of dwelling was most common at 95%, with 89% owning the house they occupied while only 42% owned the lot the house was built on. This was less than that indicated by the 2002 Annual Poverty Survey which placed percentage of families with own house lot at 52.5% of the population. Most had a mix of light and strong housing materials, with only 16% having strong housing materials. There was a positive correlation between housing materials to water connection and to the toilet system. Houses with strong or mixed housing materials tended to have water connection and toilets with septic tanks. Only 2% of those with makeshift materials had water connection.

3.1.2 Income and Expenditure Profile

360. Average monthly income was P13,080; 13% had incomes of less than P5,000 and another 40% had an income range of P5,000 – P9,999 just within or above the poverty threshold for Leyte. Estimated poverty threshold for 2007 was P6,101 for a household of 5 members. This was computed from the official annual per capita poverty threshold for Leyte for 2007 which was pegged at an average of P12,951 for urban and rural areas.

361. About 20% spent less than P5,000 per month while most (43%) spent about P5,000 – P9,999. Over 55% were unable to save while most of those who could had less than P1,000 in savings per month. Television (85%), cellular phones (69%) and refrigerators (48%) were the most common valuable items of the household.

362. Seventy-five percent of households borrowed money in the last year often for non-investment purposes; major reasons for borrowing were household expenses (33%) other than food (38%). Health emergencies (12.5%) and the fiesta (5.2%) were other reasons. Some borrowers also needed loans for business (45%) and education (24%). Relatives and friends were main sources of borrowing (37%); 18% resorted to usurious money lenders called “5-6” that charged 20% interest per month.. About 22% had access to loans from cooperatives. Even less had access to formal lenders. Respondents took out loans from credit cards, the GSIS/SSS, as well as from stores at the rate of 2.4% per source


50

3.1.3 Existing Water Service

363. Surveyed respondents were divided into those with and without WD piped connection.

364. With Piped Connection . About 32% of survey respondents had piped water connection with the WD. Poor households were less likely to be connected (78.2% were unconnected) as against non-poor at 65.4%.

365. From the survey, average consumption was 22 cubic meters and the average monhtly bill was P468. Of this, 23% provided water to neighbors or relatives; this was aside from sharing that occurred where there were multiple families in a household; some 7.5% of these cases were charged the commercial rate which was double residential rates. The rest were charged residential rates P148.50 for the first 10 cubic meters.

366. Issues on sufficiency and water quality were indicated for certain areas; additional sources were cited as shallow wells for other domestic uses; purified water refilling stations were the source of drinking water for 4.8% with an average cost of over P23 per day; offcially not sanctioned, 0.8% used pump to increase water pressure.

367. Overall, 88% assessed that water received from piped connection was sufficient for their needs. Respondents also gave the following rating for aspects of water service: water pressure was considered poor (25%) to very poor (2.5%) by 119 WD-connected respondents and ties up with LMWD’s non-revenue water of 47%. An improvement in water availability was noted during the rainy season with over 98% indicating that water was available every day during this period.

368. Water pressure issues were highlighted. Performance rating on continuity of water supply was rated poor (4%) or very poor by 20%; reliability of water was considered poor by 6.6%; regularity of billing and collection was rated poor by 2.5% and very poor by 3.3%; and, response to customer complaints was rated poor by 14% and very poor by 6.6%.

369. Consistent with the above results, aspects of water service that households wanted improved was led by water pressure (44.4%) followed by reduced water rates (19.7%); farther behind were complaints handling (8.5%), repairs (7.7%), quality of water (7.9%) and billing and maintenance at less than 3%. The concern on water pressure was due to intermittent water service, even for major subdivisions in Tacloban.

370. Aspects of water quality that were at issue were taste (8.2%), color (6.5%) and smell (4%). Boiling of drinking water was the only treatment (12%) reported by connected households.

371. Without Connection . Sixty-eight percent of the respondents did not have water connection with the WD. On the other hand, 62% of non-connected interviewees got water from a member’s piped connection; in addition, 89% reported paying for supply of piped water from another’s connection, while 17% used public faucets. The next most common source was public shallow wells at 11.4%; less common were deep wells at 0.4%; a significant percentage relied on water vendors at 8.4% while 1% got water from open dug wells. Female-headed households relied on water vendors at a higher rate of 14% compared to 7.5% by their male-headed counterpart. Shallow wells led as a source for bathing (68%) and for gardening (83%) but only 20% used water from these for cooking. Close to 98% of non-connected households assessed overall quality of water from current source as extremely or moderately satisfactory but only 62% said source/s were sufficient all year round.


51

372. Collecting water was time consuming in Leyte; about 80% spent 0.5 – 1 hour and as many as 14.4% spent 2 to more than 5 hours collecting water daily. Bathing had the highest water use per household at an average of 28 gallons per day, followed by cleaning (13), gardening (9.3), cooking (4.2) and drinking (3.3). Adult male household members (43%) and children (24%) usually fetched water. Women (12%) and anyone available (21%) also helped.

3.1.4 Sanitation, Health and Hygiene

373. The coverage of a safe septage system in both rural and urban areas was limited. Final treatment of sewage was inadequate in all subproject towns including the city of Tacloban. Desludging services existed but, at P4,000 or more, were considered expensive. Without regulation; the disposal site of collected wastes is uncertain. There is no wastewater treatment plant in the subproject area; raw sewage is disposed in waterways or open fields.

374. Over 70% of the sample households had pour-flush toilets with septic tanks but consultations indicate that many were old and not built to standard. The next most common type of toilet system was pour-flush connected to pit at 15%; at least 1.3% connected directly to the drainage system while some 7% had closed pits; 4.2% of households shared toilets while another 0.3% used public toilets; 2.1% did not have toilets and defecated in open spaces such as along river banks, shorelines or drainage or irrigation canals, or in empty lots; most (89%) including those without septic tank were satisfied with their current toilet system. Those that were not complained of backflow (10%) and insects/flies (60%) and rodent infestation (5%).

375. Of 323 households who responded to the question on distance of toilet to a water source, 7% indicated toilets being less than 4 meters from a water source. Over 52% had toilets that were between 5 – 20 meters from a water source; the rest exceeded the 20 meter distance.

376. Sanitation and Hygiene Practices. All survey respondents reported washing hands before cooking, before eating and after using the toilet. On the other hand, about 83% said they washed hands before breastfeeding, 95% after washing the children from the toilet, 94% before feeding children, and 85% after changing diapers. Male-headed households reported higher scores than did female-headed households.

377. Children used the toilet 89% of the time but were also allowed to use the backyard (2.4%) and bed pans (2.4%) while infants used disposable diapers (7%) with a higher incidence for all cited practices for women-headed households.

378. Water-Related Diseases. Non-connected households transported water from source using open (27%) and closed containers (53%) or a combination of both. At least 18% treated drinking water by boiling. Some 14.4% of non-connected households reported having had a member who suffered from a water-related disease during the past year, with children (10%) being more vulnerable to diarrhea.

3.1.5 Willingness to Connect/Willingness to Pay

379. Water. There was a gap between those who were willing to connect and those who were willing to pay at least current prices pegged at P149 for the first 10 cubic meters. Of those who were not connected, 72% were willing to connect. Of this percentage, non-poor were more ready to connect at 76% compared to the poor at 54%.


52

380. The average amount of water bill that unconnected households were willing to pay was P280 although a sizable percentage (47%) wanted to pay the lowest amount of P150/month, with another 18% wanting to pay no more than P200 per month. All income levels were willing to connect although just over half (53%) of those earning less than P5,000 and just 64% of those that had incomes between P5,000 – P9999 were willing to connect to existing water services. This is compared to over 80 – 100% for the higher income brackets.

381. Convenience (57%) and the need for improved water service (55%) were the leading reasons offered by 188 unconnected respondents for wanting piped water service. A significant percentage (24%) was also concerned about health risks from current water sources. In addition, some 18% perceived that water bills were reasonable. On the other hand, only 31% of those who were unwilling to connect were satisfied with their services but were reluctant to connect because water bills would be too high (56%); furthermore, connection charges were considered to be too high (58%).

382. Affordability was a leading cause for not being connected. Perceived high connection charges at an average of P4,700 were cited by 41.4% while high monthly charges were mentioned by 24%. Another 7% had been disconnected, some due to non-payment of bills. Minimum monthly charges were P148.50 for the first 10 cubic meters for residential users.

383. On the other hand, non-availability of connection was raised by 39%, and 5% cited being on a waiting list for connection. Some 2.7% perceived water to be unsafe as a reason for not connecting. Most of non-connected households (62%) reported availability of water all year round from existing sources. The rest cited insufficiency during certain times. Most (98%) were satisfied with the overall quality of water from their current sources.

384. For those who were connected, perceived need for improved water service (65%) led as the motivation of households for staying connected. Second, was worry over health risks from alternative water sources; “increased water bill was not too high,” was cited by 10.3% and convenience, by 6.8%.

385. Affordability level of connected households in accessing improved water service converged at P150 – P250 which was the amount given by 74% of connected households. The average amount of monthly water bill that households were willing to pay was P229.

386. Sanitation. The level of satisfaction with respondents’ toilets and septic tanks was high, at 89%; dissatisfaction rates were higher among women respondents. In contrast, demand for improved sanitation was significantly lower at 26%. For those that saw the need for improvement, 37% preferred installation of septic tank, 58% cited rehabilitation of septic tank and 44% cited desludging. Desludging was sought by non-poor at 48% and they were willing to pay for the service.

3.1.6 Risks and Vulnerabilities

387. The assessment was intended to help identify the existence of vulnerable households that would require special attention in the design of water and sanitation components.

388. Poverty Profile. Whereas, the country’s poverty ranking rate was 26.9% in 2006 and Region 8 had increased from 35.3% in 2003 to 40.7% in 2006, Leyte’s poverty incidence worsened from 34.6% in 2003 to 40.6% also in 2006. The incidence of poverty in 2003 for the subproject LGUs is shown in Table 3.1 .


53

Table 3.1: Incidence of Poverty 2003 Ranking, Leyte

City/Municipality Rank (Poorest) Percentage Tacloban 43 16.56 Tolosa 39 28.84 Tanauan 34 34.15 Palo 40 28.02 Dagami 18 43.65 Pastrana 8 48.21 Santa Fe 10 46.11 Tabontabon 6 48.58

Source: Family Income and Expenditure Study, 2003. 389. For this study, certain response categories were classified between poor and non-poor households. Poverty threshold was computed from official per capita poverty threshold estimates for 2006. The survey shows that the pilot site had 23% below the poverty threshold of P12,951 for Leyte. This was a significant deviation from official estimates possibly due to the focused location of the surveyed households in WD-served and proposed expansion areas. In contrast, official estimates were over 40% for such municipalities as Tabontabon, Pastrana and Santa Fe. Tabontabon had an official municipal estimate of over 70% for 2007.

390. About 1.6% reported eating 1 – 2 times per day for both female and male-headed households. Male-headship (87.4%) was more prevalent among poor households. The area had low water connection regardless of income; poor households were less likely to be connected (78.2% were unconnected) than non-poor at 65.4%.

391. Some 4.4% experienced the death of child before reaching the age of 6. The incidence was higher (6.3%) for women-headed households. Similarly, 4% of households had a household member die during pregnancy or child birth.

392. Risks and Vulnerability . The area was prone to flooding, with 33% indicating their water source was affecting by flooding; over 18% had toilets and septic tanks that were affected. At least 99.7% indicated that they had been affected by a natural calamity; these were typhoons (99%), flood (59%), earthquake (67%), fire (9.4%), landslides (1.6%)

393. There was no documented incidence of HIV/AIDS in the past years. The province had 26,700 reported cases of disability in 2000, ranging from blindness to loss of limbs and oral and mental impairment. This represented a ratio of 1:70. The sample size indicated that 6.8% had at least one household member with a physical or mental disability.

394. Some 40% of households claimed that at least one member of the household experienced discrimination in the community. Thirty-three (33%) said it was due to social status while 0.8 it was due to a disability.

3.1.7 Social Services and Networks

395. Community-Based Organizations. Membership in people’s organizations is an enabling/security indicator in the Annual Poverty Indicators Survey. Thirty-eight percent of households surveyed had at least one member in a community organization or association such as women’s groups (4.9%), religious (6.2%) and home owners associations (0.3%), cooperatives (12.2%) and savings groups (5.7%). Others (12.7%) were mutual assistance groups such as for peace and order (3%), senior citizens and farmers and livelihood groups which were less common among those interviewed.


54

396. NGOs. Of the NGOs in the subproject communities, at least 47% of the organizations had livelihood projects while 18% had health projects and 12% managed a savings program; 28% of respondents knew of other members of the community who were recipients of livelihood assistance; 83% of members of organizations classified themselves as active by attending meetings (94%) and voting during elections (33%).

397. Access to Health Services . Respondents sought medical services primarily from public facilities such as medical centers (27.5%), government hospitals (37%), and secondarily from private hospitals (10.7%) and private clinics (6.5%). Sixty percent of survey respondents were satisfied with available health services in their locality, with women slightly more satisfied than men. Over 62% of both female and male-headed households had access to Philhealth or had assistance on health expenses; 16% relied on self-medication. Significantly more women-headed households (25%) relied on self-medication than men-headed (14%) households.

3.1.8 Gender Roles, Issues and Concerns

398. Seventeen percent were women-headed households. The responsibility and role of men and women in decision making on water and sanitation was assessed. Women’s dominant role was highlighted in such tasks as supervising children in washing hands (62%), cleaning toilet and water containers (60%), removing garbage (48%), and cleaning drainage systems (36%). The pattern was even more pronounced in male-headed households where shared decision making was the norm when buying household equipment (57%), renovating the house (59%), building septic tanks (59.2%), deciding on economic activity (64.2%), bringing children to the doctor (53%) and on water connection (64%). Decision making by wife was the other main response for both female and male-headed households, affirming women’s responsibilities in water and sanitation and the primacy of their roles in decision making, thus in project planning and implementation.

399. Women were more critical than men on water quality when expressing dissatisfaction on taste (10%), smell (6%) and color (7%), and in pointing out areas for improvement of water service. Another major concern of women was continuity of water supply.

3.2 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS AND FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSIONS

400. Data gathering on poverty and social conditions of target clientele used both quantitative and qualitative tools. Some assessment tools were Key Informant Interview and Focus Group Discussion (FGD) which were conducted between May – August 2009 when advocacy on sanitation was also done. Earlier, the reconnaissance survey by the team in April and the socio-economic survey in May were occasions not only for subproject disclosure but also to scope issues and concerns on water and sanitation through key informant interview with other stakeholders such as barangay and municipal officials. Later FGDs allowed for more in-depth consultation on identified water issues, as well as on pro-poor policies and actions for improvement of water services.

401. Gender orientation and analysis sessions at the Water District in July and a national Gender Action Planning Workshop in August resulted in the formation of a GAD Focal Point in LMWD, the identification of gender issues at the organization and client levels, and the formulation of a Gender Action Plan for 2009 - 2010. Two stakeholder consultations were also conducted in August as plans for water service improvement was finalized. These validated and solicited recommendations on proposed plans. (Please check summary of consultations in Appendix 3.2 )


55

402. Based on an initial stakeholder analysis, the following were consulted: (i) Water District management, board members, gender focal point and staff; (ii) Existing and projected clientele and affected people with a special attention on women and the poor—e.g. urban poor, rural poor such as those at water source, and barangay representatives of target areas; (iii) Affected People—those who could be directly affected by infrastructure facilities; (iv) Non-government organizations, women and community-based organizations, urban poor groups; (v) Local government units at the provincial, municipal and barangay levels, and local agencies such as those in charge of public health and sanitation, city/municipal planning and finance, engineering, environment and gender and social welfare.

3.2.1 Summary of Consultations

403. Stakeholder consultations confirmed an immediate need for the subproject, both for the poor and non-poor. Participants looked forward to the improvement/expansion of services, especially in underserved areas in Tacloban City which have no alternative water sources, under the subproject.

404. On the other hand, LMWD deferred participation in WDDSP’s pilot for sanitation to concentrate on the enormous task of upgrading the water system, while dealing with a political challenge over water management of Tacloban City. However, sanitation was perceived as a need; also that sanitation would require local government cooperation, which was stressful in part at the time of the study. In the WD’s proposed Gender Action Plan sanitation issues were prioritized to address water safety concerns due to the absence of toilets in some selected sites

405. While many participants were willing to connect and to pay for improved services, there was a sector that indicated it would be unable to afford piped water services, including at the starting point of transmission line. Partnership strategy was seen as a means to expand the reach of safe water, especially in rural areas.

406. Water user groups were not organized for the water district and barangay water systems. Lack of maintenance of some public faucets highlighted the importance of social preparation and interagency cooperation in targeting the poor for the expansion of water services.

407. Some consultation highlights are summarized below.

408. Water User Groups . Public faucets have been established where piped service is not available. But water user.groups are not common in WD and rural water works. LMWD has 269 public faucets throughout is coverage area. Metered faucets are either managed by individual families or by local officials. Public faucets that are operational are managed by an assigned barangay official or by private individuals who charges for water use. Some metered public faucets have been disconnected due to nonpayment and inadequate maintenance, indicating the need for social preparation involving common facilities.

409. Partnership Strategy. With affordability being a problem among the poor, development of additional water resources in partnership with LGUs and poverty alleviation projects is shown as a viable option to address water needs. An additional 8 barangays were connected to WD’s water service through the KALAHI CIDDS Project (Kapit Bisig Laban sa Kahirapan Comprehensive and Integrated Delivery of Social Services). The system was for turnover to the Water District for operation and maintenance. Metered public faucets were also established, in coordination with local government units.

410. NGOs. Non-government organizations are also represented in the pilot water district for possible cooperation. NGOs are issue-based and/or have area-based operations. Some


56

are national organizations that support people’s organizations. In addition to NGOs, are state colleges and universities which also have extension services such as the Institute for Strategic Research and Development Studies (ISRDS) of the Leyte State University and the foundations of Extension and Community Development and Alternative Extension Approaches. Women organizations are also well represented. In rural areas such as Tabontabon, what are common are religious organizations like the Catholic Women’s League and the local Parish Pastoral Council. Lately, associations of coconut farmers and women for livelihood generation have emerged.

411. Gender Mainstreaming in LMWD . LMWD is in the initial stages of gender mainstreaming. As of 2006, the Water District Board of Directors had a Women Sector representative. The Commission on Audit monitored implementation of Gender and Development funds which was mandated as at least 5% of WD budget which meant an amount close to P9.4 M for 2008. A fraction was used for exposure trips on gender and development (Lakbay Aral) with the Philippine Association of Water Districts. Cross-visits had demonstration projects involving livelihood options for the WDs’ poor women clientele. A Gender Sensitivity Training was conducted in 2007. Other activities included recognition of workers’ rights and of special conditions of clients (e.g. express lane for disabled, senior citizens and pregnant women).

412. A Gender Action Plan (GAP) was prepared by the Gender Focal Point in coordination with LWUA and as part of the PPTA at a national workshop in August 2009. The GAP includes gender-responsive policies and activities at the level of the organization and the clientele to raise awareness on gender concerns and to involve women and communities in such problems as reduction of non-revenue water. Please refer to Appendix 3.3

3.2.2 Social and Environmental Concerns

413. WD-LGU Cooperation. Though Executive Orders mandate LGUs to support the WD, which is independent from LGUs, there is a tendency for local government administrations to want to participate in WD operations, the WD being a government corporation.

414. Transmission Line Communities without Piped Connection. The transmission line from Tingib to Tacloban is over 40 kilometers long. Communities along the transmission line are often not served, for technical and affordability reasons. This has raised equity questions on water distribution outside of Tacloban City, which the WD has attempted to address through communal water points. It also acknowledged that the WD needs to reinforce communications plans and outreach programs to extend safe water service in coordination with all LGUs and concerned.

415. Perceived Areas for Improvement. Poor perceptions on water service are in the areas of water pressure, water rates and water quality. The WD also grapples with high rates of non-revenue water due to old pipes and illegal connections. A proposed solution under the Gender Action Plan is to improve community relations, and to take affirmative action using GAD funds to address issues such as non-revenue water, also through improved communication and public relations programs.

416. Low Priority for Sanitation. Sanitation problems were identified, including significant numbers without toilets. The absence of a sanitation component and the low priority accorded by local governments of sanitation as an area for investment compromises the safety of many water sources. This was addressed through some pilot sites in sanitation improvement in the proposed Gender Action Plan.

417. Population Pressure and Loss of Water Sources . The critical state of water resources was shown in increasingly degraded water forests which are outside the LMWD


57

franchise area. For this reason, LMWD maintained watershed presence by posting 6 forest guards and allocating a budget of P34M for watershed protection to stave off illegal cutting of trees, kaingin and the continuing threat of incursions by informal settlers into the watershed. The contribution of communities in resource management also needs to be strengthened.

3.3 POVERTY ANALYSIS, SOCIAL BENEFITS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

3.3.1 Poverty Analysis

418. Rural municipalities of the franchise area such as Tabontabon, Pastrana, Santa Fe and Dagami had the highest incidence of poverty at over 40% of the population. These were ranked within the top 10 of Leyte’s poorest municipalities. In these places, including Tingib, at the water impounding site, many people did not aspire to piped water connection due to cost.

419. In comparison, Tacloban City, with the most water connections, had 17% and ranked 43rd or last in the list of Leyte’s poor, though a study (Balisacan, 1994)4 shows that urban poverty may be underestimated. With the widespread distribution of poor in Leyte’s franchise municipalities as well as in Tacloban City, the subproject is likely to benefit the poor through piped connection. Moreover, with increased water supply, the WD’s program of water delivery and installation of public faucets in collaboration with LGUs in underserved areas can also be enhanced.

420. Identified poverty groups were informal settlers in the urban areas. In rural areas, these were the landless and those who depended on crops for their main income source. For instance, at the water source in Tingib and other barangays in Pastrana, many were not interested to connect due to the irregular income from copra.

421. This is noteworthy because the poor tend to pay more for water service. They also spend more time collecting water—time that could be used for other productive endeavors. They are also prone to water-related diseases such as diarrhea and skin conditions contracted from bathing in contaminated waters—all of which highlight the importance of targeting poor areas for appropriate water services.

3.3.2 Needs and Demands

422. Leyte Metro Water District has a low water connection rate of 32%, even though with an extensive coverage area of at least 369 barangays of 7 municipalities and 1 city. Of these, 247 are reached by the water district, although 11 barangays only have metered public faucets; furthermore, some barangays are only partially served, for a total service connection of close to 25,000 households as of 2008.

423. WD-service areas include most of the barangays for each of the municipalities and Tacloban City, except for rural barangays of Tolosa, Dagami, Tanauan where a fraction of barangays are covered and Santa Fe where only half of barangays are covered. The demand for piped services was highest for Tacloban City. The need was high for safe water in other municipalities where many depended on open sources. On the other hand, outside of Tactoban City, demand for piped water was less for certain barangays due to outmigration and affordability. But many were just as interested to have piped connection. Along the transmission line, many accessed WD services on demand by paying water at communal water points and from those with piped connection.

4 Arsenio M. Balisacan and Rosemarie Edillon, Poverty Reduction in Asia: Ongoing ADBI and ADB Research. April 2004.


58

3.3.3 Targeting of Beneficiaries

424. Tacloban City, with its 138 barangays and high population concentration of poor and non-poor, is targeted as a major beneficiary of improved water services. Fast population growth as a regional center places a heavy burden on social and physical infrastructure. In addition, many rural poor have also migrated to the city to live in informal settlements.

425. Poverty reduction is an overarching goal of the subproject which will benefit both poor and non-poor. A total of 72 barangays are expected to be benefited by the proposed extension of piped services. Aside from those that are able to afford piped connection, care will also be taken to continue to target the poor for appropriate affordable access to safe water, thereby expanding the reach of subproject benefits while maximizing cost recovery.

426. An allocation to reach the poor through appropriate services such as additional public faucets or tanks and/or water delivery services for public faucets was set under government connection.

3.3.4 Social Benefits

427. The subproject will benefit both poor and non-poor. Poor households will be a major beneficiary group of the subproject since major expansion areas are urban barangays with both poor and non-poor households. In addition, the subproject will also facilitate water access by rural communities through communal water points and by urban communities through existing practices such as easy water connection plans. The reach of water delivery services may also be expanded by serving organized water user groups rather than just individuals.

428. The subproject does not include a pilot under the sanitation component, but GAD funds are available for septage management which will prioritize on-site sanitation improvement through microfinance for low-income areas in critical urban poor locations.

429. Benefits of the subproject will include: (i) improved quality of water and improved access to water and sanitation facilities; (ii) empowerment of local groups (especially women’s group) through participation in the subproject design, implementation and maintenance; (iii) reduced pollution of ground and surface water and improved environmental conditions in poor neighborhoods, leading to improved health, higher productivity and increase in income; (iv) improved management of water sources in coordination with communities and other agencies; (v) improved hygiene practices; (vi) employment generation in civil works will be another direct positive contribution of the subproject to poverty reduction, as with employment and livelihood opportunities for women in community-based programs for user groups and for watershed management.

3.3.5 Gender Analysis

430. Gender and Development is a strategy for inclusive and sustainable development. The role of women is central in both water and sanitation. Inadequate water supply facilities and sewerage systems is a burden on women because women are also responsible for water collection, for family health maintenance, and for caring for sick family. Common gender issues relating to the subproject, include: 1) Apprehensions of increase in tariff with subproject improvement and loan; 2) Water quality and service concerns; 3) Lack of steady income and capacity to pay monthly bills; 4) Lack of awareness on hygiene and sanitation; 5) Poor women are forced to use contaminated water that is free rather than clean water, and, for affected persons; 6) The community may create social and gender issues due to the hiring of outside laborers who may be unaware of the local customs and norms of the


59

community or municipality; and 7) Disturbance to the privacy of local women during work on structures.

3.3.6 Indigenous People, Ethnic Minorities and other Vulnerable Groups in the Subproject Area

431. Indigenous peoples as a group that retain their territory and way of life are accorded protection by the Project based on ADB’s Policy on Indigenous Peoples as well as the country’s Indigenous People’s Rights Act. Based on the interviews and gathering of information in the communities as well as SES, no indigenous people will be affected in the subproject area, and no ethnic minorities and other vulnerable groups were found to be adversely affected as a result of the subproject.

3.3.7 Social Equity and Environmental Justice

432. Disparities in water coverage across municipalities show the need for appropriate affordable water systems in coordination with local government units. Where water source communities may not be able to benefit directly through piped connection, these need to be part of the benefit stream to have a stake in the protection of water sources.

433. The prospect of water scarcity with increasing population and possible impacts of climate change was acknowledged by the WD, with investments in forest protection and maintenance. It also highlights the role of watershed communities and the principle of social equity and justice in the management and distribution of water resources.

3.4 SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS

434. The socio-economic survey showed just 32% of those in the existing and proposed service area has a water connection. Population is increasing at a fast rate, especially in Tacloban City. The rise of subdivisions and migration of the poor to urban centers in search of jobs puts pressure on basic services such as water and sanitation.

435. Within this context, survey and stakeholder consultations confirmed an immediate need for the proposed water service improvement and expansion. This called for the subproject to expand transmission and distribution lines.

436. However, there is a significant sector that is unable to afford piped water services, and it will not be possible for many rural areas to be reached by the subproject. Care shall be taken to ensure that appropriate affordable facilities enhance access by the poor and those in unserved rural areas in collaboration with LGUs. The Gender Action Plan includes community-based initiatives to address identified gender and water and sanitation issues.

437. The WD is ahead in having a watershed protection program.

438. Recommendations. The subproject should support strategies to link water and sanitation to the subproject’s overarching goal of poverty reduction. The proposed elements of a plan for the social dimensions of the subproject reinforce a public service orientation and a Corporate Social Responsibility agenda, consistent with delivery of water and sanitation as a public service.

439. The budget for some specific recommendations as discussed below and in Appendix 3.4 is integrated in technical components for water and sanitation as microfinance, or pro-poor allocations such as for public faucets, and in capability building and institutional plans as technical assistance.


60

440. Details will be fleshed out during implementation planning. Other recommendations are in Appendix 3.4.


61

4 THE WATER DISTRICT AND ITS EXISTING FACILITIES

4.1 HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

441. From 1939 to 1974, the Leyte Metropolitan Waterworks Supply System (LMWSS) and the Tolosa Water Supply System (TWSS) were the local water utilities originally serving four (4) municipalities, namely: Dagami, Tanauan, Tolosa and Tacloban (now a highly urbanized city) under the supervision and direct control of the National Waterworks and Sewerage Authority (NAWASA).

442. There are 5 original main sources of water consisting of surface water from the Hitumnog Creek/ Hiabangan River in Dagami, from the Tigbao River in Tacloban City, groundwater from the Tolosa deepwell in Tolosa, Sampaguita district deepwell in Tacloban City, and the Leyte Normal School deepwell (LNS compound) also in Tacloban City.

443. On February 19, 1975, by virtue of Leyte Provincial Board Resolution No. 52 the LMWSS and the TWSS were dissolved and operation of the water systems was taken over by the Leyte Metropolitan Water District (LMWD) which was also created and formed under the same resolution, in accordance with Presidential Decree No. 198.

444. On October 6, 1975, after complying and submitting all the prescribed requirements to LWUA and after having been found to conform to the said requirements, the LMWD was issued by LWUA the Conditional Certificate of Conformance (CCC) No.19.

445. Prior to the discovery and tapping of a bigger water source in Bo. Tingib, Patrana, the LMWD made necessary improvements and these are the following:

1. Improvement of pumping station and impounding facilities in Bo. Tigbao, Tacloban City; 2. Improvement of the Sampaguita, Leyte Normal School and Tolosa Pumping Station; 3. Improvement of the Dagami source chlorination system; 4. Purchase of support equipment such as service trucks, jeepneys etc.

446. In the later part of 1975, a new water source was found and this is the Binahaan River in Bo. Tingib, Pastrana.

447. With the rapid deterioration of the Tigbao River water quality and due to the sand pumping of the deepwells, these sources were eventually abandoned and the Binahaan River was utilized and became the major source of supply of LMWD.

448. With the necessary funding from LWUA, LMWD embarked on a Comprehensive Expansion Project which was started in 1977 and was completed in 1980. The project included the following:

1. Phase I-A: a) Construction of two (2) Infiltration Galleries (production/ treatment facilities) in Bo. Tingib, Pastrana, Leyte; b) Construction of Water Transmission Pipeline from Bo. Tingib to Tacloban City via the town proper of Pastrana and Palo; c) Construction of Sub- Transmission Pipeline from Palo to Tolosa via Tanauan, Leyte.

2. Phase I-B: a) Construction of new distribution pipelines in the entire service area (Tacloban City, Palo, Tanauan, Tolosa and Pastrana);


62

b) Construction of two (2) Water Reservoir namely, Utap Hill Reservoir in Tacloban City and the Ambao Reservoir in Tanauan, Leyte.

3. Phase I-C: a) Construction of LMWD’s shops, motorpool, laboratory, garage and building in Brgy Nulatula, Tacloban City.

449. The said Comprehensive Expansion Project was designed to adequately serve 14,000 water service connections which were projected to be reached by the end of 1988.

450. After the completion of the Comprehensive Expansion Project in 1980, no other expansion project was planned, designed or implemented and some rehabilitations works only were undertaken.

451. Before the end of 1989, water concessionaires in some areas—particularly those situated in elevated places and extreme ends/ fringes of the distribution system—started complaining of water interruptions and supply inadequacy especially when the Tingib facilities were being temporarily shut off every time turbidity of raw water from the Binahaan River became intolerable due to heavy rains and flooding.

452. These events indicated that water shortage was becoming evident and that the existing treatment plant needed to be upgraded, and the construction of additional water treatment plant and conveyance facilities has become very urgent.

453. Recognizing this situation, LWUA initiated to conduct a feasibility study for a proposed expansion program to meet the water demand by year 2000.

454. The initial draft of the feasibility study was completed sometime in 1989 and the final draft was completed in 1991, with minor amendments taking into consideration the damage sustained by the system due to typhoon “Uring”. The total estimated project cost was Php 500 million. Because of the high capital requirements, funding the project became a major problem.

455. After being hit by typhoon “Uring” and the water facilities in Tingib were damaged severely, rehabilitation program was conducted and initiated by LMWD with technical and financial assistance from LWUA and a grant from the Japanese government. The rehabilitation program to restore immediately the water service includes the following, to wit:

1. Immediate rehabilitation work at a total cost of Php 5M, funds of which came from LWUA in the form of a loan. 2. Medium- term rehabilitation work at a total cost of Php 15M, funds of which came from the calamity and social funds of then President Fidel V. Ramos. 3. Long-term rehabilitation work at a total cost of 3 billion yen (Php 750M) which is a grant-aid extended by the government of Japan through JICA.

456. All rehabilitation works were completed in 1995.

457. At present, LMWD is serving 1 city and 7 municipalities, namely: Tacloban City, Dagami, Palo, Pastrana, Sta. Fe, Tabontabon, Tanauan and Tolosa.

4.2 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

458. The Water District is governed by a five-member Board of Directors (BOD). The General Manager who is appointed by the BOD manages the WD. The Water District operates and maintains the water supply system and has 156 Regular, 45 Casual, 13


63

Contractual and 150 “Job Order” employees as of December 2008. The present organizational structure is presented in Appendix 4.

4.3 WATER SUPPLY INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICE

459. Refer to Figure 4.1 for the schematic diagram of the existing water supply system.

4.3.1 Source Facilities

460. About 99% of the water supply for LMWD comes from high level surface water sources to the west of the service area. About 1% of the water supply is from localized well sources—one in the south of the supply area and the other in the north of the supply area. Each of the sources is discussed in more detail below and in Chapter 6 Water Resources.

461. Surface Water. There are three (3) surface water sources of LMWD, and these are: the Binahaan River, the Atipulo/ Magculo/ Maitom creeks, and the Hiabangan River/ Hitumnog creek. Ogee dams, trapezoidal dams, intake structures and raw water transmission pipelines are provided to collect and convey water respectively from these sources. Table 4.1 shows the discharges from these sources in terms of production for the year 2008 as per WD records.

Table 4.1: Source Facilities - LMWD

Surface Water Location Discharge (lps)

Source 1. Atipulo / Magculo/

Jaro, Leyte 33

(1,034,358.85 cum/yr) Maitom creeks

2. Binahaan River Jaro, Leyte 349

(11,012,284.00 cum/yr) 3. Hiabangan River/

Dagami, Leyte 73

(2,310,904.00 cum/yr) Hitumnog creek 462. Groundwater. LMWD has one (1) shallow well, namely the Tolosa Well located in Brgy. Imelda, Tolosa and one (1) dugwell namely the San Gerardo Well located in Brgy. Nulatula, Tacloban City. The Tolosa Well has a discharge of 2.5 lps and serves as additional source for the Tolosa service area, while the San Gerardo Well with a capacity of 2 lps supplies water exclusively for San Gerardo Subd.

463. Water Quality. The Hiabangan and Hitumnog River sources that supply Dagami WTP are very good sources not affected by turbidity change with the onset of rain.

464. The Atipulo, Magculo and Maitom creeks that supply Tingib Old WTP are subject to turbidity change with the onset of rain in the catchment. In the past, there have also been problems with Arsenic and Boron in the surface water—these parameters are now routinely monitored for.


64

Figure 4.1: Schematic of Existing Water Supply System - LMWD


65

4.3.2 Treatment Facilities

465. Dagami Water Treatment Plant. The Hiabangan and Hitumnog River sources were first tapped in 1934 and supplied Tacloban City directly by gravity pipeline. In 1964 a sedimentation basin water treatment plant was constructed in Dagami at an elevation of 152m amsl, with a capacity of 200 cum/hr. The plant has a flocculation facility, however due to the good quality of the raw water all year round there is no need to utilize chemical dosing for sedimentation. Water is disinfected on the outlet using chlorine gas in 65 kg cylinders via chlorinator of pressure-feed type. The outlet flow from Dagami WTP is measured using a 12” “Meinecke” mechanical meter installed in 2007. The meter is currently read manually every hour however LMWD have plans to purchase an optical reader and data logger with which they will be able to log flow more accurately.

466. Tingib Old WTP. The Tingib WTP is supplied via the Atipulo, Magculo and Maitom creeks. The WTP is a slow sand filtration plant with a capacity of around 400 cum/hr depending upon influent water quality. The elevation of the plant is 97.50m amsl. There is no disinfection of the effluent at the site however the water mixes with water from the Tingib Rapid Gravity Filtration (RGF) plant prior to any off-takes and the RGF plant water is over-dosed in order to ensure adequate chlorine level in the water after mixing. The filter media is cleaned annually. There is no flow meter on the outlet of this WTP.

467. Tingib RGF (Rapid Gravity Filtration) WTP. The Tingib WTP is supplied via the Binahaan River. The WTP is a conventional type rapid gravity sand filter plant. The elevation of the plant is 105.80m amsl. The capacity of the plant is 1,000 cum/hr. Coagulation/ flocculation is achieved by gravity through a step waterfall and an extended duration mixing tank (residence time – 90 minutes).

468. The two parallel sediment tanks are flat bottom tanks with no scrapers; however, they each have a rolling gantry with suction pump which is used regularly to evacuate sludge.

469. The sand filters are cleaned with surface wash only (there is no air scour facility) using a siphon technique to empty the filters of water. This leads to problems of mud ball formation lower in the filter and consequently the filter media has a relatively short lifetime (in the order of 5 years).

470. There is a facility to pre-chlorinate in order to prevent algae growth during the clarification and filtration stages; this is not currently being used and a sizeable growth of algae and vegetation was observed in one of the filters. Post chlorination is carried out between the rapid gravity filter and the storage reservoir.

471. The plant has the facility to dose both Poly Aluminum Chloride (PAC) and Aluminum Sulphate (Alum). PAC is used when influent turbidity is < 200 NTU and Alum Sulphate is used when influent turbidity is >200 NTU.

472. Disinfection is by liquid chlorine supplied in one ton containers. The chlorine storage facilities are open air and there are no effective provisions in the event of chlorine leakage.

473. The outlet water always conforms to PNSDW standards; however, at times of high turbidity the capacity of the chemical dosing pumps are not sufficient to provide the necessary quality at the design volume—i.e. plant slow down sometimes has to be carried out to maintain effluent quality. There is no automated monitoring of water quality on the plant.


66

474. There is a water quality laboratory at the WTP. The laboratory is capable of carrying out physical, chemical and bacteriological testing. Sampling is carried out in accordance with PNSDW requirements. The output water is compliant with the PNSDW standard.

475. Operationally the water quality laboratory is well set up to manage WTP process control. Some improvements in the laboratory are planned for 2009 including adoption of the multiple tube fermentation method for bacteriological testing—this is necessary for the laboratory to achieve accreditation.

476. Operations of the plant are carried out on a 4 shift basis (3 duty and 1 standby). There is no meter on the outlet of the WTP. There is, however, a meter on the transmission line in Barangay Tingib after the interconnection between the RGF and SSF outlet mains which records all flow produced in these plants. The meter is a “Veris” differential pressure meter, flow is relayed back to the control room at the RGF WTP. It was installed in 2008.

4.3.3 Transmission/ Distribution Facilities

477. The LMWD came out with a partial inventory of pipelines totaling 315,485.16 lm. Tables 4.2 and 4.3 below show the breakdown of the said figure according to size and material.

Table 4.2: Transmission Facilities - LMWD

Diameter a) Raw Water Transmission b) Treated Water

Transmission Pipelines Pipelines

(mm) Length Material Length Material (lm) (lm)

600 1,196.00 SPMC/CL 19,800.00 SPMC/CL 600 1,745.00 DCIP

500 846.40 DCIP 10,900.00 SPMC/CL

417.00 DCIP 350 1,844.00 SPSP/CL 2,500.00 ACP

300 320.00 SPSP/CL 13,250.00 SPMC/CL

3,100.00 ACP 5,400.00 CCI

250 690.00 SPSP/CL 14,540.00 DCIP

13,500.00 CCI 9,500.00 CCI

250 4,225.00 CCI 200 71.00 SPSP/CL 3,700.00 PVC

150 4,700.00 CCI 2,720.00 SPCC/CL

4,908.00 PVC 15,637.40 104,235.00


67

Table 4.3: Distribution Facilities - LMWD

Diameter Length Material

(mm) (lm) 300 8,625.00 PVC 300 168.00 SPCC/CL 300 84.00 SPMC/CL 250 84.00 SPMC/CL 250 126.00 CCI 200 9,088.19 PVC 200 1,615.00 CCI 150 17,384.00 PVC 150 210.00 SPCC/CL 150 3,984.00 SPMC/CL 150 4,990.00 CCI 100 66,365.40 PVC 100 20,206.00 CCI 100 2,690.00 ACP 100 598.70 HDPE 75 1,024.00 HDPE 75 20,640.00 PVC 75 30.00 GI 50 502.00 GI 50 16,623.79 PVC 50 12,236.68 HDPE 50 4,448.00 PB 38 400.00 HDPE 38 24.00 GI 31 60.00 GI 25 2,273.00 HDPE 25 1,133.00 PB

Legend: ACP - Asbestos Cement Pipe CCI - Centrifugally Cast Iron DCIP - Ductile Iron Pipe GI - Galvanized Iron HDPE - High Density Polyethylene PB - Polybutylene PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride SPCC/CL - Steel Pipe, Coal Tar-Coated/ Cement-Lined SPMC/CL - Steel Pipe, Mortar Coated/ Cement-Lined SPSP/CL - Steel Pipe, Shop-Primed/ Cement-Lined

4.3.4 Storage Facilities

478. There are three (3) existing distribution reservoirs, namely: the Utap Hill Reservoir, Ambao Hill Reservoir and the Tolosa Reservoir. Utap Hill and Ambao Hill are concrete ground reservoirs and operate on a floating in the line scheme, while the Tolosa reservoir is an elevated concrete reservoir and operates on a fill and draw scheme with the water coming from the Tolosa Well. Table 4.4 shows the description of the said reservoirs.


68

Table 4.4: Reservoir Data - LMWD

Reservoir Classification Location Capacity Elevation

(cu.m.) in meters (masl)

Utap Hill Concrete Ground Reservoir Brgy. Siren , Tacloban City 8,300 38 Ambao Hill Concrete Ground Reservoir

Brgy Sto. Nino, Tanauan , Leyte 2,300 38

Tolosa Elevated Concrete Reservoir Brgy. Imelda, Tolosa, Leyte 95 10.86

4.3.5 Service Connections

479. There are about 27,585 active service connections as of December 2008 based on WD records. The breakdown of service connections per city/ municipality and per classification is shown in Table 4.5 . The present franchise area of LMWD includes 1 city and 7 municipalities in Leyte, namely: Tacloban City, Dagami, Palo, Pastrana, Sta. Fe, Tabontabon, Tanauan and Tolosa. The franchise area comprises 370 barangays while the existing service area encompasses 261 barangays.

Table 4.5: Breakdown of Service Connections - LMWD

City/ Municipality

Classification

Total Domestic Commercial Government Industrial

Bulk Sale/

Whole sale

Tacloban City 17,249 1,978 245 23 4 19,499

Palo 3,492 202 156 5 - 3,855

Tanauan 2,527 52 67 4 - 2,650

Dagami 445 11 29 1 - 486

Tolosa 265 11 5 - - 281

Pastrana 359 9 72 - - 440

Tabontabon 214 4 20 - - 238

Sta. Fe 107 5 24 - - 136

Total 24,658 2,272 618 33 4 27,585

4.3.6 Public Faucets

480. LMWD has a total of 279 active public faucets classified as government connections.

4.4 WATER UTILITY MANAGEMENT

4.4.1 System Operation and Maintenance

481. The LMWD is utilizing the Binahaan River, the Atipulo/ Magculo/ Maitom creeks and the Hiabangan River / Hitumnog creek as its major water sources.

482. The treated water of the Binahaan River and the Atipulo/ Magculo/ Maitom creeks is conveyed by gravity through a single transmission line and portion of the water is distributed to the towns of Pastrana and Sta. Fe. The treated water of the Hiabangan River and the Hitumnog creek is also conveyed by gravity through a transmission line and portion of the


69

water is distributed to the towns of Dagami, Tabontabon, Tanauan and Tolosa. The two (2) transmission lines are interconnected with each other at Palo and remaining water is presumed to flow towards Tacloban City.

483. The LMWD has two (2) large reservoirs, namely the Utap Hill and the Ambao Hill, which operate on the floating in the line scheme.

484. The LMWD is regularly maintaining its collection and treatment facilities as well as monitoring system pressures and conducting physical, chemical and bacteriological analysis of the water being supplied to the consumers.

4.4.2 Consumption/ Water Use Profile

485. The total billed consumption for the year 2008 by consumer type are shown in Table 4.6 and are based on WD records. Referring to Table 4.5 , there are about 27,585 active service connections as of December 2008 comprising 24,658 residential, 618 government, 2,272 commercial, 33 industrial and 4 bulk connections. The average number of persons served by one (1) domestic connection is 5 as per WD records.

Table 4.6: Total Billed Consumption, 2008 - LMWD

Consumer Type Numb er of Connections Consumption

Residential 24,658 5,351,042

Commercial/Industrial 2,305 1,575,077

Government 618 665,539

Bulk Sale / Whole Sale 4 33,716

Total 27,585 7,625,374 A. Per Capita Consumption (lpcd):

5,351,042 cu.m

x 1000 L

= 118.58

year cu.m lpcd

366 days 24,658 conn x 5 persons

year conn B. Unit Commercial/ Industrial Consumption (cumd)

1,575,077 cu.m

= 1.87

year cu.m

366 days

x 2,305 conn day

year C. Unit Government/ Institutional Consumption (cumd)

665,539 cu.m

= 2.94

year cu.m

366 days

x 618 conn day

year


70

D. Unit Bulk Consumption (cumd)

33,716 cu.m

= 23.03

year cu.m

366 days

x 4 conn day

year

4.4.3 Water Rates

486. The present schedule of water rates is shown in Table 4.7 (in Php).

Table 4.7: Water Rates - LMWD

Classification Size Minimum 11-20 21-30 31 and up Charge cum cum cum

Domestic/ 1/2" 148.50 16.35 19.00 22.15 Government 3/4" 237.60 16.35 19.00 22.15 1" 475.20 16.35 19.00 22.15 1 1/2" 1,188.00 16.35 19.00 22.15 2" 2,970.00 16.35 19.00 22.15 3" 5,346.00 16.35 19.00 22.15 4" 10,692.00 16.35 19.00 22.15 Commercial/Industrial 1/2" 297.00 32.70 38.00 44.30 3/4" 475.20 32.70 38.00 44.30 1" 950.00 32.70 38.00 44.30 1 1/2" 2,376.00 32.70 38.00 44.30 2" 5,940.00 32.70 38.00 44.30 3" 10,692.00 32.70 38.00 44.30 4" 21,384.00 32.70 38.00 44.30

4.4.4 Network Operations/ Deficiencies

487. Flow Measurement. As discussed earlier in this Chapter, the total output from the WTP’s is measured but there is no other macro level flow measurement either off the transmission mains into distribution or within the distribution network itself. This makes effective understanding of the distribution of water very difficult and is a barrier to identifying losses within the transmission and distribution networks.

488. Transmission Network. There are a lot of CCI and AC pipes in the transmission network. Replacement of all CCI and AC transmission mains will be an expensive exercise and further analysis of the transmission mains conditions is suggested.

489. Distribution Network. A lot of pipes in the distribution network is in either CCI or AC. Preliminary inspection of discarded pipes tends to support the LMWD view that CCI and AC should be replaced—the CCI whilst appearing to be structurally sound is significantly compromised in terms of hydraulic capacity and impact on quality; whilst the ACP is potentially a big problem from a structural point of view.

490. Network Pressures. The pressure in the network has been reducing over the last 15 years as connections have increased without expansion in network capacity. The Municipalities supplied directly from the transmission line generally have good pressure however pressure in Tacloban has decreased significantly varying from 5 to 1 meter across the 24-hour period.


71

491. The Utap service reservoir in Tacloban (8,300 m3; 38m elevation) hasn’t been supplied since 1995—it operated in the “floating on the line” mode with a common inlet/outlet and no control on level. To compensate for the loss of pressure, a temporary storage reservoir was built along the inlet main to the reservoir at 17 m elevation from where water was then pumped into the Utap service reservoir; however, this also can no longer be supplied.

492. Similarly, the storage reservoir in Tanauan (2,300 m3; 38m elevation) is no longer being operated, as water is unable to reach the inlet (although the pressure problems aren’t as severe as in Tacloban).

493. In the northern part of Tacloban, at the LMWD motor pool site is a booster pump that lifts water by around 50 meters to feed two subdivisions in hilly areas in the NW of the Tacloban service area. Pumps are currently operated between 17:00 and early morning drawing water from a sump of 80m3 capacity. The pumps are powered by a diesel engine, however, LMWD intend to change this to an electric driven pump within the next year if possible.

494. The lack of pressure in the Tacloban City network impacts on the level of service that is provided to the customers (low water pressure and poor water quality in very low pressure areas) and also on revenue as additional connections do not bring about an increase in sales.

495. As an intermediate measure to increase pressures in Tacloban City, LMWD have plans approved to install an in-line booster on the 500 mm transmission main between Palo and Tacloban. This has been designed to deliver a pressure of 25m at the Tacloban City proper provided that a minimum pressure of 14 meters is maintained in the transmission main at Palo. LMWD have recognized that this will create leakage problems in the Tacloban network but it is expected and they have plans to replace mains and are preparing for an intensive leak detection and service replacement campaign.

4.4.5 Non-Revenue Water (NRW)

496. Strategy. LMWD board and management recognize the importance of effective management of NRW. They believe that the transmission main system is relatively leak free and that the main problem is the distribution system in particular that in Tacloban; however, there is no quantitative evidence to support this.

497. LMWD have a basic strategy in place to tackle NRW in Tacloban City whereby they will increase pressures gradually and carry out mains and service pipes replacement and undertake intensive leakage detection activities. They are also addressing other aspects of NRW on a reactive basis, e.g. replacement of non-functioning meters, replacement of leaking service connections, limited mains replacement, etc.

498. NRW Performance. The total billed consumption for the year 2008 as shown in Table 4.6 is 7,625,374 cum, while the total production for the same year as indicated in Table 4.8 is 14,411,497.85 cum. Therefore, the non-revenue water (NRW) of the WD for the year 2008 is 6,786,123.85 cum. representing 47.09% of the total production of 14,411,497.85 cum. Rounding off, the NRW is 47% for the year 2008.


72

Table 4.8: Total Production, 2008 - LMWD

Sources Production (m 3) Dagami WTP 2,310,904.00 Tingib Old WTP 1,034,358.85 Tingib RGF WTP 11,012,284.00 San Gerardo PS 53,951.00

Total 14,411,497.85

4.4.6 Operational Activity

499. All operational activity is carried out in house by LMWD e.g. meter reading, leak detection, leak repair, meter replacement, disconnections, etc.

(i) Loss Reduction

500. Leak Detection. No active leak detection is carried out by LMWD due to low pressures (although they have some Fuji sounding equipment it is not used as it is generally ineffective). Current efforts revolve around visible leak detection and responding to leak reports. Around 30 leaks per month, typically on service lines are repaired by in-house repair teams. In particular PB lines are problematic and tend to be replaced with PE. Replacement of PB lines will also be included in the investment plan.

501. Illegal Connection and Consumption Reduction Activities. Within the financial division there is a team responsible for checking that previously disconnected customers remain disconnected—i.e. are not taking water illegally. The team consists of 5 people who check around 10-15 sites per day.

502. When an illegal residential connection is found, LMWD levy a fine of PhP2,000 for 1st offense; PhP3,000 for 2nd offense; PhP4,000 for 3rd offense; if the customer offends again they will never be reconnected. Fines for commercial illegal use twice that of residential. In addition the offender is penalized based on an assessment of the water used from the time their line was cut to the date of finding the illegal connection—the assessed volume is based on the highest monthly average of the 6 months prior to disconnection.

503. Payment of the penalty can be made in installments with a 50% first payment. The length of the repayment term can be negotiated with no interest payable.

504. New illegal connections are reported either by meter readers or public that see them. There is no activity in seeking out non-registered customer use of LMWD water.

505. Similarly, illegal consumption through meter tampering is usually reported by the meter readers or spotted following analysis of consumption and house occupancy.

506. The management teams believe that illegal connections are a problem in Tacloban. They are hoping to tackle this when the mains replacement program commences—they will only reconnect legitimate customers; this approach has the benefit that it is non-confrontational; however, illegal connections will only be identified in those areas that mains replacement takes place.


73

(ii) Customer Meter Management

507. All customer connections within the system are metered.

508. Meter Calibration and Replacement. LMWD don’t have a planned meter replacement program but they do have their own meter management team who test and refurbish meters and they replace meters on an ad hoc basis when they are found to be under-reading. They are currently replacing between 50 and 100 stuck up meters per month—the meters have strainers in them but very fine sediment can pass through and create problems.

509. There were 14 staff in the metering management team—4 based in the site office and calibration workshop and 10 site-based staff who checks the meters in the field and then refer to the office if there is a problem.

510. The calibration workshop is equipped to test up to 12- ½” meters simultaneously. Testing is volumetric and is carried out three different flow rates. If they need to test greater than ½” they install a calibrated meter in series with the meter being tested.

511. There are three types of meter in use in the LMWD network: Arad, Asahi and Aquajet—of which now LMWD tend to use Arad and Asahi.

512. They are just starting a program to seal the meters in order to reduce the incidence of meter tampering.

513. Prior to issue, all new customer meters are tested and certified for use.

514. Meter Reading, Billing and Collection. Meter reading is carried out by a team of 15 meter readers who are also responsible for bill delivery.

515. There are 29 billing zones which are further subdivided into walks.

516. Meter reading is recorded manually and data input to the billing system at the head office. LMWD are in the process of implementing “on the spot billing”. This has been approved by the board but has not yet been implemented.

517. Payment in Tacloban is made at the water district head office; however, within the municipalities the LGU office acts as a collection agent so the water district doesn’t have to maintain a collection office.

518. To encourage payment on time the water district offer a 5% rebate on the bill for early payment.

519. If payment hasn’t been received after 60 days a temporary disconnection is carried out—the meter is removed and the service line plugged. If payment still hasn’t been received after a further 3 weeks a permanent disconnection is carried out at the main.

(iii) New Connections

520. The new connection process follows the model typical in most water districts. Applications for connection are submitted to the customer service division who then send the application to the engineering team to survey and decide whether the connection can be supplied. If it can, they estimate the cost of the connection. The estimate is sent back to the customer service team who then notifies the customer and finalizes the contract. Once


74

payment has been received from the new customer, the instruction is given to install the connection.

521. For residential connections, LMWD have a flat charge of PhP 5,000 for the first 10m (this assumes that there is no concrete excavation).

522. Connections are installed in the name of the owner of the property being connected and billing is made c/o the tenant. The responsibility for obtaining excavation permits for the connection installation rests with the applicant rather than the water district.

523. People living in informal settlement areas without title can be connected by LMWD provided that approval is obtained from the local Mayor.

524. All applicants for new connection have to attend a seminar outlining the responsibilities of both the water district and the customer and explaining the processes and procedures to be followed in obtaining and maintaining a water connection.

4.4.7 Management Information Systems

525. LMWD are aware of the benefits of MIS for their business and have been developing systems in particular over the last two years. There are a number of MIS initiatives underway and some others that would be useful as discussed below.

526. Mapping. LMWD have a set of scale drawings showing the network however these aren’t on a computerized mapping or GIS system. Implementation of a simple GIS system would greatly enhance LMWD ability to manage both network and customer data.

527. Meter Reading. Meter reading is currently done by hand followed by next day bill delivery. LMWD are moving to a FoxPro based on the spot recording and bill printing system—this has been approved by the board but not yet implemented although a successful trial run has been carried out.

528. Billing. The billing system for Tacloban has been built in-house on an SQL database; Billing for other municipalities are on a spreadsheet based computer system. LMWD plans to migrate the other municipalities to the SQL system in the future but as yet don’t have a definite timeframe.

529. They are using replicated servers as a means of gathering and transferring information.

530. Customer Management. A customer management system using SQL will be implemented in July 2009, it is planned to link this to the billing system.

531. Accounting. The accounting system is the National Government Accounting System (NGAS) on a visual basic platform as the billing system; they also have a bank cash position system in place.

532. Water Sales. LMWD have a water sales ordering system for bulk sales management—this links to the billing system.

533. Human Resources. LMWD have a HR MIS performance management system.


75

5 POPULATION AND WATER DEMAND PROJECTIONS

5.1 GENERAL

534. Population projection maybe defined as an analysis of recorded pattern of population growth to be able to determine future population trends. Population projection serves as the basis for determining the water demand in a service area.

535. Water demand projection serves as the fundamental basis for preparing water supply feasibility study and preliminary engineering design. Income levels, living standards, climatic conditions, housing pattern, water rates and water system management must be considered in projecting water demand. Other pertinent information gathered from WD records, pilot area survey and water consumption pattern in other similar municipalities maybe perused.

536. In this particular study, the population and water demand are projected up to the design year 2025.

5.2 SERVICE AREA DELINEATION

537. The present franchise area of LMWD includes 1 city and 7 municipalities in Leyte, namely: Tacloban City, Dagami, Palo, Pastrana, Sta. Fe, Tabontabon, Tanauan and Tolosa. The franchise area comprises 370 barangays while the existing service area encompasses 261 barangays. Table 5.1 shows the number of barangays in the existing service area per city/municipality.

538. As discussed with LMWD officials, there will be no inclusion of additional barangays in the present service area but LMWD will rather focus on increasing the served population and consumption within the existing service area.

Table 5.1: Number of Barangays in Service Area per City /Municipality - LMWD

City/ Municipality

No. of Barangays in the Service Area

No. of Barangays Not in the Service

Area

Total No. of Barangays

Tacloban City 128 10 138 Dagami 30 35 65 Pastrana 26 3 29 Palo 32 1 33 Sta. Fe 10 10 20 Tabontabon 5 11 16 Tanauan 25 29 54 Tolosa 5 10 15 Total 261 109 370

5.3 POPULATION PROJECTIONS

5.3.1 Past Population Growth Rates

539. The analysis of past population growth was based on census data obtained from NSO. The average annual growth rates of Tacloban City and the 7 municipalities from 2000 to 2007 are presented in Table 5.2.


76

Table 5.2: Historical Population and Growth Rates - LMWD

Historical Population Growth

Rates (%) 2000 2007 2000-2007

LEYTE 1,592,336 1,722,036 1.12 Tacloban City 178,639 216,359 2.77 Dagami 29,240 32,098 1.34 Palo 47,982 56,781 2.43 Pastrana 14,351 16,008 1.57 Sta. Fe 15,042 15,905 0.80 Tabontabon 8,372 9,518 1.85 Tanauan 45,056 47,426 0.74 Tolosa 14,539 16,839 2.12

Source: National Statistics Office.

5.3.2 Future Population Growth Rates

540. The projected growth rates for 2008-2025 for Tacloban City and the 7 municipalities of the WD were based on their average annual growth rate from 2000-2007.

541. Table 5.3 shows the projected growth rates while Table 5.4 presents the projected population for the years 2010, 2015, 2020 and 2025 for Tacloban City and the 7 municipalities. Appendix 5.1 shows the annual population projection of Tacloban City, the 7 municipalities and the barangays in the present service area.

Table 5.3: Projected Growth Rates - LMWD

Table 5.4: Population Projections - LMWD

Projected Population

2010 2015 2020 2025

LEYTE 1,780,807 1,883,250 1,991,586 2,106,154

Tacloban City 234,872 269,314 350,807 442,250

Dagami 33,407 35,708 38,167 40,796

Palo 61,030 68,829 78,300 90,400

Pastrana 16,775 18,137 19,610 21,201

Sta. Fe 16,290 16,952 17,641 18,358

Tabontabon 10,056 11,021 12,079 13,238

Tanauan 48,480 50,288 52,163 54,109

Tolosa 17,933 19,916 22,119 24,566

Projected Annual Growth Rates (%)

2008-2025 LEYTE 1.12 Tacloban City 2.77 Dagami 1.34 Palo 2.43 Pastrana 1.57 Sta. Fe 0.80 Tabontabon 1.85 Tanauan 0.74 Tolosa 2.12


77

5.4 SERVICE AREA AND SERVED POPULATION PROJECTIONS

5.4.1 Service Area Population

542. Service area population is the population within the delineated service area. Table 5.5 presents the annual franchise area, service area and served population projections. The service area population is about 74.74% of the total franchise area population by end of year 2009 and it is projected to increase to 78.24% by year 2025.

Table 5.5: Annual Service Area and Served Population Projections - LMWD

Year Franchise % Service Area

Pop. Service

Area % Served

Pop. % Served

Pop. Total

Served

Area /Franchise Area

Pop Population /Franchise Area Pop

/Service Area Pop. Population

2009 429,311 74.74 320,868 30.35 40.61 130,301 2010 438,843 75.05 329,362 30.24 40.29 132,711 2011 448,610 75.43 338,383 30.66 40.64 137,535 2012 458,619 75.87 347,969 31.57 41.61 144,774 2013 468,878 76.39 358,165 32.42 42.44 152,010 2014 479,391 76.98 369,018 32.72 42.50 156,837 2015 490,166 77.64 380,581 33.98 43.77 166,565 2016 506,148 77.63 392,911 34.08 43.90 172,499 2017 529,518 76.69 406,073 33.65 43.88 178,175 2018 543,591 77.29 420,136 33.85 43.80 184,019 2019 564,223 77.13 435,180 33.73 43.73 190,318 2020 590,886 76.37 451,288 33.15 43.41 195,895 2021 605,643 77.36 468,555 33.28 43.02 201,583 2022 627,703 77.60 487,088 33.12 42.68 207,875 2023 653,735 77.55 507,002 32.74 42.21 214,019 2024 678,548 77.88 528,424 32.47 41.70 220,356 2025 704,918 78.24 551,498 32.13 41.07 226,486

5.4.2 Served Population

543. The projected served population was estimated based on results of the socio-economic survey conducted by the Consultant. The served population is about 30.35% of the total franchise area population by end of year 2009 and it will be about 32.13% in the year 2025.

5.4.3 Willingness to Connect

544. A random socio-economic survey in the service area was conducted by the Consultant in May 2009 to determine the willingness to connect to the water supply system, among other objectives. The results of the survey showed that of those who were not connected, 72% were willing to connect. However, a great number of those who are willing to connect will not be able to be connected because they are not willing to pay or cannot afford to pay the high connection and monthly charges.


78

5.5 WATER DEMAND PROJECTIONS

545. The water demand is estimated to be the sum of the domestic, commercial/industrial, government/institutional consumptions and of the non-revenue water.

546. Factors such as living conditions, housing pattern and attitude of population toward water consumption have been considered in the analysis of water demand.

5.5.1 Domestic Water Demand

547. Domestic water consumption is water usage related to the water needs of the household residents. The total domestic water demand is a function of the per capita consumption, the average size of the household and the number of connections within the service area.

548. Water district records on actual consumption pattern in the service area were evaluated. A consumption of about 118.58 lpcd, which was the result of the analysis made in Chapter 4, was initially used for the year 2009 and will be projected to increase to about 119.77 lpcd in 2015, 125.88 lpcd in 2020, and 132.30 lpcd in 2025.

549. The projected domestic water consumption up to 2025 is presented in Table 5.6 , together with the number of domestic service connections.

5.5.2 Commercial/ Industrial Water Demand

550. The commercial/industrial establishments are mostly located in the urban areas. These include small and medium scale retail stores, hardware stores, drugstores, telecommunication offices, restaurants and hotels among others.

551. A consumption of 1.87 cu.m/day/connection, which was the result of the analysis made in Chapter 4, was initially used for the year 2009 and will be projected to increase to about 1.89 cu.m/day/connection in 2015, 1.99 cu.m/day/connection in 2020 and 2.09 cu.m/day/connection in 2025.

552. Table 5.6 shows the projected commercial/ industrial water demand and the number of service connections up to year 2025.

5.5.3 Government/ Institutional Water Demand

553. This refers to the demand of government owned buildings such as municipal hall, government schools, barangay halls, health centers, justice halls, etc. and of the public faucets.

554. A consumption of 2.94 cu.m/day/ connection, which was the result of the analysis made in Chapter 4, was initially used for the year 2009 and will be projected to increase to about 2.97 cu.m/day/connection in 2015, 3.12 cu.m/day/connection in 2020 and 3.28 cu.m/day/connection in 2025.

555. Table 5.6 shows the projected government/institutional water demand and the number of service connections up to year 2025.


79

Table 5.6: Projected Annual Number of Connections and Water Demand - LMWD


80

5.5.4 Bulk Water Demand

556. This refers to the demand of large water users that consume significantly more than 2.0 cumd. The WD is currently serving 4 bulk water users (all in Tacloban City) and this number will not change up to year 2025.

557. A consumption of 23.03 cu.m/day/ connection, which was the result of the analysis made in Chapter 4, was initially used for the year 2009 and will be projected to increase to about 23.26 cu.m/day/connection in 2015, 24.45 cu.m/day/connection in 2020 and 25.69 cu.m/day/connection in 2025. Table 5.6 shows the projected bulk water demand up to year 2025.

5.5.5 Non-Revenue Water (NRW)

558. Non-revenue water is the volume of water that goes into the system but does not generate revenue. Included are wastage, leakage and consumptions from illegal connections as well as water used for fire fighting purposes and under-registration of meters.

559. The existing system has a present NRW of 47% as calculated in Chapter 4. This value is assumed to decrease as the present system is improved. The NRW is projected to decrease to about 45% in 2010, 32% in 2015, 27% in 2020 and 25% in 2025.

5.5.6 Average-day Demand

560. The average-day water demand is the sum of the domestic, commercial/industrial, government/institutional, bulk water consumption plus the non-revenue water. The average-day water demand is expected to increase from 39,277.02 cumd in 2010 to 40,128.87 cumd in 2015, to 45,646.95 cumd in 2020 and to 53,505.82 cumd in 2025.

561. Table 5.6 shows the projected annual average-day demand.

5.6 NUMBER OF SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND WATER DEMAND VARIATIONS

5.6.1 Number of Service Connections

562. The total active service connections is estimated to increase from 27,585 as of December 2008 to 48,530 in the year 2025 comprising 43,855 domestic, 3,607 commercial/industrial, 1,065 government/institutional and 4 bulk connections. Population served is assumed to be 5 for each domestic connection and 2 for each commercial/ industrial connection.

563. Table 5.6 gives us the projected annual number of connections per category.

5.6.2 Water Demand Variations

564. Demand variations refers to the fluctuations in the water demand as measured in the system. The average-day demand represents the average daily demand over a period of one year. It is often referred to as annual average day demand.

565. The maximum-day demand represents the amount of water required during the day of maximum consumption in a year. This information is required to analyze the peak capacity of the production and treatment facilities. Peak-hour demand represents the amount of water required during the hour of maximum consumption in a given day. This information is used to


81

analyze the peak capacity of the distribution system, reservoir and high-service pumps to be able to deliver the peak hour water demand.

566. For this particular study, the ratio of maximum-day to average-day demand used is 1.25 while the ratio of peak-hour demand to average-day demand used is 1.90.

567. The Table 5.7 presents the projected annual water demand variations up to design year 2025.

Table 5.7: Water Demand Variations - LMWD


82

6 WATER RESOURCES

568. Leyte Metropolitan Water District (LMWD) obtains its water supply from six (6) river sources. Approximately 428 lps (37,000 cumd) of potable water is delivered to the LMWD’s service areas covering the City of Tacloban and the Municipalities of Dagami, Tolosa, Tanauan, Palo, Tabon-tabon, Sta. Fe and Pastrana, all in the Province of Leyte.

569. The LMWD’s year 2025 maximum-day demands of 774.1 lps (66,882 cumd) can be supplied from the existing sources and the additional demands of 346 lps (29,903 cumd) from the Binahaan River.

6.1 WATER RESOURCES INVENTORY

6.1.1 Surface Water Inventory

570. There are seven (7) major watersheds in the area: the watersheds of Dapdap-Palo River, Quilot-Binahaan River, Mainit River, Lingayon River, Hitugnob River, Hiabangan River and Guinbu-an River. The biggest of these watersheds are the Dapdap-Palo River and Quilot-Binahaan River watersheds (see location maps on Figures 6-2 and 6-1 in Appendix 6.1 respectively). The gauged rivers include the Mainit River, Lingayon River and Dapdap River.

(i) Existing Surface Water Sources

571. LMWD presently obtains its water supply from the Binahaan River, Hitugnob River, Hiabangan River, Atipolo River, Maggulo River and Maitom River. Figure 6-1 in Appendix 6.1 shows the location of the Binahaan River, Hitugnob River and Hiabangan River.

572. Binahaan River. The Binahaan River is the major water supply source of the LMWD. Approximately 305 lps (26,400 cumd) is produced from the rapid sand filtration plant located at the boundary of Barangay Tingib, Pastrana, Leyte and Barangay Hibunawon, Jaro, Leyte. The National Water Resources Board (NWRB) LMWD has granted the LMWD water rights permit for withdrawal of 1,000 lps (86,400 cumd) with the intake near the existing filtration plant.

573. Flow measurements made by the Angel Lazaro and Associates, Inc. (ALAI) during the preparation of the Feasibility Studies and Detailed Design for Leyte Metro Water District under the 72 Provincial Areas Water Supply Project of the LWUA showed maximum flow of 3,023 lps (261,187 cumd) on September 19, 1990 and minimum flow of 11,687 lps (1,009,757 cumd) on November 27, 1990. Table 6.1 shows the ALAI flow measurements.

Table 6.1: Binahaan River Flow Measurements - LMWD

Gage Height Flow Date of

(cm) (lps) Flow Measurement

60.0 3,022.91 September 19, 1990

57.5 2,849.67 September 30, 1990

67.5 6,245.38 October 15, 1990 72.5 9,554.72 October 31, 1990 75.0 11,687.00 November 27, 1990 82.5 20,468.12 November 15, 1990


83

574. The ALAI measuring station is immediately upstream of the water filtration plant in Barangay Tingib, Pastrana, Leyte. The drainage area at the measuring station is approximately 113 sq km.

575. Hitugnob River and Hiabangan River. The Hitugnob River and Hiabangan River supply 69.4 lps (6,000 cumd) to the water district. Hitugnob Dam and Hiabangan Dam are located at elevations 752 mamsl and 666 mamsl respectively, and water is conveyed to the Dagami sedimentation basin.

576. Atipolo River, Maggulo River and Maitom River. The Atipolo River and Maggulo River supply 55.6 lps (4,800 cumd) to the water district. Atipolo Dam, Maggulo Dam and Maitom Dam are located at elevations 260 mamsl, 262 mamsl and 128 mamsl respectively, and water is conveyed to the sedimentation basin located in Barangay Tingib, Jaro Leyte near the filtration plant.

(ii) Untapped Surface Water Sources

577. Untapped rivers near the existing service areas of LMWD include the Mainit River, Lingayon River and Dapdap River. Figure 6-2 in Appendix 6.1 shows the location of the gauging stations.

578. Mainit River. The Mainit River Gauging Station is located in Barangay Binongto-an, Alangalang, Leyte. Drainage area at the gauging station is approximately 98 sq. km. From flow measurements during the period 1949-1970, the peak discharge was 425,000 lps (36.720 million cumd) while the minimum discharge was 2,000 lps (172,800 cumd).

579. The 80% dependable flow is 3,790 lps (327,808 cumd). Figure 6-3 in Appendix 6.1 shows the flow frequency analysis.

580. Lingayon River. The Lingayon River Gauging Station is located in Barangay Lingayon, Alangalang, Leyte. The drainage area at the gauging station is about 10 sq. km. From flow measurements during the period 1948-1970, the peak discharge was 112,560 lps (9.725 million cumd) while minimum discharge was 130 lps (11,232 cumd).

581. The 80% dependable flow is 550 lps (47,520 cumd). Figure 6-4 in Appendix 6.1 shows the flow frequency analysis.

582. Dapdap River. The Dapdap River Gauging Station is located in Barangay Buenavista, Alangalang, Leyte. Drainage area at the gauging station is about 30 sq. km. From flow measurements during the period 1952-1970, the peak discharge was measured as 116,560 lps (10.071 million cumd) and the minimum discharge as 20 lps (1,728 cumd). Figure 6-5 in Appendix 6.1 shows the flow frequency analysis; the 80% dependable flow is 460 lps (39,852 cumd).

(iii) River Discharge Correlation

583. The flow records of the gauged Mainit River, Lingayon River and Dapdap River were used to determine the minimum discharges and 80% dependability flows of Binahaan, Hiabangan and Hitugnob rivers, as shown in Table 6.2 . Figure 6-6 in Appendix 6.1 shows the river discharge correlation curves.


84

Table 6.2: River Discharge Correlations - LMWD

River DA Minimum 80% dep (Sq. km.) (lps) (lps)

Mainit 98 2,000 3,790

Lingayon 10 130 550

Dapdap 30 20 460

Binahaan 113.2 2,613 * 5,058 **

Hiabangan 1.1 28 * 49 ***

Hitugnob 0.3 27 * 13 ***

* Calculated from the Equation : Minimum Q = 26.972e0.0404A ** Calculated from the Equation : 80% dependability = 323.12e0.0243*A

***Correlated by drainage area ratio with nearest river

584. From the above correlations, the Binahaan River minimum flow discharge and 80% dependable flow are 2,613 lps (225,763 cumd) and 5,058 lps (437,036 cumd), respectively. The Hiabangan River and the Hitugnob River 80 per cent dependability flows were determined at 49 lps (4,247 cumd) and 13 lps (1,158 cumd), respectively.

6.1.2 Groundwater Resources Inventory

585. Shallow wells and dug wells exist in the area to support the domestic demands of households not connected to the water district’s water supply system. Wells drilled to 25 – 90 meters showed yield of less than 2 lps and wells drilled close to the coastline produce saline water. Also, high iron and manganese content is reported among the dug wells, shallow drilled wells and deepwells drilled to about 40 meters.

586. Geology. The study area is situated at the northern part of the province of Leyte. Leyte is inferred to be product of magmatic and tectonic action generated by the underthrusted Philippine Sea Plate. Evidence of such origin are earthquake epicenters, which have been traced to displacements or disturbance that recur within the subducted plate.

587. Magmatic and tectonic action generated by the plate is said to have generated the Cretaceous volcanic rocks in the area. Over these rocks are intercalated sedimentary sequences of shale, sandstone and chert. The serpentinesed peridotite and associated gabbro are believed to have intruded during the Pliocene to Eocene time. Figure 6-7 in Appendix 6.2 shows the geologic map of the study area.

588. Springs Inventory. No springs of significant discharge and economic distance are found in the study area.

589. Well Inventory. Groundwater availability within the service areas of the LMWD is poor. Only shallow wells and dug wells exist in the area to support the domestic demands of households not connected to the LMWD’s water supply system. The shallow aquifer is easily affected by seasonal changes.

590. Wells drilled to 25 – 90 meters show yields of less than 2 lps, while wells drilled close to the coastline show poor water quality with brackish water reported among wells drilled to more than 15 meters. High iron and manganese content is also reported among the dug wells, shallow drilled wells and deepwells drilled to about 40 meters.


85

591. Wells drilled farther away from the coastline, which penetrate the sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, have showed very poor yield. A well drilled in Barangay Cabalawan and installed with 5 Hp pump dried-up after only 30 minutes of continuous pumping.

592. Figure 6-8 in Appendix 6.2 shows the location of the twenty (20) inventoried wells while Table 6-6A in Appendix 6.2 presents the well data summary.

593. Piezometric Conditions The static water level of wells distributed throughout the study area ranges from 0.90 – 4.57 meters below ground level (mbgl). Figure 6-9 in Appendix 6.2 shows piezometric level of less than 1 mamsl to more than 35 mamsl. Groundwater flows in southeasterly direction towards the San Pedro and San Pablo Bays, with a piezometric gradient of 0.002 to 0.005.

594. Exploration for Groundwater. A geo-resistivity survey consisting of eleven (11) Vertical Electrical Sounding (VES) points was carried out in March 1990 by the Angel Lazaro and Associates, Inc. (ALAI). Five (5) VES near the San Juanico area and six (6) VES were distributed in Barangay Palo, Dagami and Barangay Tingib, Pastrana. Figures 10A-10B in Appendix 6.2 show the locations of the VES points; a summary of results is also presented in Appendix 6.2. Results showed the following:

• The San Juanico area is underlain by the Bagahupi Formation which consists of conglomerate, sandstone and shale. The conglomerate and sandstone members in this area cannot give appreciable quantity of water to wells because they are well cemented and compacted.

• The rocks near the San Juanico Bridge area show good porosity index, but the presence of low resistivity value is attributable to saline water encroachment.

• The Central Plain is underlain with thin unconsolidated deposits of clay, silt, sand and gravel which rarely exceeds 20 meters may not be a good source of pumpable groundwater as it is highly susceptible to contamination and seasonal water fluctuations. Beneath this layer is a very high resistive layer which was inferred as either igneous base rock (e.g. diabase-gabbro) or highly indurated sedimentary rocks (e.g. well cemented and compacted sandstone).

595. A LWUA Geo-Resistivity Survey was carried out from January 29 - February 5, 2008 by the Local Water Utilities Administration (LWUA). Thirty four (34) Vertical Electrical Sounding (VES) points were distributed in Tacloban City, Palo and Tanauan. Figures 11A-11B in Appendix 6.2 show the location of the VES points, while a summary of results is also presented. Based on the results of the survey, the following were concluded:

• The surveyed areas are covered with thin Quaternary alluvium consisting of unconsolidated deposits of clay, silt, sand and gravel layers with maximum thickness of 9 meters in Tacloban City Area, 12 meters in Palo Area and 15 meters in Tanauan Area.

• The shallow alluvial aquifer is not be a good source of groundwater due to its limited thickness. Available drawdown is small and it is easily affected by seasonal fluctuations of water level. Moreover, the shallow permeable deposits is prone to pollution and contamination.

• The sandstone member of the deeper Bagahupi Formation is well cemented and compacted as indicated by high resistivity values.

• The high resistivity values correspond to well cemented and compacted rocks, which exhibit poor storage and transmitting capacity for groundwater.

596. Aquifers and Their Characteristics. No wells have been drilled successfully within the service area of the LMWD to indicate groundwater as a potential water supply source for the LMWD. Available records of the National Waterworks Sewerage Authority (NWSA) wells and results from recently drilled wells in the area indicate poor aquifer characteristics.


86

597. Hydrological System. Recharge to the aquifer system comes through direct infiltration of rainfall into the permeable surfaces of weathered igneous and metamorphic rocks, sedimentary and alluvial deposits within the recharge boundary. Recharge takes place also through underflow of the numerous streams, creeks, and channels into exposed permeable beds. Barriers to groundwater flow include igneous and metamorphic rocks, shale, well indurated sandstone and conglomerate, and clay deposits. Groundwater flows in an easterly direction within both the Central and Tacloban Basins. Natural discharge on the other hand takes place mainly through the springs that seep along the flanks of the creeks and streams in the area. Artificial discharge includes withdrawal through wells which tap the shallow aquifer.

6.1.3 Water Quality

598. Surface Water Quality. Table 6.3 shows the water quality test results of samples collected from the Binahaan, Hiabangan, Palo and Tigbao Rivers. Water samples taken from the Binahaan River in Barangay Tingib, Pastrana and Hiabangan River at the intake dam in Dagami exhibited good water quality with all the tested parameters within the permissible limits set by the Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water (PNSDW). However, water is turbid during periods of heavy rain.

Table 6.3: Surface Water Quality Test Results - LMWD

Parameters

NSDW* Sample Source

Permissibl

e Binahaan Hiabangan

Binahaan

Tigbao

Limits River, Tingib, Dam, River River

Pastrana Dagami (1) (2)

Temperature °C 24.00 24.00 Color TCU 15 Nil Nil 10.00 Odor Unobject. Unobject. Unobject. Nil Nil Turbidity NTU 5 1.35 1.75 17.50 Nil pH 6.5 -8.5 8.00 7.80 7.60 8.20 Dissolved Solids mg/L 500 178.00 51.00 200.00

Elect. Conductivity (µmho/cm) 278.00 80.00

Alkalinity mg/l

CaCO3

82.00 32.00

Hardness mg/l

CaCO3

300 109.00 35.00 87.00 80.00

Calcium Ca++ mg/L 75 27.00 8.00 Magnesium Mg++ mg/L 50 10.00 4.00 Carbonates CO3 0.00 0.00 Bicarbonate HCO3

- mg/L 101.00 39.00 Sulfates Na2SO4 200 27.00 9.00 Chloride Cl- mg/L 200 16.00 7.00 47.00 10.00 Flouride mg/L 0.10 0.10 Iron Fe++ mg/L 1.0 0.20 0.15 0.92 0.10 Manganese Mn++ mg/L 0.1 Nil Nil 0.20

Date of Test 10/2/1990 10/2/1990

NOTE: PNSDW - Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water

(1) - Water samples obtained at Pago highway bridge (2) - Water samples obtained at Tigbao River intake


87

599. Groundwater Quality. In general, shallow groundwater within the interior Central Basin appears to be of inferior quality compared to that of shallow groundwater within the Tacloban Basin and along the coast in the Central Basin. Table 6-6A, Well Data Summary, in Appendix 6.2 shows several wells in Alangalang, Santa Fe, San Miguel and Tanauan have iron and manganese which exceeded the PNSDW permissible limits.

600. Another major problem in the study area is saline water intrusion.

6.2 RECOMMENDED POTENTIAL SOURCES

6.2.1 Surface Water

601. The most feasible water supply source for the improvement and expansion of the LMWD water supply system is surface water from the Binahaan River. Construction of river intake structure near the existing rapid sand filtration plant in Barangay Tingib, Pastrana, Leyte is proposed. Placing the intake structure at the lower reaches of the river is not recommended as it will require pumping, and water is contaminated with agricultural pesticides and fertilizers. Also, the lower reaches of existing river systems are reportedly characterized by schistosomiasis causing larvae.

602. The water district at present is utilizing only a third of the water rights granted by the NWRB and the excess flows of the river is capable of meeting any additional LMWD’s demands in the future.

6.2.2 Groundwater

603. Springs. No springs of significant discharges are found in the study area that can be developed to provide additional water supply for the LMWD’s improvement and expansion project.

604. Wells. Groundwater through wells is not a feasible water supply source due to poor aquifer yielding characteristics and poor water quality.

6.3 RECOMMENDED FURTHER INVESTIGATIONS OF POTENTIAL SOURCES

605. A permanent gauging station is recommended to be installed in the Binahaan River upstream of the intake structure to continuously monitor the flow.


88

7 ANALYSIS OF OPTIONS AND ALTERNATIVES

7.1 WATER SUPPLY

606. This Chapter consists of recommendations involving the water source to be utilized, the type of water treatment plant to be constructed and the size of the transmission pipeline to be installed. All of these components are expected to deliver the amount of water required to meet the projected demands for the design year 2025.

7.1.1 Water Demand

607. The projected water demand as determined in the study shall be the basis for the design capacity of the various facilities. The projected water demand based on the average day, maximum day and peak-hour variations are presented in Table 7.1 , and the demand factors used are:

Maximum Day Demand = 1.25 x Average Day Demand Peak-Hour Demand = 1.90 x Average Day Demand

Table 7.1: Water Demand Variations - LMWD

Year Average-Day Maximum-Day Peak-Hour

Demand Demand Demand m3/day L/s m 3/day L/s m 3/day L/s

2009 39,284.02 454.68 49,105.02 568.35 74,639.64 863.88 2010 39,277.02 454.60 49,096.27 568.24 74,626.33 863.73 2011 39,275.11 454.57 49,093.88 568.22 74,622.70 863.69 2012 39,262.12 454.42 49,077.65 568.03 74,598.02 863.40 2013 39,259.16 454.39 49,073.95 567.99 74,592.40 863.34 2014 39,253.38 454.32 49,066.73 567.90 74,581.43 863.21 2015 40,128.87 464.45 50,161.08 580.57 76,244.85 882.46 2016 41,252.31 477.46 51,565.38 596.82 78,379.38 907.17 2017 42,314.03 489.75 52,892.54 612.18 80,396.65 930.52 2018 43,409.61 502.43 54,262.01 628.03 82,478.26 954.61 2019 44,616.00 516.39 55,770.00 645.49 84,770.40 981.14 2020 45,646.95 528.32 57,058.69 660.40 86,729.21 1,003.81 2021 46,706.64 540.59 58,383.30 675.73 88,742.61 1,027.11 2022 47,908.97 554.50 59,886.21 693.13 91,027.03 1,053.55 2023 49,729.86 575.58 62,162.32 719.47 94,486.73 1,093.60 2024 51,623.90 597.50 64,529.88 746.87 98,085.41 1,135.25 2025 53,505.82 619.28 66,882.27 774.10 101,661.06 1,176.63

7.1.2 Water Sources

608. As discussed in Chapter 6 Water Resources, groundwater availability within the service area of LMWD is poor. In the same chapter, the three (3) existing surface water sources have also been studied and it was concluded therein that only the Binahaan River can supply the additional amount of water required to meet the projected maximum day demand for the design year 2025.

609. The additional water requirement is calculated as follows:

Maximum Day Demand (2025) = 774.10 lps Existing Supply = 455.00 lps


89

Additional Supply = 319.10 lps

7.1.3 Water Treatment Plant (WTP)

610. A new water treatment plant will be constructed to treat the additional water collected from the Binahaan River. The WTP considered is the conventional-type, rapid gravity filtration plant. A capacity of 347 lps or 30,000 cum /day was considered for the new plant instead of 319.10 lps. This is because the available data at hand is for the 347 lps capacity and, in order to facilitate the preparation of concept design and cost estimate, these data were used as references.

7.1.4 Transmission Facilities

611. A new transmission pipeline will be installed to convey the treated water by gravity directly to the existing Utap Hill reservoir in Tacloban City. Elevation of the new WTP is assumed to be 105.80 masl, and the elevation of the existing Utap Hill reservoir is 38 masl. Difference of elevation between the two (2) structures is 67.80m. The total length of the treated water transmission pipeline is 36.72km. A diameter of 600 mm steel pipeline will be used.

612. Using the Hazen-Williams equation for getting velocity:

V=kCR0.63S0.54

in which C is a factor dependent on relative roughness, R is the hydraulic radius (the area of flow divided by the wetted perimeter), S is the slope of the energy grade line (HL/L), and k is a factor dependent on units (0.849 for m/s and m), and using the formula Q=AV, the 600 mm Ø pipeline can carry a flow up to 336 lps assuming allowable headloss is 1.84m per 1000m and C=140 for new steel pipe.

7.1.5 Storage Requirement

613. The existing 8,300 cum Utap Hill concrete ground reservoir can satisfy the total operational and emergency storage requirements.

614. Operational Storage. The operational storage requirement is based on minimum supply and maximum storage to meet the peak-hour demand. The supply rate of maximum day demand which is 336 lps or 29,030.40 cumd and served population of 226,486 will be used for computing the storage volume. The parametric formula is as follows:

V = (0.224 - 0.0416 x log SP) x MDD

Where:

V = Operational Storage in cum MDD = Maximum-Day Demand in cumd SP = Served Population per 1,000

615. Emergency Storage. An emergency storage (Vemergency) requirement to meet the demand in case of emergency, such as breakdown of major water supply facilities, in addition to operational storage shall be included. The emergency storage shall be equivalent to, at least, 2 hours supply of maximum-day demand. The formula is as follows:

Vemergency = 1/12 x Maximum-Day Demand

616. Table 7.2 shows the computed storage volume requirements.


90

Table 7.2: Required Storage Capacity - LMWD

Scheme Required Storage Capacity (cum) Existing Storage

Additional Volume

Operational Emergency Total (cum) (cum) Maximum Storage

3,700 2,500 6,200 8,300 None

7.2 SANITATION

617. Since there is no implementation of a sanitation component included in the subproject, an analysis of alternative technologies for septage treatment is not applicable.


91

8 RECOMMENDED PLAN - WATER SUPPLY

8.1 RATIONALE FOR SUBPROJECT

618. This subproject aims to bring out the realization of an improved water supply system of LMWD with due consideration to the amount of water to be supplied to meet the projected water demand for the design year 2025.

8.2 RECOMMENDED PLAN

619. The original Recommended Plan as outlined in the Draft Final Report (November 2009) was based on the recommendations made in Chapter 7-Alternative Analysis, and included the construction of a new water treatment plant, the installation of a new transmission pipeline and the NRW improvement measures. The estimated cost represented about half of the total cost of the Project (WDDSP). However, results of the economic evaluation showed that the proposed investment for the above-mentioned works is not viable. The economic feasibility results are presented in Chapter 12.

620. Subsequently, LMWD is proposing to tap the Malirong Dam as a possible alternative source of water supply to augment the needs of Tacloban City. The WD intends to utilize the overflow from the dam. The dam is closer to Tacloban City and that would mean having a shorter transmission line than the original source (Binahaan River). The National Irrigation Administration (NIA) owns the dam and the water rights but at present it is not known whether NIA are willing to share the water. LMWD is requesting for a re-evaluation/re-assessment of the subproject as this will greatly reduce the subproject cost.

621. Within the sector loan framework, it is recommended that the subproject is to be implemented in two (2) phases. Phase 1 will focus on the NRW reduction activities, and Phase 2 for the expansion works from the alternative source which shall be developed and implemented during the loan implementation. Phase 2 may include another NRW reduction program.

622. The scope of work covered by Phase 1 is as follows:

ο NRW management and control which includes production metering, district metering, purchase of leak detection/ pipe location equipment and data logging equipment.

ο NRW reduction which involves customer meter replacement, mains replacement, service pipe replacement, pressure reduction and valve rehabilitation.

ο NRW management system which includes GIS and hydraulic modelling.

623. The description of the NRW capital investment requirements and the rationale for such investment are discussed in Appendix 8 .

8.2.1 Projected Annual Number of Connections and Water Demand

624. The NRW reduction program will be implemented in six (6) years, from 2011 to 2016. Table 8.1 shows the projected annual number of connections and water demand for the implementation of Phase 1.


92

Table 8.1: Projected Annual Number of Connections and Water Demand - Phase 1


93

8.2.2 Served Population Projections

625. Consequently, served population projections were updated due to the effects of Phase 1. Table 8.2 presents the annual served population projections.

Table 8.2: Annual Service Area and Served Population Projections - Phase 1

8.2.3 Capital Cost

626. The cost estimate was based on the 2009 In-Place Cost of Waterworks Materials and Facilities of LWUA and from costs provided by the Engineering Department of Maynilad Water. The total project cost is estimated to be PhP 131,401,702.43 as presented in Table 8.3.

627. A summary and breakdown of NRW costs for the period 2011 to 2016 are also presented in Appendix 8.


94

Table 8.3: Estimate of Capital Cost - Phase 1


95

8.2.4 Operation and Maintenance Cost

628. The projected annual operation and maintenance costs when there is Phase 1 are presented in Table 8.4. The costs include manpower, power, chemical, maintenance and miscellaneous costs.

Table 8.4: Projected Annual Operation and Maintenance Costs - Phase 1

Assumptions:

1. Compensation package per employee = P 7,814.38 per month. No. of connection/employee= 120.

2. Power Cost estimated at P0.05/ cum of water produced.

3. Chemical Cost estimated at P0.36/ cum of water produced.

4. Maintenance Cost for the Facilities estimated at P251.18/connection.

5. Miscellaneous Cost estimated at P2,647.22/connection.

8.2.5 Implementation Schedule

629. NRW reduction activities will last for six 6 years starting 2011 and ending in 2016. Figure 8.1 shows the implementation schedule.


96

Figure 8.1: Water Supply Implementation Schedule - Phase 1

8.2.6 Procurement Packaging

630. Philippine government bidding rules and regulations and ADB bidding guidelines shall apply to the procurement of contractor/s and supplier/s.

631. The WD Bids and Awards Committee (BAC) shall handle the tendering process while the Water District Implementing Unit (WDIU) shall be in-charge during construction.

632. Phase 1 can be packaged into one (1) contract or maybe into two (2) or more contracts. Supplementary Appendix E outlines options for performance-based contracts.

633. The Project Management Advisory Consultants (PMAC) will be involved during Phase 1 implementation.

8.3 ORIGINAL RECOMMENDED PLAN

634. For reference purposes only, the scope of work, cost estimates and implementation schedule of the original recommended plan are discussed below.

635. The scope of work covered by the original recommended plan is as follows:

ο Construction of a new Water Treatment Plant (WTP), conventional-type, rapid gravity filtration, in Brgy. Hibunawon, Jaro, Leyte with a capacity of 30,000 cum/day of treated water.

ο Installation of a new raw and treated water transmission pipeline with a total length of 39,484 lm and with size of 600 mm Ø.

ο NRW Reduction activities. ο Land acquisition for the sites of the sand/grit remover and the settling basin (part of

intake structure). ο Implementation of resettlement plan.

636. Refer to Figure 8.2 for the schematic diagram of the proposed infrastructures.


97

Figure 8.2: Schematic of Proposed Water Supply Improvements - LMWD


98

8.3.1 Water Treatment Plant

637. Results of the water demand projections showed that the maximum day demand for the design year 2025 is 774.10 l/s. At present, the total combined supply from the three (3) existing sources of LMWD, all of which are surface water, is 455 l/s. The supply that would come from the Tolosa (2.5 l/s) and San Gerardo (2 l/s) wells was not considered because they are to be abandoned later due to the non-viability of the wells. Hence, additional supply of 319.10 l/s or 27,570.24 m3/d is necessary. However, a capacity of 30,000 m3/d (347 l/s) for the new WTP was considered for this study. This is because the available data at hand is for the 30,000 m3/d capacity, and in order to facilitate the preparation of concept design and cost estimate, these data were used as references.

638. Since groundwater availability within the service area of LMWD is poor, the only potential and viable source of the water supply of LMWD is the surface water from the Binahaan River.

639. In this regard, a new water treatment plant will be constructed near the existing WTP of LMWD in Brgy. Hibunawon, Jaro, Leyte (except the existing sludge lagoon which is located in Brgy. Tingib, Pastrana, Leyte) with a production capacity of 30,000 m3/d or about 347 l/s. The new intake structure will be located at upstream of Binahaan River in Brgy. San Agustin, Jaro, Leyte where the existing intake structure is also located. The new treatment plant will be based on the conventional processes i.e. coagulation-flocculation-sedimentation-filtration-disinfection and will consist of the intake structure, coagulation and flocculation tanks, clarifiers, rapid filters, control room, laboratory building, clear water reservoir, chemical building, power house with genset and sludge lagoon.

640. The new water treatment plant will produce an effluent with turbidity not exceeding 5 NTU as prescribed by the Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water (PNSDW). The plant will be automated and will be provided with adequate controls. The plant will have 2 production lines.

641. Intake Structure. The intake structure shall consist of three (3) components, namely the ogee dam with intake weir, the sand/ grit remover and the settling basin with bar screen.

642. Coagulation and Flocculation Tanks. The plant is provided with 1 chemical mixing chamber equipped with rapid mechanical mixer and 4 flocculation basins (2 per line), each basin is provided with slow mechanical mixer.

643. Clarifiers. There will be 2 sedimentation basins (1 per line), rectangular in shape and furnished with tube settlers and sludge collectors.

644. Rapid Filters. There will be 4 rapid gravity filters (2 per line) equipped with floor drain system and automatic backwash system (i.e. surface wash with air scour process). The dual filter media will consist of anthracite and silica sand.

645. Control Room and Laboratory Building. The control room and laboratory building will be located on top of the rapid filters.

646. Clear Water Reservoir. The clear or treated water reservoir will consist of 2 chambers each with a capacity of 1,500 m3.

647. Chemical Building. The chemical building will accommodate among others, the chemical feed systems, receiving tank systems, dosing pump systems and the chlorination facilities. The chemicals to be used are the alum, polymers, lime and chlorine gas.


99

648. Power House with Genset. The power house will accommodate the genset which will be used for standby power.

649. Sludge Lagoon. The sludge lagoon will consist of an overflow weir interconnected to drain or river. The sludge will be extracted and will be put on drying beds. The dry sludge will be disposed into an authorized dumping site.

8.3.2 Transmission Facilities

650. A total of 39,484 lm of 600 mm Ø steel transmission pipelines, cement-coated and cement-lined, will be installed that will end at the existing Utap Hill concrete ground reservoir located in the Tacloban City proper after passing thru the town proper of Pastrana, Sta Fe and Palo via the National Highway. In Tacloban City, the pipeline will traverse the Maharlika Highway, then the Rizal Avenue Extension and the Imelda Avenue before the pipeline connects to the existing Utap reservoir. The total length consists of 2,766 lm of raw water pipelines and 36,718 lm of treated water pipelines.

8.3.3 NRW Reduction Activities

651. Funds will be provided for the NRW capital investment requirements spread over the 6-year program that will start 2011. NRW reduction activities are needed to meet the targets during the design period. Please refer to Table 8.5 for the description of the requirements.

652. The complete details of the NRW Reduction Program showing the strategies, benefits, water savings/ recovery and payback periods against investments are contained in Appendix 8.


100

Table 8.5: NRW Capital Investment Requirements - LMWD

8.3.4 Water Supply Cost Estimate

653. The cost estimate was based on the 2009 In-Place Cost of Waterworks Materials and Facilities of LWUA and on submitted quotations from suppliers. The total project cost is estimated to be PhP 1,191,998,059.83 ($24.8 million) as presented in Table 8.6.


101

Table 8.6: Estimate of Water Supply Capital Cost – Phase 2

8.3.5 Operation and Maintenance Cost

654. The annual Operation and Maintenance costs from the Year 2009 to 2025 include manpower, power, chemical, maintenance and miscellaneous costs which are shown in Table 8.7.


102

Table 8.7: Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost – Phase 2

Assumptions:

1. Compensation package per employee = P 7,814.38 per month. No. of connection/employee= 120.

2. Power Cost estimated at P0.05/ m3 of water produced.

3. Chemical Cost estimated at P0.36/ m3 of water produced.

4. Maintenance Cost for the Facilities estimated at P251.18/connection.

5. Miscellaneous Cost estimated at P 2,647.22/connection.

8.3.6 System Operation and Maintenance

655. Treated water from the new treatment plant will be conveyed by gravity directly to the existing Utap reservoir thru a new transmission pipeline. Once the project is completed, the existing Utap reservoir will then be operating on a fill and draw scheme instead of floating in the line scheme.

656. The whole system will be maintained by monitoring the performance of the plants, doing preventive maintenance on water treatment equipment, conducting system pressure measurements, flushing of pipelines, doing valve exercises, cleaning of reservoirs and undertaking physical, chemical and bacteriological analysis of the water being supplied to the consumers.

8.3.7 Implementation Schedule

657. Detailed Engineering Design will be implemented mid of 2011 and is expected to be completed before 2012.


103

658. Construction of the proposed water treatment plant and transmission facilities will start in January 2012 and will be completed in December 2014.

659. NRW reduction activities will have a separate program that will last for 6 years starting 2011 and ending in 2016. Figure 8.3 shows the implementation schedule.

Figure 8.3: Water Supply Implementation Schedule – Phase 2

8.3.8 Procurement Packaging

660. Since the cost of the project is too high, the possibility of having more than one lender to finance the project is inevitable.

661. Because of this scenario, the whole project will be divided into several contract packages with funding coming from different sources and therefore this will lead to procurement of more than one contractor.

662. Moreover, it is appropriate that the consultant prepare the detailed engineering design and cost estimates for each contract package.


104

9 RECOMMENDED PLAN – SANITATION

663. During the consultation process with the Leyte Metro Water District (LMWD), the WD management and board recognized the importance of sanitation for health and environmental concerns. However, they expressed that due to limited experience and expertise of the WD on sanitation, they are not yet prepared to include a sanitation component in the subproject. For this subproject they would like to focus their efforts in addressing the water supply issue.

664. At the workshop to disseminate the outline project design on 26-27 August 2009, LMWD stated that they are not entirely deferring from availing of the sanitation component. The WD was hesitant at first considering the high cost of the major component for the water supply expansion. The WD has yet to discuss the proposed sanitation component with Tacloban City LGU. Should the discussions between the WD and LGU prove fruitful, it may perhaps be possible to include a sanitation component in a later phase of the sector loan project.


105

10 ASSESSMENT OF WATER DISTRICT CAPABILITY

665. This chapter provides an assessment of the WD capability, not only in implementing the subproject, but also in managing the system.

10.1 WATER DISTRICT HISTORY

666. The Hiabangaan River and Hitumnog sources were first tapped in 1934 and supplied Tacloban City directly by gravity pipeline. In 1964, a sedimentation basin water treatment plant was constructed in Dagami at an elevation of 152 meters above mean seal level with a capacity of 200 m³ per hour. The Tingib water treatment plant is supplied via the Binahaan River.

10.2 TECHNICAL AND OPERATIONAL FEASIBILITY

667. There were institutional problems within the Water District and with the City Government which affected its ability to operate and certain administrative issues remain to be resolved. But, with the new management, the water district is able to move forward and continues to operate the system well.

10.2.1 Debt Servicing

668. The WD up-to-date in its debt servicing to LWUA and is expected to fully settle its outstanding obligation by August 2010. A more detailed discussion is seen in the chapter on the Financial Assessment of the Water District.

10.2.2 Performance Parameters

669. Table 10.1 summarizes the performance of the WD along certain performance parameters. In 2004, LMWD was categorized as a “Big” water district and it was only in March 5, 2007 that the LWUA approved the WD’s re-categorization to a “Large” water district.

670. From the table, it can be seen that LMWD surpassed the 2004 industry averages in terms of collection effort, personnel management, cost control, and marketing effort. But, the WD suffered from high NRW due, mainly, to many aging pipes dating back to 1939 and commercial losses.

Table 10.1: Summary of Performance Parameters - LMWD

Parameters 2004 2007 Actual Industry

Average (Big)

Actual Industry Average (Large)

NRW 38.0% 29.0%% 41.0% 27.0% Ave Collection Period 30 days 45 days 38 days 40 days Connections/Staff 120 169 120 183 Net Income /Operating Revenues

13.17% 14.0%

17.20%

10.0%

Operating Ratio 87.0% 77.0% 83.0% 76% No. of connections 25,503 14,302 32,176 31,542

Source: WD Monthly Data Sheet (MDS) & Financial Statements


106

671. In 2007, as a “Large” water district, the WD also surpassed the industry averages for similar WDs except, again, in terms of controlling or reducing Non-Revenue Water. Its collection effort is not far from the industry average and may deteriorate if it is not more aggressive in reducing its accounts receivables from customers. Over the years, however, LMWD was able to maintain the same Connections/Staff ratio which speaks well of this WD’s personnel management. During a 3-year period, LMWD increased its customer base by 6,673 or by 26.2% which is the fastest growth rate among the 5 water districts included in this study.

10.2.3 “New Technology” Adopted

672. In its desire to improve operations, the WD has made several innovations from 2000-2007 without LWUA’s assistance.

673. LMWD is shifting to a FoxPro-based on-the-spot recording and bill printing system. This new system has been approved by the Board of Directors but has not yet been implemented although a successful trial run has been completed.

674. The Billing System for Tacloban City was built in-house on a SQL database. Billings for other municipalities are still on a spreadsheet-based computer system. The WD intends to migrate the billing systems of other municipalities to the SQL system but no definite time-frame has been set. The WD is also using replicated servers as a means of gathering and transferring information.

675. The Customer Management System using SQL was implemented in July 2009 and this is planned to be linked to the Billing System.

676. LMWD also has a Water Sales Ordering System for the management of bulk sales. This links to the Billing System.

10.2.4 NRW Reduction Program

677. The LMWD Board of Directors and Management are aware of the need to control NRW effectively. They believe that the transmission main is relatively leak-free and that NRW is high in the distribution system in particular that of Tacloban City. However, there is no quantitative evidence to support this and the analysis of production and billing information indicates that there may be a problem along the transmission line from Tingib to Palo.

678. The WD has a basic strategy in place to tackle NRW in Tacloban City where WD personnel increase pressures gradually and undertake intensive leakage detection activities. The WD also addresses other sources of NRW but on a reactive basis, such as replacement of non-functioning meters, replacement of leaking Polybutylene (Pb) service connections with Polyethylene (Pe) tubes, limited mains replacement, etc.

679. Over-all, no active leak detection is carried out by the WD due to low pressures. Some Fuji sounding equipment are available but are not used as these are generally ineffective. Current efforts revolve around visible leak detection which averages 30 leaks a month but normally on house service connections.

680. The Management teams of the WD believe that illegal connections are a problem in Tacloban City. They are hoping to tackle this issue when the water mains replacement program commences. Only legitimate customers will be connected to the new mains. This has the benefit of being non-confrontational, but illegal connections will be addressed only in areas where mains will be replaced.


107

681. Within the Finance Division is a team of 5 people responsible for checking that previously disconnected services are not tampering their meters and taking water illegally. They check 10 to 15 sites daily.

682. When an illegal reconnection or meter tampering is discovered or reported, the fine for the 1st offence is PhP2,000.00; PhP3000.00 for the 2nd offence; and, PhP4,000.00 for the 3rd offence. After the 3rd offence, the offender will never be reconnected. In addition, the offender is assessed based on the water used from the date the service was disconnected. The assessed volume is priced based on the highest monthly average water rate 6 months prior to disconnection.

683. Outright illegal connections (those that have never been metered or applied for) are reported either by the meter readers or concerned citizens. There is no proactive activity to ferret out this type of violation.

10.2.5 Service Coverage

684. In Chapter 5 “Population and Demand Projections “ the estimated population currently served is 17% of the population within the WD franchise area. This is a very low coverage figure for a 30+ year old WD and, together with the high NRW, may have prompted the provincial government to look for private sector options to improve service coverage.

685. The estimated service coverage for the design year 2025 is 32.13% of the population within the WD franchise area.

10.3 INSTITUTIONAL FEASIBILITY

10.3.1 Relationship with LGU

686. Although the WD has many stakeholders, it is the LGU relationship which is most critical to its sustainability. Unfortunately for LMWD, its relationship with the City of Tacloban has been strained for some time. The City government has not been satisfied with the service of the Water District and is seriously considering private sector participation in managing the water system of Tacloban City. Certainly, this has caused some concern on the part of the WD and LWUA and both are resisting this initiative of the City government.

687. However, the WD is taking steps to address this long-standing problem and is also looking forward to this ADB Project to help resolve this nagging situation.

10.3.2 Relationship with LWUA

688. LMWD and LWUA have always been coordinating in taking the necessary steps to address the problems/concerns affecting the LMWD and/or the LWUA.

10.3.3 Structure and Staff

689. The organizational structure for the LMWD had been approved by the DBM (Department of Budget and Management) and follows the recommended structure for “Large” water districts. There are 231 plantilla positions approved by the Department for Budget and Management (DBM) but only 159 positions are filled. There are 135 “Job Orders” employees, 44 casual employees, and 16 contractual employees who are relied upon to take up the slack. But, those who are manning present plantilla positions are qualified and have been with the WD for several years.


108

10.3.4 Systems

690. The Water District is managed well. The accounting system used is the National Government Accounting System (NGAS) on a visual basic platform. The WD also has a bank cash position in place.

691. There is a daily cash position report and there is monthly reconciliation of accounts between the Accounting Department and the Cashier. There is no need for collectors because customers pay at the WD head office. In the Municipalities, however, the LGU office acts as a collection agent so the WD has no need for its own collection office. LMWD installed a new billing system and all water bills are computer generated. There are 15 Meter Readers who manually record meter readings and are responsible for delivering bills after these have been generated. However, as a control mechanism, meter readers do not deliver the bills to customers whose meters they have read. In all, the WD has 29 billing zones which are further subdivided into walks.

692. The bills are due 15 days after these have been issued to the customer. Abnormal readings are monitored by office staff.

693. However, meter readings which are written manually are prone to error especially when meters are read under adverse climatic conditions and/or when “catch-up” readings are necessary to make up for absences.

694. All operational activities, i.e. leak repair, meter replacement, disconnections, new connections, etc., are carried out in-house by the LMWD staff. Visible leaks are repaired by the maintenance team. All customer connections are metered and LMWD has its own meter management team composed of 14 personnel who test, refurbish, and/or replace meters on an ad hoc basis. They are currently replacing between 50 to 100 stuck-up meters per month – the meters have strainers but cannot strain very fine sediments which pass through and clog the meters. However, the WD does not have a meter replacement program in place.

695. To encourage on-time payments, the WD offers a 5% rebate on the bill for early payment. One-time late payment penalties of 10% are imposed (which is a standard imposition by all water districts) and customers who fail to settle their accounts after 60 days are temporarily disconnected, i.e. at the meter vertical.

696. New water connections are also done in-house. There is an application fee of PhP5,000.00 for residential customers for the 1st 10 linear meters (assuming there is no concrete excavation). This also covers the cost of the water meter. The applicant is responsible for obtaining the excavation permit. Applicants for new connections must also attend a seminar that outlines the responsibilities of both the WD and the potential customer including the procedures to be followed in obtaining and maintaining a new connection.

697. Informal Settlers can be connected to water system provided that approval must be obtained from the Mayor’s Office.

10.4 SUBPROJECT IMPLEMENTATION

10.4.1 LWUA Proposed Project

698. The Water District has no proposed project or loan with the LWUA at this time. But, the WD was adjudged as a capable organization and any project proposed with the LWUA will be implemented by Administration. LWUA will manage this project together with the Construction Division of the WD. The LWUA resident engineer will have a supervision role


109

while the Construction Division will handle the day-to-day activities of the project including hiring of construction inspectors and workers, securing permits, and activity scheduling.

10.4.2 Proposed Set-up for ADB Subproject Implementation

699. The proposed overall project organization management structure is shown on Figure 10.1.

700. A Water District Implementing Unit (WDIU) within CKWD will act as the central coordinating body for subproject implementation, and be headed by the Construction Division Manager or a senior professional within WD ranks.

701. ADB subprojects will be tendered to get a contractor responsible for both civil works and materials. With a contractor, the LWUA will either assign a resident engineer or an account officer with the WD Construction Division doing most of the construction supervisory activities.

Figure 10.1: Project Management Organization Structure - LMWD

Direction, reporting, supervisionCoordinationCapacity building

Source: PPTA Consultant

National Level Steering

Committee

Local Water Utilities Administration

(Executing Agency)

Project Management Unit

(PMU)Project Management and Advisory Consultants:- Project management- Detailed engineering design and supervision

- Preparation of contract documents

- Assistance with bidding procedures

- Construction supervision- Preparation of resettlement plans

Contractors for Water Supply Component

Ministry of Health

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

Institutional Development and Capacity Building

Consultants

Water District Implementation Units

(WDIUs)


110

11 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

702. The financial analysis is done in three levels: (i) an examination of the historical and existing financial performance of the Leyte Metropolitan Water District (LMWD); (ii) an evaluation of the feasibility of the proposed subproject under WDSSP; and (iii) an evaluation of the financial sustainability taking into account the impact of the proposed subproject to the future operation of LMWD. The analysis presents the results of such evaluation and recommends options for cost recovery and financial sustainability.

11.1 HISTORICAL AND EXISTING FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE (2004-2008)

703. The approach and methodology used in the assessment includes (i) an analysis of historical trends in absolute values as well as in percentages, and (ii) ratio analysis. The study period covers 2004 to 2008 utilizing audited financial reports for 2004 to 2007 and the WD’s internal annual report for year 2008 when official audit report is not yet available. It examines LMWD financial state through a review of its income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, and existing loan obligations. Available secondary data such as the monthly data sheets and current year budget were also used as references for some discussions.

11.1.1 Revenues and Expenses

704. Operating Revenues. The LMWD derives 95% of its revenues from water sales and the remaining 5% from other water revenues, service income, fines and penalties, interest income and miscellaneous income (Table 11.1) . Average growth rate of revenues for the period 2004 to 2008 is 1.2% per annum with 2007 having the biggest growth at 4.9%.

705. Water Sales are based on water tariff which was last adjusted in April 2003 through LWUA Board Resolution No.144, series of 2003, and as per approved adoption thru LMWD Board Resolution No. 03-039 dated May 24, 2003. Details of the water tariff are shown in Table 11.2 .

Table 11.1: LMWD Operating Revenues, 2004-2008 (Php)

Year Operating Revenues Increase (Decrease) 2004 179.621,468 2005 180,128,361 0.3%

2006 182,083,803 1.1%

2007 191,044,941 4.9%

2008 187,952,614 -1.6%

Average 1.2%

Table 11.2: LMWD Water Tariff (Php)

Classification Minimum Charge (Php)

Commodity Charge (Php/cu.m) 11-20 cu.m.

21-30 cu.m

31-40 cu.m

41-50 cu.m.

Domestic/Government 148.50 16.35 19.00 22.15 22.15 Commercial/Industrial 297.00 32.70 38.00 44.30 44.30 Bulk/Wholesale 66.45/ton


111

706. Other charges include processing fee (Php100); cost of plumbing materials (Php1,500); installation fee (Php438); cost of meter (Php2,225); guarantee deposit for future consumption (Php297); and inspection fee (Php150). Total other charges is Php4,710.

707. Operating Expenses. The operating expenses (OPEX) decreased from Php156 million in 2004 to Php147 million in 2008, with an average annual reduction of 1% from 2005 to 2008. From its high level in 2004, OPEX has generally declined to lower levels allowing LMWD to generate more profit from its operations in recent years.

Table 11.3: LMWD Operating Expenses (Php’000)

Expenses 2004 % 2005 % 2006 % 2007 % 2008 % Ave.

Annual Inc.

Personnel Services 33,082 21% 25,011 15% 27,429 18% 29,998 19% 34,133 23%

19%

Maint & Other Operating Exp. 115,616 74%

126,933 79%

121,876 81%

121,969 76%

107,310 73%

77%

Financing Charges 7,344 5% 9,425 6% 377 0% 7,496 5% 5,468 4%

4%

Total OPEX 156,043 100%

161,369

100%

149,681

100%

159,463

100%

146,911

100% -1%

708. OPEX comprises (i) personnel expenses (PS), (ii) maintenance and other operating expenses (MOOE) and (iii) interest and other debt service charges. PS includes salaries and wages, bonuses and allowances, additional compensation and benefits, clothing allowances and contributions to various government agencies. PS share an average of 20% of the total OPEX and increased at an average rate of 9.8% per year from 2006 to 2008. There was a significant decrease in PS from 2004 to 2005 by 32%.

709. The MOOE which includes other services, utilities, supplies, materials, bad debts and depreciation, constituted the largest portion of the total operating expenses. On the average, from 2004 to 2008, MOOE shared almost 76% of the total expenses. It reached its peak in the year 2007, figuring at Php126 million. This is reportedly due to a significant increase in chemical expense and other operating and maintenance costs.

710. Interest and other financing charges registered at 5% of the total operating expenses, gradually decreasing to Php5.468 million or 4% of total OPEX. Financial expenses decreased at an average rate of 1% per annum.

711. Net Operating Revenues. Net income exceeded the 1.1% growth rate of revenues posting a higher average growth rate of 71% from Php23 million in 2004 to Php41 million in 2008 (Table 11.4) . Operating ratio, which is the ratio of OPEX to revenues, averaged 84% leaving an average net profit margin of about 16%.

712. Table 11.5 presents the detailed results of the LMWD operations for the years 2004 to 2008.

Table 11.4: LMWD Net Income (Php), 2004-2008

Year Revenues Expenses % Net Operating Revenues %

2004 179,621,468 156,042,789 87% 23,578,679 13% 2005 180,128,361 161,368,786 90% 18,759,574 10% 2006 182,083,803 149,681,345 82% 32,402,458 18% 2007 191,044,941 159,463,044 83% 31,581,897 17% 2008 187,952,614 146,911,379 78% 41,041,235 22%

Average 84% 16%


112

Table 11.5: Income Statement 2004-2008 (Php) - LMWD

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008Operating Revenues

Water Sales 168,309,461 169,735,096 179,983,851 182,574,775 179,331,582Other Operating Revenues 11,312,007 10,393,265 2,099,952 8,470,166 8,621,032 Total Operating Revenues 179,621,468 180,128,361 182,083,803 191,044,941 187,952,614

Operating ExpensesPayroll 33,082,309 25,010,628 27,428,624 29,997,584 34,133,198Power Cost 2,522,879 2,285,620 2,721,549 2,464,534 1,816,036Chemicals 2,862,541 2,319,631 4,681,779 4,149,649 5,167,179Maintenance 28,983,095 19,242,588 4,565,854 8,510,361 6,928,676Other O&M 39,043,519 48,491,796 60,940,659 80,965,877 67,128,236Franchise Tax 3,333,573 0 5,294,445 5,531,030 5,895,451Bad Debts 421,731 574,007 433,067 449,885 375,797Depreciation 38,449,095 54,019,198 43,238,614 19,898,153 19,998,322 Total Operating Expenses 148,698,740 151,943,467 149,304,591 151,967,073 141,442,896

Net Income 30,922,728 28,184,894 32,779,212 39,077,868 46,509,718Less: Interest Expense 7,344,049 9,425,320 376,754 7,495,972 5,468,483Net Operating Income 23,578,679 18,759,574 32,402,458 31,581,897 41,041,235

11.1.2 Cash Flow

713. The LMWD cash flow comes from (i) operating activities, (ii) investing activities, and (iii) financing activities. Cash flow from operating activities includes receipts from water sales and other operating income and disbursements include payment of operating expenses including remittances to government agencies. Cash flow from investing activities includes interest revenue and non-operating income while cash flow includes construction in progress. Cash flow from financing activities involves loan proceeds and payment of loan payables.

714. The LMWD operations in the last 5 years resulted in positive cash positions increasing annually by a significant 83.2% annually. This is mainly due to a decrease in capital expenditures from Php 65 million in 2004 to a mere Php 3.7 million in 2008 (Table 11.6) .

Table 11.6: Cash Flow Statements, 2004-2008 (Php) - LMWD

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008Sources of Cash

Collection of Revenues - CY 175,857,897 179,542,940 179,983,851 169,822,695 172,112,576 Other Receipts 6,775,675 56,400,035 2,099,953 17,459,591 20,657,669 Grant Funds 386,034 - - - - Proceeds of Loan 41,457,308 - 11,428,000 - - Total Sources of Cash 224,476,915 235,942,975 193,511,803 187,282,286 192,770,245

Uses of CashCapital Expenditures 65,893,048 15,812,411 11,994,336 4,069,474 3,673,866 Project Investment 13,218,316 13,459,237 422,974 1,479,428 2,701,535 Other Capex/Payables 598,168 132,920 - - - Debt Service - Existing Loans 3,438,253 20,571,083 21,027,712 30,257,401 14,665,620 O & M Expenses and Working Capital 129,934,821 153,104,290 126,901,109 134,673,417 122,641,645 Reserves 2,004,787 - - - - Total Uses of Cash 215,087,392 203,079,941 160,346,131 170,479,721 143,682,665

Increase(Decrease) in Cash 9,389,523 32,863,034 33,165,673 16,802,565 49,087,580 Add: Cash Balance, Beg. 7,592,983 16,982,506 49,845,539 83,011,212 99,813,777 Cash Balance, End. 16,982,506 49,845,539 83,011,212 99,813,777 148,901,357

11.1.3 Outstanding Obligations

715. LMWD has an outstanding loan with LWUA which it availed in 2004 for a total amount of Php65 million. The loan fund was used to finance drilling and construction of 2 additional


113

wells equipped with pumping facilities, 2 elevated reinforced concrete ground reservoir and installation of transmission and distribution lines. As of December 31, 2008, remaining balance has decreased to Php21.5 million which LMWD expects to fully pay by 2010. Details of the loan are provided in Table 11.7 .

Table 11.7: Details of Existing Loans (as of December 2008) - LMWD

Balance as of Dec. 31, 2007

(Php)

Remaining Amortization

Period

LWUA Loan 4-2167 RL 64,993,000.00 15.00% 5 years 2004 21,508,757.57 1.5 years

Date Implemented

Status of Loan

Source / Loan NumberAmount of Loan

(Php)Interest Rate

Repayment Period

11.1.4 Assets

716. Assets are the resources controlled by the Water District as a result of past events and from which future economic benefits are expected to flow to the LMWD. Assets have three essential characteristics: 1) the probable future benefit involves a capacity, singly or in combination with other assets; 2) LMWD can control access to the benefit; 3) the transaction or event giving rise to the LMWD’s right to, or control of, the benefit has already occurred.

717. The LMWD fixed assets comprise almost 77% of total assets leaving 23% to current assets. Cash and accounts receivables are about 85% of current assets or 19% of total assets and the remaining 15% of the accounts are for inventories, investments and prepayments (Table 11.8) . The water district’s total assets increased significantly by 5% from 2004 to 2008.

Table 11.8: Assets and Other Debits, 2004-2008 (Php) - LMWD

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008ASSETS

Fixed Assets Fixed Assets in Operation 1,053,676,125 1,069,488,536 693,829,899 823,884,708 1,089,959,071 Less: Accum. Depreciation 315,500,479 367,611,949 325,781,863 155,032,296 360,927,755 Net Fixed Assets in Operation 738,175,645 701,876,587 368,048,036 668,852,412 729,031,316 Add: Work-in-Progress 28,900,782 42,360,019 43,234,677 45,276,070 38,928,470 Total Fixed Assets 767,076,427 744,236,607 411,282,714 714,128,482 767,959,786Current Assets Cash 21,996,459 49,845,539 86,133,145 102,935,710 152,023,290 Accounts Receivable 28,590,893 30,509,841 33,577,442 33,397,198 35,363,824 Inventory 30,181,984 30,693,308 31,380,745 27,551,661 24,458,698 Other Current Assets 1,849,735 1,212,591 8,724,895 8,403,547 8,266,751Total Current Assets 82,619,071 112,261,279 159,816,228 172,288,116 220,112,563 Reserves 3,862,287 3,490,414 0 0 0 Other Assets 9,657,469 7,840,493 341,398,664 71,092,947 4,729,121 Long-term Investments 0 0 3,622,090 3,805,812 3,990,262TOTAL ASSETS 863,215,255 867,828,792 916,119,696 961,315,357 996,791,732

11.1.5 Accounts Receivable

718. Total accounts receivable (AR) grew by as much as 23.69% in a span of 5 years or an average of roughly 5.5% per year primarily due to the increasing amount of accounts with collection problems. The highest increase was recorded in 2006 at 10%. As of December 31, 2008, total AR accounts amounted to Php 35.4 million. This excludes receivables from officers and employees and miscellaneous receivables.


114

11.1.6 Liabilities

719. Liabilities are the financial obligations, debt, claims or potential losses of the Water District. Usually debt on terms of less than five years is called short-term liabilities or current liabilities, and debt for longer than five years in long-term liabilities. As of December 31, 2008, total current liabilities comprise about 6.7% of the total liabilities and equity, while long-term loans payable registered at only 1.3%. Total equity represents 92% of the total, while total debt is at 1.4% of total equity (Table 11.9) .

Table 11.9: Liabilities and Equity, 2004-2008 (Php) - LMWD

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current LiabilitiesAccounts Payable 5,557,222 19,453,173 20,303,840 18,754,247 15,715,133Customers' Deposits 19,178,341 20,653,049 21,946,108 21,573,238 20,958,971Current Maturities 4,902,540 874,911 21,012,354 10,561,637 12,259,467Other Current liabilities 19,892,158 54,923,565 6,268,951 13,493,264 16,022,139 Total Current Liabilities 49,530,261 95,904,698 69,531,254 64,382,386 64,955,710

Long-Term Debts (LTD)Loans Payable 55,306,019 48,100,919 22,271,062 21,508,758 9,249,291Other Long-term liabilities 1,587,781 2,396,619 3,167,766 2,827,383 3,680,319 Total 56,893,800 50,497,537 25,438,828 24,336,141 12,929,609

EquityWD ContributionDonated Capital 5,069,243 5,069,243 5,069,243 5,069,243 6,176,499Other Paid-in Capital 752,616,046 752,616,046 752,616,046 752,616,046 752,616,046Retained Earnings -894,094 -36,258,731 63,464,325 114,911,543 160,113,868 Total Equity 756,791,194 721,426,557 821,149,614 872,596,831 918,906,413

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 863,215,255 867,828,792 916,119,696 961,315,357 996,791,732

11.1.7 Financial Ratios

720. The four key financial indicators that are being considered by LWUA are the current ratio, operating ratio, debt-equity ratio and debt service coverage ratio. As presented in Table 11.10 , LMWD appears fairly liquid and can cover its maturing liabilities as indicated by its favorable current ratios which showed a continuous growth to 2008 except in 2005 which decreased from 1.67 to 1.17 but finally resulting in a current ratio of 3.39 in 2008. Likewise, operating ratios from 2004 through 2008 show that operating revenues are sufficient to sustain its operations. The long-term debt to equity ratio also has been decreasing as the WD is gradually paying off its loan and shifted financing through equity rather than debt. The debt service coverage ratios were above the LWUA required 1.3 except in 2007 when DSC was at 1.06. Annual indicators are presented in Table 11.10.

Table 11.10: LMWD Financial Ratios, 2004-2008

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Current Ratios 1.67 1.17 2.30 2.68 3.39

Debt to Equity 0.08 0.07 0.03 0.03 0.01

Net Profit Ratio 17% 16% 18% 17% 25%

Debt Service Coverage 8.99 3.02 1.56 1.06 3.17


115

11.2 FINANCIAL FEASIBILITY

11.2.1 Introduction

721. This section presents an evaluation of the financial viability of implementing the proposed improvements for the water supply system of Leyte Metropolitan Water District (LMWD) under the Water District Development Sector Project.

722. Following ADB and LWUA guidelines5, four basic indicators for the financial viability of a water supply subproject have been identified. These are the following:

• Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR). It is the discount rate at which the net revenues generated by the subproject are equal to zero. A subproject is considered financially viable if the computed FIRR is at least equal to the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) that is used in financing the development of the proposed water supply subproject.

• Debt Service Coverage Ratio (DSCR). It measures the solvency of the water district and shows how many times debt service for a given period is covered by operations. DSCR should at least be 1.3 starting project full operational stage.

• Annual cash balance. Projected annual cash balances should show positive ending position all throughout project operation. Projected annual financial statements are prepared to demonstrate financial implication of the proposed subproject to the yearly financial position of the water district.

• Tariff affordability. Minimum residential water charge should not be more than 5% of the average monthly income of the low income group.

11.2.2 Cost Analysis

723. The water supply component aims to provide improved and effective water supply service to the consumers of LMWD up to the year 2025 and beyond. This plan will focus on the NRW reduction activities with a scope of work covering the following: NRW management and control which includes production metering, district metering, purchase of leak detection/ pipe location equipment and data logging equipment; NRW reduction which involves customer meter replacement, mains replacement, service pipe replacement, pressure reduction and valve rehabilitation; and NRW management system which includes GIS and hydraulic modelling.

724. The basic development (investment) cost of the proposed subproject and the operating and maintenance costs are prepared on an annual basis for the purpose of the financial analysis. These costs are estimated in 2009 prices. Increases in costs due to inflation are covered through a provision for price contingencies for the capital costs and relevant inflation factor for each of the O & M cost items.

725. Development Costs. The total development cost for the subproject is approximately Php150 million. This is based on the costs presented in Chapter 8 with additional price contingencies to allow for the timing of implementation, both for local and foreign cost components.

726. The project is scheduled to start implementation by the second half of year 2011 and is targeted to be completed by 2016. Conduct of detailed engineering design, however, has to be done in 2011 prior to construction works. Table 11.11 presents a summary of the development cost for the water supply system.

5 ADB, Financial Management and Analysis of Projects (2005) and LWUA, Project Operations Manual (2008).


116

Table 11.11: Total Development Cost (in Php’000) – LMWD


a. Modular Treatment Facility ls 1 0 - - - - - - b. Conventional Treatment ls 1 0 - - - - - -

Sub-Total - - - - - - 2 Transmission Facilities ls 1 0 - - - - - - 3 NRW Reduction ls 1 114,861,628 68,916.9 45,944.6 - 36,755.7 78,105.8 114,861.5 4 Resettlement Cost ls 0 0 - - - - - 5 Land Acquisition lot 0 0 - - - - -

SUB-TOTAL 68,916.9 45,944.6 - 36,755.7 78,105.8 114,861.5 DETAILED ENGINEERING DESIGN - - - - - - CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION 5,053.9 - - 505.4 4,548.5 5,053.9 PHYSICAL CONTINGENCIES - - - 3,675.6 7,810.6 11,486.2 PRICE CONTINGENCIES 10,350.1 6,428.6 - 1,187.2 17,198.7 18,385.9

G R A N D T O T A L 84,320.9 52,373.2 0.0 42,123.8 107,663.6 149,787.5

Unit CostComponent FEC Local TotalSub-Total

Unit Quantity

727. Financing Scheme. The subproject will be financed by ADB through relending by LWUA to the Water District. ADB loan will finance Php150 million while the WD will finance the cost of government taxes. The financing plan is shown in Table 11.12 .

Table 11.12: Financing Plan (in Php’000) – LMWD

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 TOTAL

FUND APPLICATION

Basic Construction Cost 25,575 18,582 24,250 18,582 18,582 9,291 114,862

Land Acquisition/Resettlement - - - - - - 0

Detailed Engineering Design - - - - - - 0



Supervision 1,125 818 1,067 818 818 409 5,054

Interest During Construction - - -

TOTAL 31,081 23,310 31,436 24,900 25,747 13,315 149,788

FUND SOURCE

WD Equity 1,731 1,985 3,607 3,575 4,422 2,653 17,975

Grant - - - - - - -

Others (LGU) - - - - - - -

Sub-Loan 29,350 21,324 27,829 21,324 21,324 10,662 131,813

ADB Sub-Loan 29,350 21,324 27,829 21,324 21,324 10,662 131,813

NRW 22,506 16,352 21,340 16,352 16,352 8,176 101,078

Supervision 990 719 939 719 719 360 4,447



TOTAL 31,081 23,310 31,436 24,900 25,747 13,315 149,788 728. Operation and Maintenance Costs. For the computation of subproject viability, incremental costs as a result of the subproject are used in the evaluation. Projections for both the “without project” and “with project” situation are done.

729. Without the Project O&M. Projected operating and maintenance costs without the project are based on actual O&M costs of the Water District as presented in their revenue and expense statements for the years 2004 to 2008, and budget for 2009. It is assumed that there will be very minimal increases in connections hence there will be no increases in the


117

number of personnel, chemicals and other operating costs. The maintenance cost of facilities costs will, however, increase by 5% per year due to natural wear and tear of the facilities.

730. With the Project O&M. Additional operating and maintenance costs include: 1) maintenance cost for the facilities; and 2) other operating and maintenance items. The costs are presented in Chapter 8 and are expressed in constant 2009 prices. These costs are then adjusted to current prices by using the following escalation factors: 5% for personnel services; 10% for power/fuel costs; 10% for chemical costs; 7% for maintenance and 7% for other O & M costs.

731. Other Costs. Depreciation Cost. Depreciation cost is considered a non-cash expense; however, for purposes of estimating the net income of the Water District, it is considered as an expense in the Income Statement. Annual depreciation costs for the new facilities are calculated using the straight-line method based on the service life of each specific facility. The calculated total annual depreciation cost for the new facilities is estimated at Php8.756 million annually. For the existing facilities, the depreciation expense of Php19.998 million, as reflected in the Water District’s 2008 Income Statement, is assumed as the annual depreciation expense.

732. Debt Service. Annual debt service for the Project is also included in the financial income statements and is estimated based on preliminary discussions with LWUA Project Office. The lending terms for the purpose of this study are as follow:

• Maturity period of 30 years (including grace period) • Grace period on principal payment of 5.5 years (construction period plus 1

year after project completion); • Fixed interest rate of 9.8% per annum. • Semestral payment computed at equal amortization. • Foreign exchange risk to be borne by the WD.

733. Based on the above loan terms and conditions, annual amortizations will be in the amount of Php14.289 million and will be paid during the period 2015 to 2041. Interest will be paid during the grace period for actual loan releases. The Water District also has existing loans and these are included in the analysis. The debt service schedule for both existing and project loan are shown in Appendix 11.1 .

11.2.3 Revenue Forecasts

734. Water Revenue is estimated for each of the three types of connections: residential, commercial and institutional. Estimates of annual water revenues are based on the total billed water for the year and the corresponding tariffs for the same year.

735. Water Tariff. Without the Project. Leyte Metropolitan Water District last increased the water tariff in 2003. It is assumed that even if there is no project, the water tariff will have to be increased in the future to cover increases in its operational expenses. For purposes of the projection, it is assumed that water tariffs will have to be increased by 10% every two years in the future.

736. With the Project. A 10% increase beginning in 2014, prior to completion of the project, is necessary for the water district to gain sufficient funds to meet its operations. Subsequent 10% increase is proposed every two years thereafter. The proposed tariff schedule for the three types of connections for 2017 (at project completion) is presented in Table 11.13 . From 2018 onwards, it is proposed that water tariff will have to be increased by 15% every two years. The proposed increases in the tariff are less than 60% of the previous


118

tariff and not more than 5% of the family income of the low income group, which are both in accordance with LWUA’s requirements.

Table 11.13: Proposed Tariff Schedule, 2017 - LMWD

Residential Commercial Institutional

Minimum Charge 180.00 360.00 180.00

11 – 20 cu.m. 19.80 39.60 19.80

21 – 30 cu.m. 23.00 46.00 23.00

31 – 40 cu.m. 26.80 53.60 26.80

above 40 cu.m. 26.80 53.60 26.80 737. Revenue Water. Without the Project. As mentioned earlier, since the existing facilities are already nearing its maximum operating capacities, it is assumed that there will be no further additional connections after 2013 so that the volume of revenue water will remain constant from year 2013 onwards. Any increase in projected revenue is then due to assumed increase in water tariff as discussed earlier.

738. With the Project. Revenue water used in the evaluation is based on the results of the projection of water demand as presented in Chapter 5. According to the recommendations of the technical study, the proposed improvements in the water supply system of Leyte Metropolitan Water District can provide the water requirements of the projected beneficiaries up to year 2025. Revenue water is therefore assumed to increase up to year 2025 and revenue water from 2025 onwards is assumed to remain constant at the 2025 level.

739. Other Parameters and Assumptions. Other assumptions and parameters used in the projection of revenues are given in Table 11.14 .

Table 11.14: Other Parameters and Assumptions - LMWD

Reserve Funds 3% of total revenues, increasing to 8% in year 2015 onwards

Accounts Receivable 5% of preceeding year's total revenues Inventories 2 months of chemical supplies and maintenance Bad Debt Expense is ¼ of 1% of total water sales Other Revenues 10% of gross water sales based on actual Franchise Tax 2% of total operating revenues Collection Efficiency 94% based on historical performance

11.2.4 Project Viability

740. Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR) . One of the more accepted financial viability indicators for government projects is the financial internal rate of return. A subproject is considered financially viable if the resulting FIRR of the proposed subproject is higher than the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) that was used in financing the subproject. An FIRR higher than the WACC implies that the incremental net revenues generated by the project will be enough to recover the implementation and operating costs.

741. On the basis of the financing mix and the loan interest of 9.8% and the assumed cost of equity of 12.0% (the estimated economic opportunity cost of capital), the WACC is 7.12%. Table 11.15 shows the computation of the WACC.


119

Table 11.15: Weighted Cost of Capital – LMWD

ADB Loan WD EquityA. Amount (Php'000) 131,813 17,975 149,788 B. Weighing 88.00% 12.00% 100.00%C. Nominal cost 9.80% 12.00%D. Tax Rate 0.00% 0.00%E. Tax-adjusted nominal cost 9.80% 12.00%F. Inflation rate 1.90% 9.30%G. Real cost 7.75% 2.47%H. Weighted component of WACC 6.82% 0.30% 7.12%

Weighted Average Cost of Capital (Real) 7.12%

Financing Component

742. Sensitivity analyses are likewise conducted to determine the effects of adverse changes on a project such as delay in operation, revenues not realized as expected or increases in capital and O & M costs. The scenarios evaluated and the summary results of the analyses are presented in Table 11.16 with details shown in Appendix 11.4 . The results show that the subproject is viable under the five scenarios evaluated.

Table 11.16: Summary Result of FIRR - LMWD

Scenario FIRR (%) NPV (Php’000)

Base Case 21.93% 342,250

1-Year Delay in Operation 19.31% 303,577

Capital cost plus 10% 20.50% 330,161

O & M costs plus 10% 21.67% 338,556

Revenues less 10% 20.10% 292,242

All costs +10%, Revenues -10% 18.92% 279,361 743. Affordability of Water Rates. Projected annual financial statements are prepared to demonstrate financial implication of the proposed subproject to the yearly financial position of the Water District.

744. A major consideration in the development of the tariff schedule is the ability of target beneficiaries to pay for their monthly water bill. It is a standing policy of LWUA that the minimum charge for residential connections should not exceed 5% of the family income of the low income group among families connected to the system.

745. For this study, classification of households according to socio-economic status was done using the 2007 per capita thresholds such that those that fall below the poverty threshold are categorized as poor and conversely, those above the threshold level are considered non-poor. Different threshold levels are used corresponding to the geographic location of the study area. The 2007 income level is then adjusted to 2017 levels by assuming an annual increase of 5% per annum.

746. For Leyte Metropolitan, the estimated monthly income for 2017 is Php9,951. Using the affordability criteria, the minimum monthly bill (minimum charge) of Php180.00 when the project starts to operate in 2014 is only 1.81% of the estimated monthly income of poor families. In all subsequent years the minimum monthly bill is less than 5% of the estimated monthly income. Hence the proposed level of water tariff is deemed affordable to the low income or poor families.


120

11.3 IMPACT OF THE PROPOSED SUBPROJECTS ON THE WD’S FUTURE FINANCIAL OPERATION

747. Projected Income Statement for the period 2009 to 2041 are developed and shown in details in Appendix 11.5 . The projections show that the Water District will generate net income for all years of the projection period.

748. Cash Flow Statements are also developed for the same period. For all years during the evaluation period, the statements show that annual cash inflows will be sufficient to cover all annual cash outflows of the Water District. The projected cash flow statements are also shown in Appendix 11.6.

749. Projected Balance Sheet for the study period showing the Water District’s projected assets as against liabilities and equity is presented in Appendix 11.7 . Further, selected financial ratios are computed to provide an indication of the Water District’s future financial performance.

• Current Ratio is above 2.0 from 2011 onwards which means that the liquidity of the Water District is satisfactory;

• Debt Equity Ratio shows that the capital structure consists mostly of loan financing;

• Net Profit Ratio of above 8% shows that the current operation is profitable and shows significant improvement in the later years; and the

• Water District is solvent with Debt Service Coverage Ratio higher than the required 1.3 for all years.

750. Annual ratios from 2011 to 2040 are shown in the following table and in Appendix 11.8.

Table 11.17: Summary of Financial Ratios – LMWD

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040

Current Ratio 4.63 6.32 7.41 8.23 9.21 10.58 11.46 11.93 12.48 13.17 13.51 13.99 14.05 12.93 10.71 9.00

Debt to Equity Ratio - - 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.04 0.01

Net Profit Ratio 17% 15% 19% 14% 17% 22% 13% 13% 10% 13% 8% 11% 2% 9% 2% 7%

Debt Service Coverage Ratio 3.65 4.93 #DIV/0! 15.24 11.47 10.78 7.34 7.35 5.33 6.16 5.04 5.89 3.71 6.97 3.86 8.18


121

12 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

12.1 OVERALL APPROACH TO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

751. This section of the Report presents the results of the economic evaluation of the proposed investments in water supply that were described in detail in the preceding chapters. The economic feasibility results were derived following the procedures described in Appendix 12 , using data and assumptions that are summarized in the appendix as well.

752. The economic analysis was undertaken in accordance with the principles and procedures set out in the ADB Handbook for the Economic Analysis of Water Supply Projects (1999) and related ADB guidelines6 as well as LWUA’s Project Operations Manual (2008). The period of analysis extends over 25 years from the start of Project implementation in 2011 up until 2036. Costs and benefits were quantified at September 2009 prices and were converted to their economic cost equivalents using shadow prices. Both costs and benefits were treated as increments to a situation “without project”.

753. The economic viability of the proposed water supply subproject was determined by computing the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) and comparing the result with the economic opportunity cost of capital (EOCC) of 15%.7 An EIRR exceeding the assumed EOCC indicates that the subproject is economically viable. The viability of the investments was then tested for changes in key variables such as capital costs, O&M costs, resource cost savings, and avoided medical costs through sensitivity analysis. A distributional and poverty impact analysis was also undertaken to determine how much of the net economic benefits resulting from the investments will directly benefit the poor.

12.2 ECONOMIC RATIONALE

754. The proposed investments in NRW reduction for Metro Leyte is a component of a larger Water District Development Sector Project (WDDSP) which aims to improve population access to piped water supply in the area and in those areas that are being served by the Metro La Union WD, Quezon Metro WD, Legazpi City WD, and City of Koronadal WD.8 The project could form part of the Government’s overall development plan for the water supply sector which also aims to achieve the targets set under the Millennium Development Goals (MDG).9

755. The Leyte Metro Water District (LMWD), which now operates and maintains the existing water supply system, will also operate and manage the new investments. Direct involvement of the Government in the provision of safe water stems from the lack of participation of the private sector in its development. The lack of investments for improving existing service will continue to deprive an increasing number of people of this essential service which could have long-term effect on their health and well-being. Government’s involvement in this Project will address this market failure through the exercise of its basic functions of (i) allocating resources for the provision of basic needs, and (ii) distributing

6 Include the Guidelines for the Economic Analysis of Projects (1997) and the Framework for the Economic and Financial Appraisal of Urban Development Projects (1994). 7 The hurdle rate for water supply investments is prescribed under NEDA-ICC guidelines for project evaluation which also provides shadow prices for foreign exchange (SER), wage rate for unskilled (SWR) and other non-tradable components of investment costs. 8 In a separate batch of participating cities/towns, WDDSP will also cover Cabuyao (Laguna) WD, Laguna WD, Camarines Norte WD, and Sorsogon WD including possibly a second phase for Metro Leyte WD for new source development. 9 MDG goals refer to reducing extreme poverty and hunger (Goal 1), reducing child mortality (Goal 4), combating major diseases (Goal 6), and improving access to improved water supply and basic sanitation services (Goal 7).


122

resources to effect equity where market and private decisions (or lack of it) have not resulted in efficient allocation and service provision especially to the poor.

12.3 BEFORE- AND AFTER-PROJECT SITUATIONS

756. At present, only 41% of the estimated 64,174 households in the service area have access to piped water supply. The remaining households depend on shallow wells (47%), deep wells (1%), public faucets (12%), water vendors (6%), and other sources of water. Existing production capacity is about 39,398m3/day.

757. Seventy-two percent (72%) of the non-connected households, however, have expressed interest to connect to LMWD’s piped water supply system and are willing to pay Php280/month, or Php15.7/m3, for water.

758. The proposed investments are aimed at reducing water losses (current NRW is 46%) and distributing the water saved to new and existing users particularly in Tacloban City where about half of the service area population reside and water demand is high. The investments will involve replacement of worn-out mains, replacement of valves, calibration and replacement of meters, replacement of customer connections, leak detection, district metering, pressure control, and provision of operational systems and equipment. The investments in NRW reduction will constitute the initial phase for the area.10

759. Based on the proposed investments for NRW reduction, the number of new connections, volume of production, and service coverage are projected as shown in Table 12.1.

760. After completion of the investments in 2016, total volume of supply will increase to 39,568m3/day from the current level of 39,398m3/day. The additional supply generated will enable 2,064 households to directly connect to the system which would directly benefit an estimated 10,320 residents. In addition, about 241 non-domestic users, consisting of institutional and commercial/industrial establishments, will also gain direct access to the piped network. Service coverage at the end of the investment period will be about 37%.

Table 12.1: Before- and After-Project Situations, with NRW Reduction: 2009, 2011, 2016 & 2020

2009 2011 2016 2020 Service area population 320,868 338,383 392,911 451,288

Water demand (m3/day) 21,231 21,797 23,345 23,345

Production (m3/day) 39,398 39,361 39,568 39,568

No. of residential connections 25,311 25,988 27,846 27,846

No. of non-domestic connections 2,953 3,032 3,248 3,248 Service coverage (%) 4,096 39.8 36.8 32.0

12.4 ECONOMIC BENEFITS

761. The economic viability of the proposed investments was determined considering the following benefits: (i) resource cost savings in terms of avoided costs of producing, collecting, treating and storing non-piped water because of a shift in demand to piped water supply, (ii) economic value of water lost due to non-technical reasons, (iii) the value of time saved (or

10 A second phase, which may also be included in the Project, will focus on new source/s development.


123

avoided income loss) for not having to collect water from existing non-piped sources, (iv) savings in medical costs due to reduction in the incidence of waterborne diseases, and (v) productivity savings from reduced morbidity rates. For health benefits, analysis of the impact of the investments focused solely on diarrhea, among other waterborne diseases11 in the area, because of data limitations.

762. The parameters and values used in quantifying the economic benefits of water supply improvement are shown in Table 12.2 .

763. There are other benefits that could arise from improved water supply but such benefits as income generated from the use of water for livelihood purposes and the multiplier effect of increased income are difficult to quantify for lack of data.

Table 12.2: Values for Quantifying Economic Benefits, Water Supply

2011 2016 2020 Number of residential connections 25,988 27,846 27,846 Number of non-domestic connections 3,032 3,248 3,248 Total number of service connections 29,020 31,094 31,094 Average economic cost of water storage (Php/m3) 8.7 - - Average economic cost of treatment (Php/day) 7.2 - - Average economic cost of producing water (Php/m3) 3.0 - - Ave. time spent in collecting water (min/day) 76 - - % of time water collection is done by adults 55 - - Average economic wage of unskilled labourer (Php/d) 143 - - Domestic water consumption (lpcd) 119 119 119 Production (m3/d) 39,361 39,568 39,568 Non-revenue water (%) 45 41 41 Non-technical losses (%) 11 10 10 Morbidity rate for diarrhea for under-5 (per 1,000) 29 - - Morbidity rate for diarrhea for over-5 (per 1,000) 32 - - Morbidity reduction for under-5 (%) 17 21 Morbidity reduction for over-5 (%) 16 22 Average number of days-sick 3.8 - - Average medical cost severe diarrhea case (Php/day) 1,788 - -

12.5 WILLINGNESS TO PAY

764. As gathered from the socioeconomic survey conducted in April 2009, data on willingness to connect (WTC) and willingness to pay (WTP) for water supply are presented in the Table 12.3 .

765. Nearly three out of four existing non-connected households (73%) have indicated interest to connect to LMWD’s improved water supply system and are willing to pay an average of Php280/month for water. The amount is slightly lower than the actual average monthly water bill of current users of Php292/month. On a per unit basis, based on the monthly average consumption of 17.9m3/household, this WTP translates to an average of Php15.7/m3 which is slightly lower than the average domestic tariff of Php17.7/m3.

11 Other waterborne diseases include dysentery, typhoid, dengue and amoebiasis.


124

Table 12.3: Willingness to Connect (WTC) and to Pay (WTP)

Parameters Mean Value Willingness to connect to an improved water supply system (%) 71.7 Willingness to pay for water (Php/month) 279.9 Willingness to pay for water (Php/m3) 15.7

12.6 ECONOMIC COSTS

766. Economic costs were derived from the financial estimates of capital investments and O&M costs presented in Chapter 11 (Financial Aspects), after eliminating all duties and taxes and multiplying the net results by the appropriate price conversion factors (CF). Traded and non-traded components of costs were estimated for which the following CFs were applied: shadow exchange rate for traded goods of 1.2, shadow wage rate factor of 0.6 for unskilled labour, and a CF of 1.0 for non-traded components. These parameters are prescribed under NEDA-ICC guidelines for evaluating Philippine projects.

767. By applying the above conversion factors, the weighted overall CF for capital costs for water supply was 1.07. For O&M costs, the computed CF was 0.96. Using these conversion factors, the economic cost equivalents of the proposed capital investments (including asset replacement costs) and O&M are approximately Php160 million and Php20 million, respectively.

12.7 EIRR AND SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

768. Given the stream of economic benefits and costs over the 25-year period, the EIRR of the proposed investments was computed at 22.9% (see Table 12.4 below and detailed computations in Annex 12-1of Appendix 12 ). The subproject is economically viable, with an EIRR that is much higher than the assumed EOCC of 15%.

769. Sensitivity test results based on (i) 10% increase in capital costs, (ii) 10% increase in O&M costs, (iii) 10% decrease in resource cost savings, (iv) 10% decrease in medical cost savings show that the investments remain economically viable. Of the four key variables that were considered and tested, the viability of the investments was found to be most sensitive to change in capital costs (SI=0.91) followed by change in medical cost savings (SI=0.63). The impact of a 10% decrease in resource cost savings or a 10% increase in O&M costs is quite minimal, with an SI of only about 0.32 and 0.04 respectively. The switching value for capital costs is 110% while for medical cost savings, SV is 159%.

Table 12.4: EIRR and Sensitivity Test Results, Water Supply

Scenario

NPV1 (SLR mil)

EIRR (%) SI2

% Change SV3

Base case 46.8 22.9 10% increase in capital costs 37.6 20.8 0.91 10% 110% 10% increase in O&M costs 46.4 22.8 0.04 10% 2570% 10% decrease in resource cost savings 41.8 22.2 -0.32 -10% -311% 10% decrease in avoided medical costs 37.1 21.5 -0.63 -10% -159% 1 NPV = Net Present Value discounted at EOCC of 15% 2 SI = Sensitivity Indicator (ratio of % change in EIRR to % change in variable) 3 SV = Switching Value (% change in variable required for NPV to become zero)


125

12.8 SUBPROJECT BENEFICIARIES

770. At the end of the 25-year period, a total of 2,305 new service connections shall have been added to the existing ones. This will consist of 2,064 house connections (90%) and 241 non-domestic connections (10%). In terms of served population, the total number of direct beneficiaries is estimated to reach 10,706 persons. The impact of the investments in terms of connections and population served are summarized in the Table 12.5 .

Table 12.5: Subproject Beneficiaries, Water Supply

Domestic Conn.

Non-Dom. Conn.

Total Conn.

Population Served

Water supply

2,064

241

2,305

10,706

12.9 PROJECT SUSTAINABILITY

771. At full economic cost (i.e., capital investments plus O&M), the average incremental economic cost of water (AIEC) or the marginal cost of producing each cubic meter of water, is Php27. Considering only capita costs, the AIEC is Php25.8/m3.

772. The average tariff, which was computed by dividing the present value of revenue by incremental water consumption, is Php20/m3.

773. The cost of producing water of Php27/m3 is higher than the average tariff that is expected to be collected during the life of the Project, suggesting an economic subsidy of Php7.1 per cubic meter of water consumed.

774. The tariff revenue to be generated by the subproject over the projection period could more than fully recover all O&M costs but only 77% of the capital investments and about 74% of the full economic costs.

Table 12.6: Project Sustainability, Water Supply

Value AIEC (Php/m3) Economic capital + O&M (full cost) Economic capital cost only Economic O&M only

27.0 25.8 1.3

Average tariff at EOCC of 15% (Php/m3) 20.0 Economic subsidy of full economic cost (Php/m3) 7.1 Economic cost recovery (%) Capital + O&M cost Capital cost only O&M cost only

74% 77%

1,557%

12.10 DISTRIBUTIONAL ANALYSIS AND POVERTY IMPACT

775. The water supply subproject is expected to generate total net economic benefits (NEB)12 of about Php131 million. Approximately Php122 million will accrue to water consumers, many of whom are current users of water from wells and other traditional sources and who are expected to connect to the improved piped water supply system. Local



126

labour sector which will be tapped for the various rehabilitation works called for by the Project will gain about Php5 million. The economy, because of distortions in the exchange rate, will lose around Php13 million. On balance, the economy as a whole will gain the entire NEB of Php131 million.

776. The poverty impact ratio (PIR) for the water supply investments is 28% which means that about one-third of the NEB will directly benefit the poor in the area where poverty incidence was estimated at 23% of the total number of households (see computations in Annex 12.2 of Appendix 12 ).


127

APPENDIX 3.1: SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY RESULTS – METRO LEYTE WATER DISTRICT

1 INTRODUCTION

1. The following household survey was conducted in May 2009 as part of the formulation of a sector investment plan for urban water and sanitation under the Water District Development Sector Project PPTA (Project Preparation Technical Assistance). The PPTA’s objective was to (i) formulate a sector investment project (WDDSP) in the urban water supply and sanitation sector with funding from ADB and other investment sources, and, (ii) prepare implementation support and institutional development programs addressing sector reform, governance and public awareness.

2. A key task of the PPTA was the preparation of a Subproject Appraisal Report (SPAR) for 5 pilot water districts that participated in the PPTA. These were:

1. Metro La Union Water District, La Union Province, Luzon. 2. Quezon Metro Water District, Quezon Province, Luzon. 3. Legazpi City Water District, Albay Province, Luzon. 4. Leyte Metro Water District, Leyte Province, Visayas. 5. Koronadal City Water District, South Cotabato Province, Mindanao.

3. The SPARs’ subproject scope, cost estimates, financing plan and feasibility were prepared based on an analysis of the existing situation, local development plans and priorities and findings from field surveys. The household survey generated empirical data on the target participants.

4. At least 384 respondents were interviewed to reach a 95% level of confidence at 0.1 standard deviation. Stratified random sampling was used to determine the survey sample, with three levels of stratification—municipality/city, serviced/expansion areas, and barangays—in both service/expansion sites.

5. The survey result is here summarized. The tables also serve as baseline data against which future project impacts can be assessed and as input in the design of information and education materials and of interventions for identified areas for improvement.

6. Some variables that were covered were:

• Demographic characteristics • Gender roles and preferences • Profile on health and hygiene practices • Poverty groups, indicators and responses • Identification of community organizations • Sources of vulnerability and responses • Water and sanitation situation, attitudes, perceptions and preferences

o access to facility and sanitation maintenance practices o attitude towards water and sanitation services o demand by service type (water and sanitation) o sources and levels of water supply accessed o perceptions on sanitation and water and service quality o affordability and willingness to pay


128

7. Certain data sets were disaggregated by water district connection (connected or non-connected households) or cross-tabulated by gender and poverty characteristics, corresponding to the different sections of this report. Section 1 is a profile of respondents. Section 2 contains comparisons for connected and non-connected households. Sections 3 and 4 are profiles on water and sanitation by WD-connected or non-connected households. Section 5 covers characteristics and preferences of poor and non-poor respondents.

8. An additional section covers gender disaggregated data by female or male-headed households on such variables as roles and access to resources, or by male or female respondents on attitudes and preferences. The sections are follows:

1. Socio-economic profile of households 2. Socio-economic profile of households classified by type of household 3. Water consumption and preferences of wd-connected households 4. Water consumption and preferences of wd-connected households 5. Water supply and sanitation preferences by socio-economic status of

households.

2 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page I. Socio-Economic Profile of Households: Leyte Metro City

Water District

129

II. Socio-Economic Profile of Households Classified by Type of Household: Leyte Metro City Water District

152

III. Water Consumption and Preferences of WD-Connected Households: Leyte Metro City Water District

161

IV. Water Consumption and Preferences of Non-Connected Households: Leyte Metro City Water District

172

V. Water Supply and Sanitation Preferences by Socio-Economic Status of Households: Leyte Metro City Water District

184

Annexes: 1 Gender Tables 187 2 Distribution of Sample Households for the WDDPS Household Survey 217


129

I. SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF HOUSEHOLDS: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT Table 1. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Number of Household

Members

Total number of HH members Percent

1-2 8.1%

3-4 32.8%

5-6 26.8%

7-8 16.4%

9-10 10.9%

More than 10 4.9%

Average Household Size 5.66

N Cases 384 A few of the households (8%) in Leyte Metro WD have only one or two members, while about three out of five (60%) have three to six members. About one-third (32%) of the households are composed of more than six members. The average household size in Leyte Metro WD is 5.66. Table 2. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Number of Household

Members who are 14 Years Old and Below

Total number of HH members 14 years old

and below Percent

None 29.4%

1-2 38.3%

3-4 22.9%

5-6 7.8%

7-8 1.6%

9-10 0.0%

Average number of HH members 14 years old and below

1.84

N Cases 384 About three out of ten households in Leyte Metro WD (29%) do not have young household members who are 14 years or below. Meanwhile, a great majority of the households (61%) have one to four young household members, while a very few of these households (<10%)


130

have more than four young household members. The average number of young members per household in Leyte Metro WD is 1.84. Table 3. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Number of Household

Members who are 65 Years Old or Older

Total number of HH members Percent

None 75.0%

1-2 24.5%

3-4 0.5%

5 or more 0.0%

N Cases 384 Three out of four households in Leyte Metro WD (75%) do not have household members who are 65 years old or older. Meanwhile, about a quarter of the households (25%) have one or two older person/s household members and very few (<1%) have more than two older persons as household members. Table 4. Percentage Distribution of Households by Number of Households Living

in the Dwelling Unit

Number of HHs in the dwelling unit Percent

1 94.5%

2 3.9%

3 1.3%

4 or more 0.3%

N Cases 383 Almost all of the households in Leyte Metro WD (95%) are sole occupants of their dwelling units. A few of the households (<10%) share their dwelling units with other households.


131

Table 5. Percentage Distribution of Households by Length of Stay in the barangay

Number of years in the barangay Percent

Less than 10 years 22.9% 10-19 years 26.8% 20-29 years 19.8% 30-39 years 12.0% 40-49 years 6.5% 50 years or over 12.0%

Average length of stay in

the barangay 24 years

N Cases 384

Households in Leyte Metro WD have stayed 24 years, on average, in their barangay of current residence. More than one-fifth of the households in the district (23%) were in the barangay for less than 10 years. Meanwhile, about six out of ten Leyte households (59%) have stayed in the barangay between 10 and 39 years. Some of the households (18%) have stayed in the barangay for 40 years or more. Table 6. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Monthly Household Income

Total Monthly Household Income Percent

No income 0.0%

Less than P5,000 12.8%

P5,000 - 9,999 40.1%

P10,000 - 14,999 20.8%

P15,000 - 19,999 11.5%

P20,000 - 29,999 6.0%

P30,000 - 39,999 5.5%

P40,000 - 49,999 1.3%

P50,000 or more 2.1%

Average Total Monthly Household Income

P 13,080

N Cases 384 Few of the households in Leyte Metro WD (13%) have a monthly income of less than P5,000. Two-fifths of the households (40%) are within the P5,000 – P9,999 income bracket. Meanwhile, one-fifth of the households (21%) have an income of at least P10,000 but below P15,000. Only two percent of the households belong to the highest income bracket (P50,000 or more). The average monthly household income in Leyte Metro WD is P13,080.


132

Table 7. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Monthly Household Expenditure

Total Monthly

Household Expenditure Percent


P3,000 - 4,999 11.9%

P5,000 - 9,999 43.1%

P10,000 - 14,999 19.0%

P15,000 - 19,999 7.9%

P20,000 - 29,999 6.6%

P30,000 - 49,999 2.9%

P50,000 or over 0.8%

Average Total Monthly Household Expenditure P 10,608

N Cases 378 On the average, monthly household expenditure in Leyte Metro WD is P10,608. Very few of the households (8%) have a total monthly household expenditure of less than P3,000. On the other hand, more than half of the households (55%) spend on average P3,000 to P9,999 per month and about a fifth of the households (19%) have a total monthly household expenditure of P10,000 to P14,999. Some of the households (18%) spend P15,000 or more per month. Table 8. Percentage Distribution of Households by Average Total Monthly

Household Savings

Average Total Monthly Household Savings Percent

None 55.2%


P1,000 - 1,999 8.9%

P2,000 - 2,999 6.3%

P3,000 - 3,999 1.8%

P4,000 – 4,999 1.3%

P5,000 or over 2.6%

N Cases 384 More than half of the households in Leyte Metro WD (55%) have no savings. About one-fourth of the households (24%) have average monthly savings of less than P1,000; and about one-fifth (18%) have average monthly savings of at least P1,000 but not more than P4,999. Very few of the households (<5%) have more than P5,000 average monthly savings.


133

Table 9. Ownership of Valuable Items by Households

Valuable items Percent of Households

Transport (car, motorcycle, tricycle) 19.6%

Truck 1.3%

Television 84.8%

Refrigerator 47.6%

Telephone/Cellular phone 68.5%

Washing machine 22.0%

Air Conditioner 2.6%

Personal computer 7.1%

Electric water pump/ overhead tank 2.1%

Others items: e.g., DVD player, fan, videoke, etc. 46.1%

N Cases 382 Most of the households in Leyte Metro WD own television sets (85%) and telephone/cellular phone (69%). About half of the households (48%) own a refrigerator while more than one-fifth (22%) own a washing machine. Worth noting is the fact that about one in every five households in the area (20%) own some means of transport, e.g. car, motorcycle or tricycle. Only a very few of the households could afford the luxury of owning a personal computer (7%) or an air conditioner (<5%). Table 10. Percentage Distribution of Households by Gender of the Household Head

Gender of the Household Head Percent

Male 83.4%

Female 16.6%

N Cases 384

Headship by a male household member is common in Leyte Metro WD as indicated by the four out of five households (83%) headed by males.


134

Table 11. Percentage Distribution of Households by Ethnic Affiliation of the Household Head

Ethnic Affil iation of

Household Head Percent

Waray 82.9% Bisaya (Cebuano) 4.0% Tagalog 1.0% Bicolano 0.3% Ilonggo 0.3% Pampangeño 0.3% No Info 11.4%

N Cases 384

As expected, the ethnic affiliation of most of the household heads in Leyte Metro WD (83%) is Waray. Households with non-Waray head comprise less than a fifth of the households in this area (17%). Table 12. Percentage Distribution of Households by Highest Grade Completed by

the Household Head

Highest Grade Completed by the Household Head Percent

No schooling 2.1%

Elementary 33.0%

High School 41.2%

Vocational training 1.8%

College and over 21.9%

N Cases 379 More than one-fifth of the households in Leyte Metro WD (22%) are headed by college-educated persons. Two out five households in this district have heads with high school education (41%) while a third of these households have heads who reached elementary education (33%). Almost no household (<5%) is headed by a person with no schooling.


135

Table 13. Percentage Distribution of Households by Current Occupation of the Household Head

Current Occupation of the

Household Head Percent

Farming or fishing 18.4%

Own business 17.7%

Government employee 8.8%

Private employee 13.0%

Temporary laborer 5.5%

Street vendor 2.1%

Retired/Pensioner 6.2%

Unemployed 4.9%

Others 23.4%

N Cases 385 About one-fifth of the households in Leyte Metro WD (18%) have household heads that are self-employed in business. On the other hand, few of the households in the area are headed by persons who are government employees (9%) and a few of the households in the district are private employees (13%). Worth noting is the fact that some of the households in this district (18%) are headed by farmers or fishermen. Very few of the households in Leyte Metro WD (5%) have unemployed heads. Table 14. Percentage Distribution of Households by Ownership Status of the House

Occupied

Ownership Status of the House Percent

House owner 89.1%

Caretaker 0.8%

Rent-free occupant 3.4%

Renter 5.7%

Others: relatives, etc 1.0%

N Cases 385 About nine out of ten households in Leyte (89%) own their houses. Renters only represent six percent of the Leyte households.


136

Table 15. Percentage Distribution of Households by Ownership Status of the Lot on which House is Built

Ownership Status of

the Lot Percent

Owned 41.6%

Caretaker 5.5%

Rented/Leased 18.2%

Common property with other family members or relatives 16.1%

Government land 18.7%

Others 8.6%

N Cases 385 More than two out of five households in Leyte (42%) have their houses built on owned lots. On the other hand, less than one-fifth of the households cited communal ownership of the lot with relatives (16%) and renting/leasing the lots where their houses are built (18%). Interestingly, about one out of five of the households in Leyte Metro WD (19%) live in houses built on government-owned lands. Table 16. Percentage Distribution of Households by Type of Building/House

Type of building/house Percent Single 94.3% Duplex 5.5% Apartment/condominium/townhouse 0.3% Commercial/industrial/ agricultural bldg 0.0%

Others 0.0%

N Cases 385 Single-detached house is the primary type of dwelling unit in Leyte Metro WD as accounted for by 94% of the households in the area. Other types of houses, such as duplex units, apartments, condominiums and townhouses are reported by very few households in the area (6%).


137

Table 17: Percentage Distribution of Households by Materials that Predominantly Make Up the Dwelling Unit

Observed materials that make

up the dwelling unit Percent

Strong materials 15.6% Light materials 18.2% Mixed but predominantly strong

materials 34.0% Mixed but predominantly light

materials 30.4% Salvaged/makeshift materials 1.6% Mixed but predominantly

salvaged materials 0.3%

N Cases 385 Almost half of the households in Leyte Metro WD (49%) live in dwelling units which are made up of light materials or mixed but predominantly light materials, while the other half (50%) have dwelling units made up of strong materials or mixed but predominantly strong materials. Table 18. Percentage Distribution of Households by Type of Toilet Facility

Type of Toilet Facility Percent Water-sealed (flush or

pourflush) connected to sewerage system 0.0%

Water-sealed (flush or pourflush) connected to septic tank 70.4%

Water-sealed (flush or pourflush) connected to pit 14.8%

Water-sealed (flush or pourflush) connected to drainage 1.3%

Non-water sealed (ventilated improved pit, sanitary pit privy, closed pit) 6.8%

Non-water sealed (open pit privy, overhang) 0.3%

Shared toilet 4.2% Public toilet 0.3% No toilet (wrap and throw,

arinola, bush, sea/marshland , river 2.1%

N Cases 385

Seven out of ten households in Leyte Metro WD (70%) have water-sealed toilets connected to a septic tank. Some of the households (16%) have water-sealed toilets connected to various drainage types, like pit and drainage. A negligible proportion of the households (<5%) do not have toilets.


138

Table 19. Satisfaction/Dissatisfaction of Households and Reasons Cited for

Dissatisfaction (Multiple Responses) with Current Toilet System

Indicators Percent

Percent of households satisfied with current toilet system 88.9%

Percent of households dissatisfied with current toilet system 11.1%

N Cases 378

Reasons for dissatisfaction

Backflow 26.2%

Foul odor 9.5%

Combination of backflow resulting to foul odor and inconvenience 59.5%

Rodent infestation 0.0%

Flies/Insects 4.8%

N Cases 42 In Leyte Metro WD, satisfaction over their current toilet system is generally high as reported by about nine in every ten households (89%). Among the households dissatisfied with their current toilet system, the most predominant reasons for dissatisfaction reported are backflow resulting to foul odor and inconvenience (86%).


139

Table 20. Percentage Distribution of Households by Estimated Distance of Septic Tank from Source of Water

Distance of septic tank to

nearest water source Percent

0-4 meters 6.5%

5-9 meters 16.1%

10-14 meters 26.0%

15-19 meters 10.2%

20-29 meters 15.8%

30-39 meters 7.7%

40-49 meters 1.2%

50 meters or over 16.4%

Average distance of septic tank to nearest water source 22.9 meters

N Cases 323 About six in ten households in Leyte Metro WD (59%) did not meet the 25-meter minimum distance of septic tank to nearest source of water as set in the National Sanitation Code as their septic tanks are located less than twenty meters from the nearest water source. On the other hand, a quarter of the households in this district (25%) have septic tanks that are 30 meters or more from the nearest water source. Table 21. Percentage Distribution of Households Willing to Improve Septage System

and Type of Improvement

Indicators Percent

Percent of HHs that would like to improve septage system 36.9%

N Cases 385

Type of improvement preferred

Installation of septic tank 36.6%

Improvement/ rehabilitation of existing septic tank 57.7%

De-sludging of septic tank 43.7%

N Cases 142 Almost two in five of the households in Leyte Metro WD (37%) are willing to improve their septage system. Their preferred improvements are mostly in the rehabilitation of existing tanks (58%), de-sludging services (44%) and installation of septic tank (37%).


140

Table 22A. Percentage Distribution of Households who are Willing to Pay for Improvement of Septage System and Amount Willing to Pay (In Pesos)

Indicators Percent

Percent of households willing to pay for installation of septic tank 31.7%

N Cases 142

Amount willing to pay

Less than P10,000 71.1%

P10,000 - 14,999 13.3%

P15,000 - 19,999 8.9%

P20,000 – 25,000 6.7%

More than P25,000 0.0%

N Cases 45

Percent of households willing to pay for improvement/ rehabilitation of existing septic tank

43.7%

N Cases 142



P5,000 - 9,999 13.1%

P10,000 - 14,999 34.4%

P15,000 or over 9.9%

N Cases 61

From among the households in Leyte Metro WD that are willing to improve their septage system, three in ten (32%) are willing to pay for the installation of septic tank. Seven out of ten households (71%) are willing to pay less than P10,000 for the septic tank installation. Some of the households (13%) are willing to spend P10,000 to P14,999 for this kind of improvement. Meanwhile, more than two out of five households (44%) who are willing to improve their septage system are also willing to pay for the rehabilitation of their existing septic tank. Among these households, some (43%) are willing to pay less than P5,000 while less than half (44%) are willing to pay P10,000 or more for the rehabilitation of their septic tanks.


141

Table 22B. Percentage Distribution of Households who are Willing to Pay for Improvement of Septage System and Amount Willing to Pay (In Pesos)

Indicators Percent

Percent of households willing to pay for de-sludging of septic tank

43.7%

N Cases 142



P1,000 - 1,999 15.8%

P2,000 - 2,999 14.0%

P3,000 - 3,999 61.4%

P4,000 or more 0.0%

N Cases 57 Forty-four percent of the households in Leyte Metro WD who are willing to improve their septage system are willing to pay for septic tank de-sludging. Among these households, a few (9%) are willing to spend less than P1,000 for the de-sludging of their septic tanks. On the other hand, almost all of these households (91%) are willing to pay at least P1,000 but not more than P4,000 for this nature of improvement. Table 23. Percentage Distribution of Households by Primary Source/s of Water

(Multiple Responses)

Primary Source(s) of Water Percent

Piped connection 75.1%

Shallow well 46.8%

Water vendors 5.7%

Deep well 0.8%

Public/Street faucet 11.9%

Spring/River/Pond/Stream 0.5%

N Cases 385 Piped connection is the primary source of water in the Leyte Metro WD as accounted for by three out of four households (75%). Almost half of the households (47%) get water from shallow wells. Some of the households in the area (12%) source their water from public faucets, while few households obtain water from other sources like water vendors (6%), spring/river/pond/ stream (<1%) and deep well (<1%).


142

Table 24. Percentage Distribution of Households which are WD-Connected and Non-connected

WD-Connec tion Percent

WD-connected Households 31.7%

Non-connected Households 68.3%

N Cases 385 About one-third of the households in Leyte Metro WD (32%) are connected with the WD water supply system.


143

Table 25A. Percentage Distribution of Households by Hygiene and Health Practices

Hygiene and Health Practices Percent

Percent of households whose members wash hands:

Before cooking 100.0%

N Cases 385

Washing with:

With soap and water 93.8%

With water only 5.5%

Others 0.8%

N Cases 385

Before eating 100.0%

N Cases 385

Washing with:



Others 0.8%

N Cases 385

After using the toilet 99.7%

N Cases 385

Washing with:



Others 1.0%

N Cases 384

Before breastfeeding 82.6%

N Cases 86

Washing with:



Others 0.0%

N Cases 71 Hand washing, as personal hygiene and health practice, is observed by all of the households in Leyte Metro WD before cooking (100%), before eating (100%), and after using the toilet (100%) with the exception of hand washing before breastfeeding wherein only eight out of ten of the households (83%) claimed they do so. Consistently, almost all of the households that reported washing do it with soap and water.


144

Table 25B. Percentage Distribution of Households by Hygiene and Health Practices

Hygiene and Health Practices Percent

Percent of households whose members wash hands:

Before feeding children 94.3%

N Cases 140

Washing with:



Others 2.3%

N Cases 132

After changing diapers 84.7%

N Cases 98

Washing with:



Others 1.2%

N Cases 83

After washing the children after toilet 94.6%

N Cases 148

Washing with:



Others 2.1%

N Cases 140 Hand washing is also practiced by almost all of the households in Leyte Metro WD before feeding children (94%), after changing diapers (85%) and after washing the children after toilet (95%). Almost all of these households also reported washing with soap and water.


145

Table 25C. Percentage Distribution of Households by Hygiene and Health Practices

Hygiene and Health Pra ctices Percent

Place where children/infants go for toilet purposes

Toilet 88.9%

Gutter/water canals 0.7%

River 0.3%

Garden/backyard 2.3%

Urinals/urinola 1.3%

Disposable diapers 6.5%

N Cases 306 Use of latrines such as gutter/water canals, river, garden/backyard and urinals as toilet for children/infants is unusual among households in Leyte Metro WD as most of them use conventional toilets for the purpose (89%). A very few households (7%) use diapers for the toilet needs of the children. Table 26. Percentage Distribution of Households by Various Health and Food

Security Indicators

Indicators Percent

Number of times household eats in a day

1-2 times a day 1.6%

3 times a day 82.1%

4 times or more 15.8%

No information 0.5%

% of households who have children who died before reaching the age of 6 years 4.4%

% of households who have at least one member who died during pregnancy or childbirth

3.9%

N cases 385

Food security is high in Leyte Metro WD as almost all of the households (98%) eat at least three times a day. As far as health condition in Leyte Metro WD is concerned, death of a child five years old or below was experienced by only four percent of the households in the area. Also, four percent of the households had a death of a female member due to pregnancy or childbirth.


146

Table 27A. Access to Loans and Borrowings of Households

Indicators Percent

% of households with member(s) who ever borrowed money

75.1%

N Cases 385

Number of times household member(s) borrowed during the past year

0 0.8%

1 27.1%

2 32.9%

3 9.0%

4 7.5%

5 2.4%

6 2.7%

7 0.8%

8 0.4%

9 0.0%

10 4.3%

More than 10 times 12.2%

N Cases 255

Among the three-fourth of households in Leyte Metro WD (75%) that have member/s who have ever borrowed money, three-fifth (60%) have members who have borrowed money once or twice during the past year. Almost two in every five of these households (39%) have members who have borrowed money more than twice in the past year while a negligible few of these households (<1%) do not have members who borrowed money during the same period.


147

Table 27B. Access to Loans and Borrowings of Households

Indicators Percent

Sources of credit

Relative/Friend 37.0%

Five-Six 18.0%

Micro-finance institution 7.3%

Cooperative 21.5%

Bank 12.8%

Employer 3.5%

GSIS/SSS 2.4%

Store 0.6%

Credit card 2.4%

Palay/Copra buyer 2.4%

Pawnshop 0.0%

N Cases 289

Purpose for borrowing

Household expenses 32.9%

Business/Farm inputs 44.6%

Food 38.1%

Education 24.2%

Medical expenses 12.5%

Pay off debt 7.3%

Build/Renovate house 4.5%

Purchase/Repair of furniture/appliances 3.1%

Fiesta/Entertainment 5.2%

N Cases 289

Informal credit sources such as relatives/friends are the main credit source among households in Leyte Metro WD as reported by 37% of households. Other main sources of credit by the households are cooperatives (22%), five-six (18%) and banks (13%).

Forty five percent of the households in Leyte Metro WD reported that they borrow money for investment in business or farm inputs. Other main purposes for borrowing as reported by households are food (38%), household expenses (33%) and education (24%).


148

Table 28. Calamity Experiences of Households

Indicators Percent

Percent of households that have ever experienced any kind of calamity in the community

99.7%

Percent of households that have ever experienced any of the following in the community

Earthquake 66.8%

Flood 58.7%

Typhoon 98.7%

Fire 9.4%

Landslide 1.6%

Percent of households whose water source has ever been affected by flooding 33.0%

Percent of households whose septic tank/latrine/pit has ever been affected by flooding

18.4%

N Cases 385 Practically all the households in the Leyte Metro WD have ever experienced at least one kind of calamity, particularly typhoon. Huge proportion of the households, 67% and 59% have also experienced earthquake and flooding, respectively. About one out of 10 households have experienced fire in their neighborhood. As far as direct impacts of calamities to their abode, lifelines and utilities are concerned, one third of the households in the Leyte Metro WD have their water sources affected one way or another by flood. Meanwhile, a lesser proportion of households (18%) have their septic tanks, latrines or pits affected.


149

Table 29. Disability and Experiences of Discrimination Among Households

Indicators Percent

Percent of households with at least one member who is disabled 6.8%

N Cases 385

Form of disability of household member(s)

Physical 69.2%

Mental 7.7%

Both physical and mental 3.8%

No information 19.2%

N Cases 26

Percent of households with at least one member who has been discriminated in the community

39.5%

Percent of households with at least one member who has been discriminated because of disability

0.8%

Percent of households with at least one member who has been discriminated in the community because of social status

32.7%

N Cases 385 Seven percent of the households in the Leyte Metro WD have at least one physically and/or mentally disabled member. About 7 out of ten disabled household members are reported to be afflicted with physical ailment, 8% are mentally incapacitated and 4% are both physically and mentally debilitated. Discrimination due to various reasons has been felt by four out of ten households in the Leyte Metro WD. Specifically, about one third of the households have sensed discrimination in their community because of their social status. Disability has been perceived only by less than one percent of the households to be a reason for being discriminated.


150

Table 30: Household Access to Health Insurance Benefits and Other Forms of Assistance

Indicators Percent

Percent of households with at least one member who is a member of PhilHealth or has any health insurance coverage

61.8%

Percent of households with at least one member who has received any form of assistance for health expenses

27.3%

N Cases 385 Sixty two percent of the households in the Leyte Metro WD have at least one member who is a member of PhilHealth or has any health insurance coverage. Moreover, 27% of the households have accessed monetary assistance from people or other institutions to cover medical expenses at the time of sickness of their member(s).


151

Table 31. Membership in Community Organizations and Voting Exercise

Indicators Percent

Percent of households with at least one member who is a member of any community organization

38.2%

Percent of households with at least one member who is a member of the following organizations:

Homeowners’ association 0.3%

Cooperative 12.2%

Women’s association 4.9%

Savings association 5.7%

Religious organization 6.2%

Other organizations 12.7%

N Cases 385

Percent of households whose eligible members have voted during the last election

93.2%

N Cases 385

Reasons of household member(s) for having not voted during the last election

Not registered 52.4%

Not interested 9.5%

Busy 4.8%

Sick or away during the election 33.3%

N Cases 21 A little less than four out of ten households in the Leyte Metro WD have at least one member who is a member of any community organization. The most popular organizations participated in by the household members are the cooperatives, religious organizations and women’s associations. Other community organizations cited include political organizations and senior citizens’ clubs. Ninety three percent of the households in the Leyte Metro WD have at least one eligible member who voted during the last election, be it national or local. Of those households with members who did not go to the election polls to cast their votes, the most cited reasons were their not being as registered voters (52%), and illness or physical absence during the election (33%).


152

II. SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF HOUSEHOLDS CLASSIFIED BY TYPE OF HOUSEHOLD: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT

Table 1. Percentage Distribution of Households by Number of Households Living

in the Dwelling Unit

Number of HHs in the dwelling unit

Type of H ousehold

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs 1 95.1% 94.3% 94.5%

2 4.1% 3.8% 3.9%

3 0.8% 1.5% 1.3%

4 or more 0.0% 0.4% 0.3%

N Cases 122 261 383 Occupancy of the dwelling unit by a single household is 95.1% among the connected households and 94.3% among non-connected households. Table 2. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Number of Household

Members

Total number of HH members

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs All members

1-2 5.0% 9.5% 8.1%

3-4 32.2% 33.1% 32.8%

5-6 26.4% 27.0% 26.8%

7-8 19.0% 15.2% 16.4%

9-10 9.9% 11.4% 10.9%

10 or more 7.4% 3.8% 4.9%

Average Household Size 5.97 5.52 5.66

N Cases 121 263 384


153

Table 2. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Number of Household Members (CONTINUATION)

Total number of HH members

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Members 14 years old and below

None 33.9% 27.4% 29.4%

1-2 37.2% 38.8% 38.3%

3-4 19.8% 24.3% 22.9%

5-6 8.3% 7.6% 7.8%

7-8 0.8% 1.9% 1.6%

Average Number of HH members 14 years old & below 1.7 1.9 1.8

N Cases 121 263 384

Members 65 years old or over

None 59.5% 82.1% 75.0%

1-2 39.7% 17.5% 24.5%

3-4 0.8% 0.4% 0.5%

5 or more 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

N Cases 121 263 384

The average size of WD-connected households is about 6, and a lower 5.5 for the non-connected households. There are more non-connected households (72.6%) than connected households (66.1%) with members who are below 15 years old. On the other hand, more connected households (40.5%) have at least one elderly member compared to the non-connected households (17.9%).


154

Table 3. Percentage Distribution of Households by Length of Stay in the Barangay

Number of years in the barangay

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Less than 10 years 18.0% 25.2% 22.9%

10-19 years 24.6% 27.9% 26.8%

20-29 years 26.2% 16.8% 19.8%

30-39 years 12.3% 11.8% 12.0%

40-49 years 4.1% 7.6% 6.5%

50 years or over 14.8% 10.7% 12.0%

Average length of stay in the barangay 27 years 23 years 24 years

N Cases 122 262 384 Average length of stay of WD-connected households in the barangays where they currently reside is 27 years -- four years longer than those of the non-connected households (23 years). Table 4. Percentage Distribution of Households by Average Total Monthly

Household Income (in Pesos)

Total monthly income of the HH

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Less than P 5,000 7.4% 15.3% 12.8%

P 5,000 - 9,999 33.6% 43.1% 40.1%

P 10,000 - 14,999 23.8% 19.5% 20.8%

P 15,000 - 19,999 14.8% 9.9% 11.5%

P 20,000 - 29,999 9.8% 4.2% 6.0%

P 30,000 - 39,999 7.4% 4.6% 5.5%

P 40,000 - 49,999 0.8% 1.5% 1.3%

P 50,000 and over 2.5% 1.9% 2.1%

Average Total Monthly Household Income P 15,109 P 12,136 P 13,080

N Cases 122 262 384 Higher average income is evident among connected households (P15,109) as compared to non-connected households (P12,136).


155

Table 5. Percentage Distribution of Households by Average Total Monthly Household Expenditure (in Pesos)

Total Monthly Household Expenditure

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Less than P3,000 2.5% 10.0% 7.7%

P3,000 - 4,999 8.4% 13.5% 11.9%

P5,000 - 9,999 40.3% 44.4% 43.1%

P10,000 - 14,999 21.8% 17.8% 19.0%

P15,000 - 19,999 16.0% 4.2% 7.9%

P20,000 - 29,999 5.9% 6.9% 6.6%

P30,000 - 49,999 5.0% 1.9% 2.9%

P50,000 or over 0.0% 1.2% 0.8%

Average total monthly household expenditure (in Pesos) P 12,151 P 9,898 P 10,608

N Cases

119 259 378 Consistent with their average incomes, connected households have higher average expenditure of P12,151 per month compared to the non-connected households with just P9,898 per month. Majority of the households spend less than P15,000 a month. Table 6. Percentage Distribution of Households by Average Total Monthly

Household Savings (in Pesos)

Average Total Monthly Savings

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs None 57.9% 54.0% 55.2%

Less than P1,000 20.7% 25.5% 24.0%

P1,000 - 1,999 11.6% 7.6% 8.9%

P2,000 - 2,999 5.8% 6.5% 6.3%

P3,000 - 3,999 0.8% 2.3% 1.8%

P4,000 – 4,999 0.8% 1.5% 1.3%

P5,000 or over 2.5% 2.7% 2.6%

N Cases 121 263 384 More than half, or 57.9% of connected households and 54% of non-connected households, do not have savings. However, a higher percentage of non-connected households (46%) are able to save money compared to the connected households (42.1%).


156

Table 7. Percentage Distribution of Households by Sex of the Household Head

Sex of the Household Head

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Male 77.0% 86.3% 83.4%

Female 23.0% 13.7% 16.6%

N Cases 122 263 385 Majority of the households are male-headed. There are more non-connected households (86.3%) that are headed by male compared to the connected households (77%). Conversely, the proportion of female-headed households is higher among connected households (23%) than in non connected households (13.7%). Table 8. Percentage Distribution of Households by Highest Grade Completed by

the Household Head

Highest Grade Completed by the Household Head

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs No schooling 0.8% 2.7% 2.1%

Elementary 23.3% 37.5% 33.0%

High School 42.5% 40.5% 41.2%

Vocational training 1.7% 1.9% 1.8%

College and over 31.7% 17.4% 21.9%

N Cases 120 259 379 High proportion of households, 42.5% of connected households and 40.5% of non-connected households, has household heads with high school education. Significantly, a higher percentage of 31.7% household heads of connected households are highly educated compared to the 19.3% of non-connected households. This implies higher educational attainment among the heads of connected households.


157

Table 9. Percentage Distribution of Households by Current Occupation of the Household Head

Current Occupation of the Household Head

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Farming or fishing 6.6% 24.0% 18.4%

Own business 25.4% 14.1% 17.7%

Government employee 11.5% 7.6% 8.8%

Private employee 14.8% 12.2% 13.0%

Temporary laborer 4.1% 6.1% 5.5%

Street vendor 1.6% 2.3% 2.1%

Retired/Pensioner 15.6% 1.9% 6.2%

Unemployed 5.7% 4.6% 4.9%

Others 14.8% 27.4% 23.4%

N Cases 122 263 385 Apparently, more household heads in non-connected households (24%) are engaged in agriculture-related occupations compared to those of connected households (6.6%). There are also more temporary laborers and street vendor (8.4%) in non-connected household than in connected households (5.7%). In terms of formal employment, 26.3% of the connected household heads and 19.8% of non-connected households have household heads who are employed in the government and private offices. A quarter of the connected households are engaged in business while a lower percentage of 14.1 of non-connected household are in the same occupation. More connected households (15.5%) rely on pensions than non-connected households (1.9%). A higher percentage of 5.7% of household heads in connected households are unemployed as compared to 4.6% in non-connected households. Table 10. Percentage Distribution of Households by Ownership Status of the House

Occupied

Ownership Status of the House

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs House owner 90.2% 88.6% 89.1%

Caretaker 0.8% 0.8% 0.8%

Rent-free occupant 3.3% 3.4% 3.4%

Renter 4.1% 6.5% 5.7%

Others: relatives, etc 1.6% 0.8% 1.0%

N Cases 122 263 385 Majority of the households own the house they occupy. This is indicated by the percentage of 90.2% in connected households and 88.6% in non-connected households. Lesser proportion of connected households (9.8%) does not own the houses they live in as compared to 11.4% of non-connected households.


158

Table 11. Percentage Distribution of Households by Ownership Status of the Lot on

which House is Built

Ownership Status of the Lot

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Owned 50.8% 37.3% 41.6%

Caretaker 2.5% 6.8% 5.5%

Rented/Leased 13.1% 20.5% 18.2%

Common property with other family members or relatives 8.2% 7.2% 7.5%

Government land 18.9% 18.6% 18.7%

Others 6.6% 9.5% 8.6%

N Cases 122 263 385 Evidently, a higher proportion of the connected households (50.8%) own the lots on which their houses are built, compared to the 37.3% of non-connected households. Almost nineteen percent in both groups are residing on lots owned by the government. There are more non-connected households who are renters and caretakers (27.3%) than those in connected households (15.6%). Table 12. Percentage Distribution of Households by Type of Building/House

Type of building/house

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Single 92.6% 95.1% 94.3%

Duplex 6.6% 4.9% 5.5%

Apartment/condominium/ townhouse 0.8% 0.0% 0.3%

Commercial/industrial/ agricultural bldg 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Others 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

N Cases 122 263 385 Single detached type of homes describes the more than ninety percent of the dwelling units of connected and non-connected households. A few houses are of the duplex, apartment/ condominium/townhouse type of structure.


159

Table 13. Percentage Distribution of Households by Materials that Predominantly Make Up the Dwelling Unit

Observed materials that make up the dwelling unit

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Strong materials 25.4% 11.0% 15.6%

Light materials 7.4% 23.2% 18.2%

Mixed but predominantly strong materials 43.4% 29.7% 34.0%

Mixed but predominantly light materials 23.0% 33.8% 30.4%

Salvaged/makeshift materials 0.8% 1.9% 1.6%

Mixed but predominantly salvaged materials 0.0% 0.4% 0.3%

N Cases 122 263 385

More connected households (68.8%) live in dwelling units made up of strong and mixed but predominantly strong materials as opposed to 40.7% of the non-connected households. Houses made up of light and mixed but predominantly light materials are observed more in non-connected households (57%) than in connected households (30.4%). Table 14. Percentage Distribution of Households by Primary Sources of Water

(Multiple Responses)

Primary Source of Water

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Piped connection 100.0% 63.5% 75.1%

Public/Street faucet 0.0% 17.5% 11.9%

Deep well 0.0% 1.1% 0.8%

Shallow well 8.2% 64.6% 46.8%

Spring/River/Pond/Stream 0.0% 0.8% 0.5%

Rain 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Water vendors 2.5% 7.2% 5.7%

N Cases 122 263 385 Aside from sourcing water from their own piped connection, a few connected households obtain additional water from shallow wells (8.2%) and water vendors (2.5%). Non-connected households get water from piped connection of other households (63.5%), shallow wells (64.6%), public faucet (17.5%), water vendors (7.2%), deep well (1.1%) and spring/river/pond/stream (.8%).


160

Table 15. Percentage Distribution of Households by Type of Toilet Facility

Type of Toilet Facility

Type of Household

Total

WD-connected

HHs

Non-connected

HHs Water-sealed (flush or pourflush)

connected to septic tank 84.4% 63.9% 70.4%

Water-sealed (flush or pourflush) connected to pit 7.4% 18.3% 14.8%

Water-sealed (flush or pourflush) connected to drainage 1.6% 1.1% 1.3%

Non-water sealed (ventilated improved pit, sanitary pit privy, closed pit) 5.7% 7.2% 6.8%

Non-water sealed (open pit privy, overhang) 0.0% 0.4% 0.3%

Shared toilet 0.0% 6.1% 4.2%

Public toilet 0.0% 0.4% 0.3%

No toilet (wrap and throw, arinola, bush, sea/marshland , river 0.8% 2.7% 2.1%

N Cases 122 263 385 Data indicates more hygienic toilet practice among the connected households, as 84.4% of connected households use water-sealed toilets connected to septic tanks compared to the 63.9% of non-connected household using the same toilet facility. Other types of toilet facilities are used more by non-connected (33.5%) than connected households (14.7%). There are a few households, however, with no toilet (2.7% of non-connected households and 0.8% of connected households).


161

III. WATER CONSUMPTION AND PREFERENCES OF WD-CONNECTED HOUSEHOLDS: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT

Table 1. Percentage Distribution of Households by Reason for Water Connection

Reasons Percent

Convenience 96.7%

Health safeguard against water-borne diseases 27.0%

Reliability of water supply 31.1%

Status symbol (lifestyle) 1.6%

Inadequacy of other sources 4.9%

Cheaper 13.9%

N Cases 122 Almost all of the households in Leyte Metro WD (97%) identified convenience as their leading reason for water connection. The other main reasons for water connection as cited by households are reliability of water supply (31%) and as safeguard against water-borne diseases (27%). Table 2. Volume and Cost of Water Consumption of WD-Connected Households

Amount N Cases Average WD water

consumed by connected household per month (in Cubic Meters)

22.0 cu. m. 120

Average monthly water bill that WD-connected household pays (In Pesos)

P 468.30 121

On the average, the monthly volume of water consumption by households in Leyte Metro WD is 22 cubic meters and their monthly water bill is P468.


162

Table 3. Average Volume of Additional Water from Other Sources Used by WD-Connected Households (In gallons per day)

Source Average Volume (gal/day) N Cases

Public faucet - -

Private deep well 14.0 1

Private shallow well 19.3 3

Spring/River/ Stream/ Pond

- -

Rain 20.0 1

Water vendors 1.0 1

Purified water refilling station

4.8 9

The leading additional water sources in terms of average daily volume among Leyte Metro WD households are rain and private shallow well at a daily average of 20 and 19 gallons, respectively. Private deep wells and purified water refilling stations are the other water sources among connected households using on average, 14 and 5 gallons per day, respectively. Table 4. Average Cost per Day (in Pesos) of Additional Water Collected from Other

Sources of WD-connected Households

Source Average Cost (Pesos/day) N Cases

Public faucet - -


Private shallow well - -


- -

Rain - -

Water vendors 4.00 1


23.33 9

The most expensive source of additional water among households in Leyte Metro WD is the purified water refilling station, wherein households spend P23 per day for additional water from this source. The average daily cost of additional water for households in Leyte from water vendors is P4. Average cost of one peso per day is estimated for additional water collected from private deep wells in the area.


163

Table 5. Average Time Consumed (in minutes per day) to Collect Additional Water from Other Sources by WD-connected Households

Source Average Time (min/day) N Cases

Public faucet - -




- -

Rain 30.0 1



29.6 8

It takes a little less than four hours (221minutes) on average for WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD to get additional water from private shallow well, which is the source of water that gives the longest time consumed to collect additional water. WD-connected households who get additional water from purified water refilling stations and from rain spend 30 minutes daily, on the average, in collecting water from these sources. Table 6. Average Distance (in meters) of Other Water Sources from the Dwelling

Unit of WD-connected Household

Source Average Distance (in meters) N Cases

Public faucet - -




- -



274.3 7

On the average, purified water refilling stations and water vendors are 274 and 100 meters away, respectively, from the dwelling units of WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD. On the other hand, the average distance of private deep well and private shallow well is less than ten meters from the WD-connected households.


164

Table 7. Percentage Distribution of Households by Number of Other Households/ Families Using Water from Their Piped Water Connection

Indicators Percent

% of Households providing piped water to neighbors/ relatives 23.0%

N Cases 122

Number of other households/families using water from piped water

1 household/family 28.6%

2 households/families 10.7%



5 or more households/ families 35.6%

N Cases 28 About one-fourth of the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (23%) share their piped water to neighbors or relatives. Among these households providing piped water to neighbor or relatives, about three in ten share piped water with one household/family (29%), and another three in ten (29%) with two and three households/families, Interestingly, a big proportion (43%) of these households share their piped water with four or more households/families. Table 8. Percentage Distribution of Households by Availability of Piped Water

during Ordinary Days (Number of Hours in a Day)

Availability of piped water during ordinary days Percent

Less than 5 hours a day 1.6%

5-9 hours a day 5.7%




24 hours a day 83.6%

N Cases 122 More than four out of five WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (84%) enjoy a 24-hour piped water supply during ordinary days. Conversely, less than one-fifth of the WD-connected households in the area (16%) miss this round-the-clock availability of piped water.


165

Table 9. Percentage Distribution of Households by Availability of Piped Water during Ordinary Days (Number of Days in a Week)

Availability of piped water

during ordinary days Percent

3 days in a week 0.0%



7 days a week 99.2%

N Cases 122 Almost all of the WD-connected households in the Leyte Metro WD (99%) have available supply of piped water seven days of the week. Table 10. Percentage Distribution of Households by Availability of Piped Water

during Summer (Number of Days in a Week)

Availability of piped water during summer Percent





7 days a week 96.7%

No information -

N Cases 122 Even during the summer season, almost all of the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (97%) enjoy the availability of water seven days a week. Table 11. Percentage Distribution of Households by Availability of Piped Water

during Rainy Season (Number of Days in a Week)

Availability of piped water during rainy season Percent






Everyday of the week 98.3%

N Cases 121


166

Almost all of WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (98%) enjoy the availability of water seven days of the week during the rainy season. Table 12. Percentage Distribution of Households by Level of Satisfaction on the

Quality of Piped Water

Level of Satisfaction Percent

Taste

Extremely unsatisfied 0.8%

Moderately unsatisfied 7.4%

Moderately satisfied 63.9%

Extremely satisfied 25.4%

Neither satisfied nor unsatisfied 2.5%

Smell






Color





Neither satisfied nor unsatisfied 6.6% Table 12. Percentage Distribution of Households by Level of Satisfaction on the Quality of Piped Water (CONTINUATION)


Overall quality of water






N Cases 121 In general, almost all of the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (94%) are satisfied, either moderately or extremely, with the overall quality of their piped water. There are slight differences in the satisfaction level of WD-connected households when asked about the four aspects of water quality, i.e., taste, smell, and color. About nine in every ten households in Leyte Metro WD are moderately or extremely satisfied with the taste (89%)


167

and color (87%) of their piped water. Almost all of the WD-connected households in this district (94%) reported satisfaction with the smell of their piped water. Table 13. Percentage Distribution of Households Using Pump to Increase Pressure,

Description of Current Pressure of Piped Water, Sufficiency of Water from Piped Connection, and Percentage with Storage Tank

Indicators Percent

Percent of households using pump to increase the pressure of piped water

0.8%

N Cases 119

Description of current pressure of the household’s piped water

Very adequate 4.9%

Adequate 68.0%

Poor 24.6%

Very poor 2.5%

N Cases 119 A negligible proportion of the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (<1%) use pump to increase the pressure of their piped water, and this is supported by the fact that most of these households (73%) described their piped water pressure to be either very adequate or adequate. Table 13. Percentage Distribution of Households Using Pump to Increase Pressure,

Description of Current Pressure of Piped Water, Sufficiency of Water from Piped Connection, and Percentage with Storage Tank (CONTINUATION)

Indicators Percent

Percent of households who said that water received from piped connection is sufficient for basic domestic needs

87.6%

N Cases 121

Percent of households willing to get additional water needs from the WD piped connection

50.0%

N Cases 12

Percent of households with storage tank 0.0%

N Cases 122


168

Most of the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (88%) recognized sufficiency of piped water for their basic domestic needs. On the other hand, half of the WD-connected households who perceive insufficiency of piped water for basic domestics needs (50%) are willing to get additional piped water from WD connection. None of the WD-households in Leyte Metro WD reported to have water storage tanks. Table 14. Percentage Distribution of Households with at Least One Member who

Suffered from Water-related Diseases during the Past Year and Percentage of Households Treating Water from the Faucet

Indicators Percent

Percent of households with at least one member who suffered from water-related diseases during the past year (April 2008-March 2009)

4.1%

N Cases 122

Percent of households that treat water from the faucet before drinking

11.8%

N Cases 119 Very few of the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (<5%) have at least one household member who suffered water-related diseases from April, 2008 to March, 2009. A little more than one-tenth of the WD-connected households in Leyte district (12%) treat their water from the faucet before drinking. Table 15A. Service Performance Rating of the Leyte Metro WD by Connected

Households

Performance Rating Percent

Continuity of water supply

Very Poor 4.1%

Poor 19.7%

Neutral 4.9%

Good 69.7%

Very Good 1.6%

Reliability of water meter

Very Poor 0.0%

Poor 6.6%

Neutral 11.5%

Good 78.7%

Very Good 3.3%

N Cases 122 Seven out of ten WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (71%) rate the continuity of their water supply from good to very good. Meanwhile, more than four-fifths of the WD-


169

connected households in this district (82%) rate the reliability of their water meter as very good or good. It is interesting to note that more than one-tenth of the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (12%) remained neutral when rating the reliability of their water meter. Table 15B. Service Performance Rating of the Leyte Metro WD by Connected

Households (CONTINUATION)

Performance Rating Percent

Regularity of billing and collection Very Poor 3.3%

Poor 2.5%

Neutral 3.3%

Good 82.8%

Very Good 8.2%

Response to customer complaints

Very Poor 6.6%

Poor 13.9%

Neutral 20.5%

Good 55.7%

Very Good 3.3%

Repair time/services

Very Poor 6.6%

Poor 13.9%

Neutral 14.8%

Good 62.3%

Very Good 2.5%

Overall water supply service

Very Poor 1.6%

Poor 9.8%

Neutral 7.4%

Good 75.4%

Very Good 5.7%

N Cases 122 The water district of Metro Leyte is rated as good to very good in terms of regularity of billing and collection by nine out of ten WD-connected households in the area (91%). Meanwhile, almost three in every five WD-connected households in the district (59%) rate the response to customer complaints to be either good or very good while more than three-fifth of these households (65%) have the same positive rating on repair services. For the overall water


170

supply service of Leyte Metro WD, four out of five WD-connected households (81%) rate it good to very good while one-tenth (11%) have a negative rating (poor to very poor). Table 16. Amount of Monthly Water Bill that WD-connected Households are

Willing to Pay to Access Improved Water Supply Services

Amount willing to pay: Percent

P1,000/month 0.0%

P 900/month 2.2%

P 800/month 0.0%

P 700/month 0.0%

P 600/month 1.1%

P 500/month 6.5%

P 450/month 1.1%

P 400/month 2.2%

P 350/month 2.2%

P 300/month 7.6%

P 250/month 4.3%

P 200/month 14.0%

P150/month 58.1%

Average Amount of Monthly Water Bill Willing to Pay P 229.05

N Cases 93 On the average, the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD are willing to pay a monthly water bill of P229. A great majority of the WD-connected households in Leyte (72%) are willing to pay P200 or less to access improved water supply services. On the other hand, few the WD-connected households (12%) are willing to spend P250 to P300 for improved water supply services while some (16%) are willing to pay more than P300. None of the WD-connected households in the area are willing to pay P1,000 to access an improved water supply service.


171

Table 17: Reason(s) of Households for Staying Connected with Piped Water System (Multiple Responses)

Reason for staying connected Percent

Convenience 6.8%

Really want/need the improved water service 65.0%

Worried about the health risks of drinking water from other sources 27.4%

Increased water bill is not too high 10.3%

N Cases 117 The leading motivation of WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD for staying connected with the piped water system is their perceived need for improved existing water supply service as conveyed by a great majority of WD-connected households in the district (65%). The other reasons for staying connected with piped water system given by the WD-connected households are the health risks posed by consuming water from other sources (27%), their perceived not too high increase in water bill (10%), and convenience (7%). Table 18. Aspects of WD Services that Households Want to be Improved (Multiple

Responses)

Aspe ct of WD Services Percent

Water pressure 44.4%

Complaints handling 8.5%

Reduced water rates 19.7%

Repairs 7.7%

Billing 2.6%

Quality of water/ clean water 7.9%

Maintenance of pipes 2.8%

N Cases 117 Many of the WD-connected households in Leyte Metro WD reported water pressure (44%) and reduced water rates (20%) and as the leading aspects of WD water services they want to be improved. The other aspects of WD services that other WD-connected households in the area perceive to need improvements are complaints-handling (9%), quality of water (8%) and repairs (8%).


172

IV. WATER CONSUMPTION AND PREFERENCES OF NON-CONNECTED HOUSEHOLDS: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT Table 1A. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Source of

Water for Various Uses

Water Source Percent

Drinking

Piped water (not own connection) 62.0%

Public faucet 16.7%

Private deep well 0.4%

Private shallow well 11.4%

Spring/River/ Stream/ Pond 0.0%

Water vendors & peddlers 8.4%

Open dug well 1.1%

Cooking


Public faucet 16.4%




Rain 0.0%


Open dug well 1.1%

N Cases 263 Six in every ten non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (62%) source their drinking water from piped connection which is not their own. A few of the non-connected households get their drinking water from public faucet (17%) and from private shallow well (11%). Very few of the non-connected households in the area identified water vendors and peddlers (8%) as their source of drinking water. As for water used for cooking, three-fifths of the non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (59%) reported getting it from piped water (not their own connection). A considerable group of these non-connected households in the district named private shallow well (20%) and public faucet (16%) as their main source of water used for cooking.


173

Table 1B. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Source of Water for Various Uses (CONTINUATION)


Bathing


Public faucet 6.9%




Rain 0.0%


Open dug well 3.4%

Gardening


Public faucet 2.7%




Rain 0.0%


Open dug well 4.7%

N Cases 263 Among the available sources of water for non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD, private shallow well is identified to be the lead source of water used for bathing as reported by a great majority of non-connected households in the area (68%). Same source was reported as the main source for water used for gardening as reported by eight out of ten non-connected households (83%). A considerable few of the non-connected households in the district get their bathing water (21%) from piped water but not their own connection. Only a few of these households in the area (6%) claimed to get water used for gardening from piped water which is not their own.


174

Table 1C: Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Source of Water for Various Uses (CONTINUATION)


Cleaning


Public faucet 7.6%




Rain 0.0%


Open dug well 2.7%

N Cases 263 About three-fourths of the non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (74%) claimed they collect water used for cleaning from private shallow wells. Piped water but not their own is another source of water used for cleaning as reported by 15% of the non-connected households in the area. Table 2. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households Paying for Supply of

Piped Water from Other Household’s Connection

Indicators Percent

Percent of households paying for supply of piped water from other’s connection

89.0%

N Cases 173

To whom paying

Neighbor/Relative who has own WD piped connection 85.4%

Barangay association 14.6%

N Cases 151 About nine out of ten non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (89%) that access piped connection from others are paying for that piped water supply. Eighty five percent of these households are paying either to a neighbor or a relative who has WD-piped connection while the other 15% are paying to their barangay association.


175

Table 3. Reasons of Non-connected Households for Not Being Connected to the Piped Water System (Multiple Responses)

Reason for not being

connected Percent

Connection is not available 36.9%

Connection fee too high 41.4%

Present water source is adequate & satisfactory 4.6%

Monthly charges too high 23.6%

House is being rented 17.5%

Disconnected 6.5%

WD piped water not safe/clean 2.7%

Waiting list for connection 4.6%

N Cases 263 The high connection fee leads as a reason for not being connected to piped water as gleaned from the responses of four out of ten non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (41%). The other leading reasons for not being connected to piped water are the unavailability of water connection, high monthly charges and being just house renters as reported by 37%, 24% and 18% of the non-connected households, respectively. Table 4. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by

Perceived/Observed Availability of Water Service in their Household

Indicator Percent

Perceived/Observed availability of water service in the household

Sufficient all year round 62.4%

Insufficient during dry season 1.5%

Insufficient sometimes 21.7%

Insufficient mostly 12.2%

No information 2.3%

N Cases 263

Percent of non-connected households with storage tank 0.4%

N Cases 261 Three in every five non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (62%) perceive that availability of water service in the household is sufficient all year round. Some of the non-connected households in the area (12%) reported that water is mostly insufficient. Even with the considerable group of non-connected households who claimed insufficiency of water supply at certain times, almost nil (<1%) have water storage tanks.


176

Table 5. Average Volume of Water Consumption of Non-connected Households by

Type of Use (In gallons per day)

Type of Use Volume of Water Consumption

(gallons/day) N Cases Minimum Maximum Average

Drinking 0.53 30.00 3.28 261

Cooking 0.53 30.00 4.21 259

Bathing 5.00 171.00 27.64 258

Gardening 0.25 80.00 9.25 143

Cleaning 0.50 105.68 13.23 259 In general, among non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD, more water is used in bathing with a daily average household consumption of 28 gallons. Other fundamental uses of water among non-connected households are cleaning and gardening, with a daily average consumption of 13 and nine gallons per household, respectively. The average daily water consumption of non-connected households for cooking and drinking are four and three gallons, respectively. Table 6. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Persons Usually

Fetching Water from the Source

Person(s) usually fetching water from source Percent

Adult male household member(s) 43.3%

Adult female household member(s) 11.8%

Children 24.4%

Anyone available 20.6%

N Cases 238 Two in every five non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (43%) claimed that adult male household members are the usual fetchers of water from its source. Meanwhile, about one-fourth of the non-connected households in the district (24%) claim that the persons usually fetching water from its source are the younger household members.


177

Table 7. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Means of Transporting Water

Means of transport Percent

Water truck 0.9%

Tricycle 7.3%

Carry using pail/open containers 26.9%

Carry using closed containers 53.4%

Pipe or water hose connected to neighbor 1.3%

Carry using both closed & open containers 9.0%

Bicycle/Motorcycle 0.4%

Own car/jeepney 0.4%

Push cart 0.4%

N Cases 234 More than half of the non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (53%) carry water using closed containers from the water source to their dwelling units. Meanwhile, more than one-fourth of non-connected households in the district (27%) carry water using pail or any other open containers in transporting water. A negligible proportion of non-connected households in the district (<5%) use pipe or water hose connected to a neighbor. Table 8. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Total Spent

Collecting Water per Day (In number of hours) and Schedule of Collecting

Indicators Percent

Total time spent

0.5 – 1 hour 80.0%

1.1 – 2 hours 5.6%

2- 4 hours 7.2%

5 hours or more 7.2%

N Cases 250

Schedule of collecting

Morning 15.4%

Evening 6.7%

Afternoon 3.8%

Anytime 74.2%

N Cases 240


178

Four out of five non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (80%) spend half of an hour to an hour per day in collecting water. Some non-connected households (20%) spend more than an hour daily in collecting water. For about three in every four non-connected households in Leyte (74%), there is no particular time of the day scheduled for water collection as they do it anytime, although a considerable group of non-connected households in the district (15%) prefer to collect water in the morning.

Table 9: Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Level of Satisfaction on the Quality of Water from their Current Sources


Taste






Smell






Color












N Cases 260 Almost all of the non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (96%) are satisfied moderately or extremely with the overall quality of their water. When rating the different aspects of water quality such as taste, smell and color, the level of satisfaction of most


179

households in the district slightly differs, with lesser households satisfied with the color of their water. Most of the non-connected households in this district affirmed their satisfaction with the taste (92%), smell (92%) and color (87%) of their water. Table 10. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households with at Least One

Member who Suffered from Water-related Diseases during the Past Year and Percentage of Households Treating Water from the Faucet

Indicators Percent

Percent of households with at least one member who suffered from water-related diseases during the past year (April 2008-March 2009)

14.4%

N Cases 263

% of HH with at least one adult member who got sick with:

Diarrhea 3.0%

Amoebiasis 0.8%

Gastroenteritis 0.0%

Dysentery 0.4%

Skin diseases 0.0%

N Cases 263

% of HH with at least one child member who got sick with:

Diarrhea 9.5%

Amoebiasis 1.5%

Typhoid fever 0.0%

N Cases 263

Average number of days sick with:

Diarrhea 3.8 (30 cases)

Amoebiasis 5.2 (6 cases)

Dysentery 1.0 (1 case)

Average cost of medication for:

Diarrhea P 1,788

Amoebiasis P 7,517

Dysentery P 30

Percent of households that treat water from the faucet before drinking

17.9%

N Cases 263


180

A considerable group of non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (14%) have a member who suffered from water-related diseases mainly diarrhea and amoebiasis during the past year, from April 2008 to March 2009. Those who suffered from diarrhea and amoebiasis were sick for four and five days on average, respectively. The average spending for medication of those who suffered diarrhea and amoebiasis is P1,800 and P7,500, respectively. Only about one-fifth of the non-connected households in the district (18%) treat water from the faucet before drinking. Table 11. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households Willing to Connect

to the WD Water Supply System

Indicators Percent

Percent of non-connected households willing to connect with the existing water supply system 70.2%

N Cases 262

Percent of non-connected households willing to connect if existing water supply system will be improved (out of the households who do not want to connect to the existing water supply system)

5.1%

N Cases 78

Absolute proportion of non-connected households willing to connect to the water supply system 71.7%

N Cases 262 Seven in every ten non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD (70%) are willing to connect with the existing district water supply system. Among the 30% of non-connected households in this district who do not want to connect to the existing water supply system, very few (5%) are willing to connect if improvements were to be made on the existing system. On the whole, improved or not improved, almost three-fourths of non-connected households in the area (72%) are willing to have their own connection with the piped water system.


181

Table 12: Reasons of Non-connected Households for Their Willingness/ Unwillingness to Connect to the WD Piped Water System (Multiple

Responses)

Indicator Percent

Reason for willingness to connect

Convenience 56.4%

Really want/need the improved water service 54.8%

Worried about the health risks of the water from current source 23.9%

Water bill is not too high 17.6%

N Cases 188

Reason for unwillingness to connect

Happy with our existing water source 31.1%

Monthly water bill is too high 55.4%

Connection charge is too high 58.1%

Do not own land/house occupied 20.3%

Do not really want/need the improved service 2.7%

Not worried about the health risks from my existing water source 1.4%

N Cases 74 Convenience (56%) and the need for improved water service (55%) are the leading reasons of more than half of the non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD if they were to avail of piped water connection. About a quarter of the non-connected households in the area (24%) claimed they will get piped water connection to minimize health worries with their current water source. The reason of other non-connected households in the district (18%) for connecting to a piped water system is their perceived inexpensive water bill. The leading causes of reluctance to connect to the existing water supply system are the high connection charges and excessive water bill as cited by 58% and 55% of the non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD. Also, three out of seven the non-connected households in the district (31%) are contented with their current water source, hence their unwillingness to connect to the existing water supply system. Interestingly, one-fifth of the households in the Leyte Metro WD (20%) cited that the reason that keeps them from connecting to the existing water supply system is the fact that they do not own the land and the house they are currently occupying.


182

Table 13: Amount of Monthly Water Bill that Non-connected Households are Willing to Pay to Access Improved Water Supply Services

Amount willing to pay: Percent

P1,000/month 2.4%

P 900/month 1.8%

P 800/month 4.1%

P 700/month 0.0%

P 600/month 1.2%

P 500/month 7.1%

P 450/month 1.2%

P 400/month 1.8%

P 350/month 1.2%

P 300/month 7.1%

P 250/month 7.6%

P 200/month 18.2%

P150/month 47.1%

Average Amount of Monthly Water Bill Willing to Pay P 279.85

N Cases 170 In general, the average amount of monthly water bill that non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD are willing to pay is estimated to be at P280. Most of the non-connected households who are willing to pay if they were to connect to the water district (65%) are willing to pay in the range of P150 to P200 per month. Thirty-five percent of these non-connected households in the area are willing to pay P250 to P1,000 per month. Table 14. Willingness to Connect by Total Household Monthly Income among Non-

connected Households

Total household monthly income

Percent of HHs willing to connect

N cases

No income - -

Less than P5,000 52.5% 40

P5,000 - 9,999 64.3% 112

P10,000 - 14,999 80.4% 51

P15,000 - 19,999 84.6% 26

P20,000 - 29,999 81.8% 11

P30,000 - 39,999 83.3% 12

P40,000 - 49,999 100.0% 4

P50,000 or more 100.0% 5

Total 70.2% 262


183

There seems to be a distinct pattern in the willingness of non-connected households to connect with the current water supply system when they are grouped according to total household monthly income. More non-connected households belonging to the higher income groups are willing to connect to the existing water supply system. A little more than half of the non-connected households in Leyte Metro WD with less than P5,000 monthly income (53%) are willing to connect to the current water supply system. Meanwhile, 64% of non-connected households in the district that belong to the P5,000-P9,999 income bracket declared their willingness to connect to the existing water supply system. About four in every five households that have monthly income in the range of P10,000 to P39,999 are willing to connect to the existing water supply system. Practically all of the non-connected households who have a monthly income of P40,000 or more are willing to connect to the existing water supply system.


184

V. WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION PREFERENCES BY SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS OF HOUSEHOLDS: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT Table 1. Socio-Economic Status of Households

Socio-Economic Status Percent Poor 22.6% Non-poor 77.4%

N Cases 385 For this study, classification of households according to socio-economic status was done using the 2007 per capita poverty thresholds – such that those that fall below the poverty threshold are categorized as poor, and conversely, those above the threshold level are considered non-poor. Different threshold levels are used corresponding to the geographic location. The average threshold level for all areas in this study was used for Leyte, and it is estimated at P12,951. Results show that there are more non-poor households (77%) in Leyte Metro WD compared to the poor households (23%). Table 2. Percentage Distribution of Households by Household Headship by Socio-

Economic Status

SE Status Total

Poor Non-poor

Male-headed 87.4% 82.2% 83.4% Female-headed 12.6% 17.8% 16.6%

N Cases 87 298 385 Households in Leyte Metro WD, regardless of their socio-economic status, are mostly headed by males. However, it can be gleaned from the above table that male-headship is more prevalent among the poor households (87%) compared to the non-poor households (82%). Table 3. Percentage of Households by Water Pipe Connection Status by Socio-

Economic Status

SE Status status Total Poor Non-poor

WD-Connected 21.8% 34.6% 31.7% Non-connected 78.2% 65.4% 68.3%

N Cases 87 298 385

Even with the low water supply coverage among households in Leyte Metro WD, piped water connection between poor and non-poor households reflects a disparity. There are more non-poor households in the Leyte (35%) that is WD-connected compared to the poor households (22%).


185

Table 4. Preference for Septage System Improvement by Socio-economic Status of

Households

Indicator SE Status

Total Poor Non-poor

Percent of HHs that would like to improve septage system 24.0% 26.7% 25.7%

N Cases 121 225 346

Type of improvement preferred

Installation of septic tank 40.0% 35.5% 36.6%

Improvement/ rehabilitation of existing septic tank 57.1% 57.9% 57.7%

De-sludging of septic tank 31.4% 47.7% 43.7%

N Cases 35 107 142

Percent of households willing to pay for:

Installation of septic tank 36.7% 34.3% 34.9%

N cases 30 99 129

Improvement/ rehabilitation of existing septic tank 44.1% 44.8% 44.6%

N cases 34 105 139

De-sludging of septic tank 30.0% 49.5% 45.0%

N Cases 30 99 129 Household socio-economic status does not seem to influence the desire of Leyte Metro WD households for an improved septage system. There is a slight difference of three percentage points between poor and non-poor households (24% poor households and 27% non-poor households) that would like to improve their current septage system. There are differences in the type of improvements preferred by poor and non-poor households in Leyte Metro WD. More poor households in the area have preference for installation of septic tank (40%). Meanwhile, almost the same proportion of poor (57%) and non-poor (58%) households prefer the rehabilitation of existing septic tank. Moreover, de-sludging services are preferred by more non-poor households (48%). As expected, more poor households in Leyte Metro WD (37%) are willing to pay for the installation of a septic tank. Almost the same fraction of poor (44%) and non-poor (45%) households in the area are willing to spend for the improvement of their existing septic tanks, while there are more non-poor households in the area that are willing to pay for the de-sludging of their septic tanks (50%).


186

Table 5. Willingness to Connect to the Existing/Improved Water Supply System by Socio-Economic Status of Households

Indicator SE Status

Total Poor Non-poor

Percent of non-connected households willing to connect to the existing water supply system

54.4% 75.8% 70.2%

N Cases 68 194 262

Percent of non-connected households willing to connect if existing water supply system will be improved (out of the households who do not want to connect to the existing water supply system)

6.5% 4.3% 5.1%

N Cases 31 47 78

Absolute proportion of non-connected households willing to connect to the water supply system

57.4% 76.8% 71.7%

N Cases 68 194 262 Willingness to connect to the existing piped water system is higher among the non-poor non-connected households (76%) than poor, non-connected households (54%) in Leyte Metro WD. Those who refused to be connected to the existing system were further asked about their willingness to connect if existing water supply system were to be improved. More poor non-connected households (6%) than non-poor, non-connected households (4%) gave positive responses. Generally, improved or not improved existing water supply system, more than three out of four non-poor, non-connected households in Leyte (77%) are willing to have their own connection with the piped water system while more than half of the poor, non-connected households in the district (57%) are willing to be connected to the piped water system.


187

ANNEX 1

Gender Tables

LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT


188

Table 1. Percentage Distribution of Households by Number of Households Occupying the Dwelling Unit by Household Headship

Number of Households

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs 1 95.0 92.2 94.5 2 4.1 3.1 3.9 3 0.6 4.7 1.3

4 or more 0.3 0.0 0.3

N Cases 319 64 383 Table 2. Percentage Distribution of Households by Household Size by Household

Headship

Number of Household Members

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs 1 - 2 6.9 14.1 8.1 3 - 4 31.6 39.1 32.8 5 - 6 29.1 15.6 26.8 7 - 8 17.2 12.5 16.4 9 - 10 11.6 7.8 10.9

More than 10 3.8 10.9 4.9

N Cases 320 64 384 Table 3. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Number of Household

Members 14 Years Old and Below by Household Headship

Number of Household Members 14 Years Old and

Below

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs None 25.3 50.0 29.4 1 - 2 40.3 28.1 38.3 3 - 4 24.4 15.6 22.9 5 - 6 8.4 4.7 7.8 7 - 8 1.6 1.6 1.6 9-10 0.4 0.0 0.3

N Cases 320 64 384


189

Table 4. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Number of Household Members 65 Years Old or Over by Household Headship

Number of Household Members 65 Years Old or Over

HH Headship Total

Male-

headed HHs Female-

headed HHs None 78.4 57.8 75.0 1 - 2 21.3 40.6 24.5 3 - 4 0.3 1.6 0.5

N Cases 320 64 384

Table 5. Percentage Distribution of Households by Length of Stay in the Barangay

by Household Headship

Length of Stay in the Barangay

HH Headship Total

Male-

headed HHs Female-

headed HHs Less than 10 25.6 9.4 22.9 10 – 19 years 28.8 17.2 26.8 20 – 29 years 19.4 21.9 19.8 30 – 39 years 9.7 23.4 12.0 40 – 49 years 6.3 7.8 6.5 More than 50 years 10.3 20.3 12.0

N Cases 320 64 384

Table 6. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Monthly Household Income

by Household Headship

Total Monthly Household Income

HH Headship Total

Male-

headed HHs Female-

headed HHs

Less than P5,000 13.4 9.4 12.8

P5,000 - 9,999 41.9 31.3 40.1

P10,000 - 14,999 19.4 28.1 20.8

P15,000 - 19,999 10.3 17.2 11.5

P20,000 - 29,999 5.6 7.8 6.0

P30,000 - 39,999 5.3 6.3 5.5

P40,000 - 49,999 1.6 0.0 1.3

P50,000 or more 2.5 0.0 2.1

N Cases 320 64 384


190

Table 7. Percentage Distribution of Households by Total Monthly Household

Expenditure by Household Headship

Total Monthly Household Income

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs

Less than P3,000 8.3 4.8 7.7

P3,000 - 4,999 10.2 20.6 11.9

P5,000 - 9,999 44.4 36.5 43.1

P10,000 - 14,999 19.0 19.0 19.0

P15,000 - 19,999 7.6 9.5 7.9

P20,000 - 29,999 6.3 7.9 6.6

P30,000 - 49,999 3.2 1.6 2.9

P50,000 or over 1.0 0.0 0.8

N Cases 315 63 378 Table 8. Percentage Distribution of Households by Average Total Monthly

Household Savings by Household Headship

Average Total Monthly Household Savings

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs

None 54.4 59.4 55.2

Less than P1,000 25.9 14.1 24.0

P1,000 - 1,999 8.1 12.5 8.9

P2,000 - 2,999 6.3 6.3 6.3

P3,000 - 3,999 1.6 3.1 1.8

P4,000 – 4,999 0.9 3.1 1.3

P5,000 or over 2.8 1.6 2.6

N Cases 320 64 384


191

Table 9. Percentage Distribution of Households by Number of Household Members Currently Working or Employed by Household Headship

Number of Household Members Currently Working or

Employed

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs

None 5.6 14.1 7.0

1-2 members 85.9 71.9 83.6

3-4 members 7.2 12.5 8.1

5 or more members 1.3 1.6 1.3

N Cases 319 64 383 Table 10. Proportion of Households With at Least One Member Who Had Borrowed

Money during the Past year by Household Headship

Indicator HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs

Proportion of households with at least one member who had borrowed money during the past year

76.3 68.8 75.1

N Cases 321 64 385 Table 11. Percentage Distribution of Households by Highest Grade Completed by Household Head by Household Headship

Highest Grade Completed by Household Head

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs No schooling 1.9 3.2 2.1 Elementary 33.5 30.2 33.0 High School 41.8 38.1 41.2 Vocational training 2.2 0.0 1.8 College and over 20.6 28.6 21.9

N Cases 316 63 379


192

Table 12. Percentage Distribution of Households by Occupation of Household Head by Household Headship

Occupation of Household Head HH Headship

Total Male-

headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Farming or fishing 20.6 7.8 18.4 Own business 14.3 34.4 17.7 Government employee 9.7 4.7 8.8 Private employee 14.6 4.7 13.0 Temporary laborer 5.6 4.7 5.5 Street vendor 1.6 4.7 2.1 Retired/Pensioner 4.7 14.1 6.2 Unemployed 3.4 12.5 4.9 Others 25.5 12.5 23.4

N Cases 321 64 385

Table 13. Percentage Distribution of Households by Ownership Status of House

Occupied by Household Headship

Ownership Status of House Occupied

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs House owner 88.8 90.6 89.1 Caretaker 0.9 0.0 0.8 Rent-free occupant 3.7 1.6 3.4 Renter 5.3 7.8 5.7 Living with relatives 1.2 0.0 1.0

N Cases 321 64 385

Table 14. Percentage Distribution of Households by Ownership Status of the Lot

Occupied on Which House is Built by Household Headship

Ownership Status of the Lot Occupied on Which House is

Built

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Owned 39.9 50.0 41.6 Caretaker 6.2 1.6 5.5 Rented/Leased 17.8 20.3 18.2 Common property w/ other family members/relatives 8.1 4.7 7.5

Government land 19.0 17.2 18.7 Others 9.0 6.3 8.6

N Cases 321 64 385


193

Table 15. Percentage Distribution of Households by Type of House/Building Occupied by Household Headship

Type of House or Building Occupied

HH Headship Total

Male-

headed HHs Female-headed

HHs Single 94.7 92.2 94.3 Duplex 5.3 6.3 5.5 Apartment/condo/townhouse 0.0 1.6 0.3

N Cases 272 111 383

Table 16. Percentage Distribution of Households by Observed Materials that Make Up the Dwelling Unit by Household Headship

Observed materials that make up the dwelling unit

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Strong materials 16.5 10.9 15.6 Light materials 17.8 20.3 18.2 Mixed but predominantly strong materials 33.0 39.1 34.0

Mixed but predominantly light materials 31.2 26.6 30.4

Salvaged/makeshift materials 1.2 3.1 1.6 Mixed but predominantly salvaged materials 0.3 0.0 0.3

N Cases 321 64 385

Table 17. Percentage Distribution of Households by Primary Water Sources (Multiple Responses) by Household Headship

Primary Water Source HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Piped connection 73.2 84.4 75.1 Shallow well 47.7 42.2 46.8 Water vendors 6.2 3.1 5.7 Deep well 0.9 0.0 0.8 Public/Street faucet 12.8 7.8 11.9 Spring/River/Pond/Stream 0.6 0.0 0.5 Rain 0.0 0.0 0.0

N Cases 321 64 385


194

Table 18. Proportion of Households that Have WD Pipe Connection by Household Headship

Indicator HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Proportion of households that have WD pipe connection 29.3 43.8 31.7

N Cases 321 64 385 Table 19. Percentage Distribution of Households by Type of Toilet Facility

Owned/Used by Household Headship

Type of Toilet Facility Owned/Used

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Water-sealed (flush/pourflush) connected to septic tank 67.9 82.8 70.4

Water-sealed (flush/pourflush) connected to pit 16.2 7.8 14.8

Non-water sealed (ventilated improved pit, sanitary pit privy)

7.5 3.1 6.8

Shared toilet 4.4 3.1 4.2 Public toilet 0.3 0.0 0.3 Non-water sealed (open pit privy, overhang) 0.3 0.0 0.3

No toilet (wrap and throw, arinola, bush, sea/marshland , river )

2.4 0.0 2.1

N Cases 321 64 385


195

Table 20. Proportion of Survey Respondents Satisfied with Current Toilet System Owned/Used and Willing to Improve Current Septage System by Household Headship

Indicators HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Proportion of survey respondents satisfied with current toilet system owned/used

88.9 89.1 88.9

N Cases 314 64 378 Proportion of survey respondents willing to improve current septage system

39.3% 38.7% 39.2%

N Cases 300 62 362 Table 21a. Hygiene and Sanitation Practices by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Percent of households whose members wash hands before cooking

100.0 100.0 100.0

N Cases 321 64 385

Percent of households whose members wash hands before eating

100.0 100.0 100.0

N Cases 321 64 385

Percent of households whose members wash hands after using toilet

99.7 100.0 99.7

N Cases 321 64 385

Percent of households whose members wash hands before breastfeeding

84.4 66.7 82.6

N Cases 77 9 86


196

Table 21b. Hygiene and Sanitation Practices by Household Headship (CONTINUATION)


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs

Percent of households whose members wash hands before feeding children

95.2 86.7 94.3

N Cases 125 15 140

Percent of households whose members wash hands after changing diaper

85.1 81.8 84.7

N Cases 87 11 98

Percent of households whose members wash hands after washing the children after toilet

95.4 88.2 94.6

N Cases 131 17 148

Table 22. Percentage Distribution of Households by Place where Children &Infants go

for Toilet Purposes by Household Headship

Place where Children &Infants go for Toilet Purposes

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs

Toilet 89.1 87.8 88.9 Gutter/water canals 0.8 0.0 0.7 River 0.4 0.0 0.3 Garden/backyard 2.3 2.4 2.3 Urinals/urinola 1.1 2.4 1.3 Disposable diapers 6.4 7.3 6.5

N Cases 265 41 306


197

Table 23: Percentage Distribution of Households by Number of Times Household Eat in a Day by Household Headship

Number of Times Household Eat in a Day

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs 1-2 times a day 1.6 1.6 1.6 3 times a day 80.4 90.6 82.1 4 times or more 17.8 6.3 15.8 No information 0.3 1.6 0.5

N Cases 321 64 385

Table 24. Child and Maternal Mortality Experience by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Percent of households with children who died before reaching the age of 6

4.0 6.3 4.4

N Cases 321 64 385

Percent of households with member who died during pregnancy or while giving birth

4.4 1.6 3.9

N Cases 321 64 385


198

Table 25. Percentage Distribution of Households by Health Facility Sought for Medical Services by Household Headship

Health Facility Sought for Medical Services

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Health center 29.6 17.2 27.5 Private clinic 6.3 7.8 6.5 Government hospital 37.4 34.4 36.9 Private hospital 9.7 15.6 10.7 Herbolario 1.3 0.0 1.0 Self medication 14.2 25.0 16.0 Others 1.6 0.0 1.3

Percent of survey respondents satisfied with available health services in their locality

59.8 59.4 59.7

N Cases 318 64 382

Table 26. Access to Insurance and Assistance for Health Expenses, and Participation

in Community Organization by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Percent of households with at least one member who has Philhealth or any health insurance coverage

62.2 62.9 62.3

N Cases 321 64 385 Percent of households with at least one member who gets any form of assistance for health expenses

27.0 30.2 27.6

N Cases 321 64 385

Percent of households with at least one member who is a member of any organization/association in the community

39.4 32.8 38.3

N Cases 321 64 385


199

Table 27a. Percentage Distribution of Households by Household Decision-making Patterns by Household Headship

Member of Household who decides

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs

When to buy household equipment

Husband 15.9 9.4 14.8 Wife 22.1 29.7 23.4 Both husband/wife 56.7 7.8 48.6 Other member(s) 5.3 53.1 13.2

N Cases 321 64 385

When to renovate the house


N Cases 319 63 382

When to build a toilet/septic tank


N Cases 316 63 379

On the family’s economic activity


N Cases 321 63 384


200

Table 27b. Percentage Distribution of Households by Household Decision-making Patterns by Household Headship (CONTINUATION)

Member of Household who decides

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs To bring the children to the doctor when sick


N Cases 293 59 352

On water connection


N Cases 266 57 323


201

Table 28. Percentage Distribution of Households by Household Responsibility Patterns by Household Headship

Member of household who is responsible

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Supervising/reminding the children to wash hands


N Cases 264 50 314

Cleaning the toilet and water containers


N Cases 318 64 382

Removing garbage


N Cases 321 63 384

Cleaning drainage/sewage systems


N Cases 164 34 198


202

A. WD-CONNECTED HOUSEHOLDS Table 29. Percentage Distribution of WD-connected Households by Reason for Water

Connection by Household Headship

Table 30. Percentage Distribution of WD-connected Households Providing Water to

Neighbor/ Relatives by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed

HHs

Female-headed

HHs Percentage of WD-connected

Households providing water to neighbor/ relatives

23.4% 21.4% 23.0%

N Cases 94 28 122

Number of other households/families using water from the household’s piped water

1 household/family 31.8% 16.7% 28.6%

2 households/families 9.1% 16.7% 10.7%

3 households/families 22.7% 0.0% 17.9%

4 households/families 0.0% 33.3% 7.1% 5 or more households/ families 36.4% 33.3% 35.7%

N Cases 22 6 28

Household is being charged by WD at:

Residential rate 92.5% 92.6% 92.5% Commercial rate 7.5% 7.4% 7.5%

N Cases 93 27 120

Reason for Water Connection HH Headship

Total

Male-headed

HHs

Female-headed

HHs Convenience 96.8% 96.4% 96.7% Health safeguard against water-borne diseases 28.7% 21.4% 27.0%

Reliability of water supply 31.9% 28.6% 31.1% Status symbol (lifestyle) 1.1% 3.6% 1.6% Inadequacy of other sources 5.3% 3.6% 4.9% Cheaper 14.9% 10.7% 13.9%


203

Table 31. Proportion of WD-connected Households with at least One Member who Suffered from Water-related Diseases Last Year Due to Consumption of Water Supplied by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed

HHs

Female-headed

HHs Percent of WD-connected

Households with at least one member who suffered from water-related diseases last year due to consumption of water supplied by the water district

5.3% 0.0% 4.1%

N Cases 94 28 122

Percent of WD-connected

Households that treat water from faucet before drinking

13.2% 7.1% 11.8%

N Cases 91 28 119

Table 32a. Percentage Distribution of WD-connected Households by Observed

Pressure and Sufficiency of Piped Water and Use of Water Pump/Tank by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Observed Pressure of Piped Water

Very adequate 5.3% 3.6% 4.9% Adequate 67.0% 71.4% 68.0% Poor 24.5% 25.0% 24.6% Very poor 3.2% 0.0% 2.5%

N Cases 94 28 122 Percent of Households using

water pump to increase the pressure

1.1% 0.0% 0.8%

N Cases 91 28 119 Percent of Households with

water storage tank 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

N Cases 94 28 122


204

Table 32b. Percentage Distribution of WD-connected Households by Observed Pressure and Sufficiency of Piped Water and Use of Water Pump/Tank by Household Headship (CONTINUATION)


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Percent of Households

receiving water from piped water connection that is sufficient for their basic domestic needs

84.9% 96.4% 87.6%

N Cases 93 28 121 Percent of Households willing to

get additional water needs from the WD piped connection

54.5% 0.0% 50.0%

N Cases 11 1 12 Table 33. Amount of Monthly Water Bill that WD-connected Households are Willing to

Pay to Access Improved Water Supply Services by Household Headship

Amount Willing to Pay to Access Improved Water Supply

Services

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs P1,000/month 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% P 900/month 2.1% 0.0% 1.6% P 800/month 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% P 700/month 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% P 600/month 1.1% 0.0% .8% P 500/month 4.3% 7.1% 4.9% P 450/month 1.1% 0.0% 0.8% P 400/month 2.1% 0.0% 1.6% P 350/month 2.1% 0.0% 1.6% P 300/month 5.3% 7.1% 5.7% P 250/month 2.1% 7.1% 3.3% P 200/month 8.5% 17.9% 10.7% P150/month 46.8% 35.7% 44.3% N Cases 94 28 122


205

Table 34: Percentage Distribution of WD-connected Households by Preferred Aspect of Water District Services Prioritized for Improvement by Household

Headship

Number of Households

HH Headship Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Water pressure 44.4% 40.7% 43.6% Billing 1.1% 7.4% 2.6% Complaints handling 6.7% 7.4% 6.8% Reduced water rates 17.8% 25.9% 19.7% Repairs 2.2% 3.7% 2.6% Others 27.8% 14.8% 24.8%

N Cases 94 28 122


206

B. NON-CONNECTED HOUSEHOLDS

Table 35a: Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Source of Water

for Various Uses by Household Headship

Source of Water for various Uses

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs For Drinking

Piped water (not own connection) 62.1% 61.1% 62.0%

Public faucet/ hydrant 17.6% 11.1% 16.7% Deep well 0.4% 0.0% 0.4% Shallow well 11.5% 11.1% 11.4% Spring/River/Stream/Pond 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Water vendors & peddlers 7.5% 13.9% 8.4% Open dug well 0.9% 2.8% 1.1%

For Cooking



For bathing



N Cases 227 35 262


207

Table 35b.: Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Source of Water for various Uses Household Headship (CONTINUATION)

Table 36. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Reason for Not

Being Connected to Water District by Household Headship

Reason for Not Being Connected to Water District

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Connection is not available 36.6% 38.9% 36.9% Connection fee too high 42.7% 33.3% 41.4% Present water source is adequate & satisfactory 4.4% 5.6% 4.6%

Monthly charges too high 22.5% 30.6% 23.6% House is being rented 18.1% 13.9% 17.5% Disconnected 5.3% 13.9% 6.5% WD piped water not safe/clean 2.6% 2.8% 2.7% Waiting list for connection 4.8% 2.8% 4.6%

N Cases 227 36 263

Source of Water for various Uses

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs For gardening



N Cases 127 21 148

For cleaning



N Cases 227 36 263


208

Table 37. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Observed Availability of Water Service in the Household and Ownership of Water Storage Tank by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Observed availability of water service in the household

Sufficient all year round 60.8% 72.2% 62.4% Insufficient during dry season 1.8% 0.0% 1.5% Insufficient sometimes 23.8% 8.3% 21.7% Insufficient mostly 12.8% 8.3% 12.2% No information 0.9% 11.1% 2.3%

N Cases 227 36 263

Percent of Non-connected Households with water storage tank

0.4% 0.0% 0.4%

N Cases 225 36 261

Table 38. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Person Fetching

Water from Source by Household Headship

Person Fetching Water from Source

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs

Adult male household member(s) 44.1% 38.9% 43.3%

Adult female household member(s) 10.9% 16.7% 11.8%

Children 24.8% 22.2% 24.4%

Anyone available 20.3% 22.2% 20.6%

N Cases 202 36 238


209

Table 39. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Means of Transporting Water from the Water Source by Household Headship

Means of Transporting Water from the Water Source

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Water truck 1.0% 0.0% 0.9% Tricycle 6.1% 13.9% 7.3% Carry using pail/open containers 26.8% 27.8% 26.9%

Carry using closed containers 54.5% 47.2% 53.4% Pipe or water hose connected to neighbor 1.0% 2.8% 1.3%

Carry using both closed & open containers 9.1% 8.3% 9.0%

Bicycle/Motorcycle 0.5% 0.0% 0.4% Own car/jeepney 0.5% 0.0% 0.4% Push cart 0.5% 0.0% 0.4%

N Cases 198 36 234 Table 40. Percentage Distribution of Non-connected Households by Total Time Spent

for Collecting Water per Day (In number of hours) and Schedule of Collecting by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Total time spent

0.5 – 1 hour 76.6% 85.7% 77.8% 1.1 – 2 hours 5.4% 5.7% 5.4% 2- 4 hours 7.2% 5.7% 7.0% 5 hours or more 7.7% 2.9% 7.0% No information 3.2% 0.0% 2.7%

N Cases 222 35 257

Schedule of collecting

Morning 15.4% 5.6% 14.1% Evening 6.6% 2.8% 6.1% Afternoon 2.6% 8.3% 3.4% Anytime 65.6% 80.6% 67.7% No Information 9.7% 2.8% 8.7%

N Cases 227 36 263


210

Table 41. Proportion of Non-connected Households with at least One Member who Suffered from Water-related Diseases Last Year Due to Consumption of Water Supplied by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Percent of Non-connected

Households with at least one member who suffered from water-related diseases last year due to consumption of water supplied by the water district

15.9% 5.6% 14.4%

N Cases 227 36 263

Percent of Non-connected Households that treat water from faucet before drinking

18.5% 13.9% 17.9%

N Cases 227 36 263

Table 42. Willingness to Connect to WD Water Supply System of Currently Non-

connected Households by Household Headship


Total

Male-headed

HHs

Female-headed

HHs Percent of non-connected

households willing to connect with the existing water supply system

69.5% 75.0% 70.2%

N Cases 226 36 262

Percent of non-connected

households willing to connect if existing water supply system will be improved (out of the households who do not want to connect to the existing water supply system)

5.8% 0.0% 5.1%

N Cases 69 9 78


211

Table 43. Reasons of Non-connected Households for Their Willingness/ Unwillingness to Connect to the WD Piped Water System by Household Headship (Multiple Responses)


Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs Reason for willingness to connect

Convenience 59.0% 40.7% 56.4% Really want/need the improved water service 52.2% 70.4% 54.8%

Worried about the health risks of the water from current source

26.7% 7.4% 23.9%

Water bill is not too high 18.0% 14.8% 17.6%

N Cases 161 27 188

Reason for unwillingness to connect

Happy with our existing water source 30.8% 33.3% 31.1%

Monthly water bill is too high 56.9% 44.4% 55.4% Connection charge is too high 55.4% 77.8% 58.1% Do not own land/house occupied 21.5% 11.1% 20.3%

Do not really want/need the improved service 3.1% 0.0% 2.7%

Not worried about the health risks from my existing water source

1.5% 0.0% 1.4%

N Cases 65 9 74


212

Table 44. Amount of Monthly Water Bill that Non-connected Households are Willing to Pay to Access Improved Water Supply Services by Household Headship

Amount Willing to Pay to Access Improved Water Supply

Services

HH Headship

Total

Male-headed HHs

Female-headed

HHs P1,000/month 1.9% 3.7% 2.1% P 900/month 1.9% 0.0% 1.6% P 800/month 3.1% 7.4% 3.7% P 700/month 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% P 600/month 1.2% 0.0% 1.1% P 500/month 7.5% 0.0% 6.4% P 450/month 1.2% 0.0% 1.1% P 400/month 1.9% 0.0% 1.6% P 350/month 1.2% 0.0% 1.1% P 300/month 6.8% 3.7% 6.4% P 250/month 6.8% 7.4% 6.9% P 200/month 18.0% 7.4% 16.5% P150/month 39.1% 63.0% 42.6% N Cases 161 27 188

Table 45. Satisfaction/Dissatisfaction with Current Toilet System by Gender of Survey

Respondents

Indicators Gender of Respondent

Total Male Female

Percent of households satisfied with current toilet system

92.3% 88.0% 88.9%

Percent of households dissatisfied with current toilet system

7.7% 12.0% 11.1%

N Cases 78 300 378 Reasons for dissatisfaction

Backflow 14.3% 28.6% 26.2% Foul odor 0.0% 11.4% 9.5% Combination of backflow resulting to foul odor and inconvenience

71.4% 57.1% 59.5%

Rodent infestation 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Flies/Insects 14.3% 2.9% 4.8%

N Cases 7 35 42


213

Table 46. Satisfaction Level on the Quality of Water District Piped Water by Gender of Survey Respondents

Satisfaction Level Gender of Respondent

Total Male Female

Taste

Extremely unsatisfied 0.0% 1.1% .8% Moderately unsatisfied 3.2% 8.8% 7.4%

Moderately satisfied 64.5% 63.7% 63.9%

Extremely satisfied 29.0% 24.2% 25.4% Neither satisfied nor unsatisfied 3.2% 2.2% 2.5%

Smell

Extremely unsatisfied 0.0% 2.2% 1.6% Moderately unsatisfied 0.0% 3.3% 2.5%



Color

Extremely unsatisfied 0.0% 1.1% 0.8% Moderately unsatisfied 6.5% 5.5% 5.7% Moderately satisfied 58.1% 64.8% 63.1%






N Cases 31 91 122


214

Table 47. Water District Service Performance Rating by Gender of Survey Respondents

Performance Rating Gender of Respondent

Total Male Female Continuity of water supply

Very Poor 0.0% 5.5% 4.1% Poor 22.6% 18.7% 19.7% Neutral 0.0% 6.6% 4.9% Good 74.2% 68.1% 69.7% Very Good 3.2% 1.1% 1.6%

Reliability of water meter Very Poor 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Poor 9.7% 5.5% 6.6% Neutral 16.1% 9.9% 11.5% Good 71.0% 81.3% 78.7% Very Good 3.2% 3.3% 3.3%

Regularity of billing and collection Very Poor 0.0% 4.4% 3.3% Poor 0.0% 3.3% 2.5% Neutral 6.5% 2.2% 3.3% Good 80.6% 83.5% 82.8% Very Good 12.9% 6.6% 8.2%

Response to customer complaints Very Poor 6.5% 6.6% 6.6% Poor 16.1% 13.2% 13.9% Neutral 19.4% 20.9% 20.5% Good 58.1% 54.9% 55.7% Very Good 0.0% 4.4% 3.3%

Repairtime/services Very Poor 3.2% 7.7% 6.6% Poor 9.7% 15.4% 13.9% Neutral 12.9% 15.4% 14.8% Good 71.0% 59.3% 62.3% Very Good 3.2% 2.2% 2.5%

Overall water supply service Very Poor 0.0% 2.2% 1.6% Poor 3.2% 12.1% 9.8% Neutral 3.2% 8.8% 7.4% Good 90.3% 70.3% 75.4% Very Good 3.2% 6.6% 5.7%

N Cases 31 91 122


215

Table 48. Aspects of WD Services that Survey Respondents want to be improved by Gender of Survey Respondents (Multiple Responses)

Aspects of WD Services Gender of Respondent

Total Male Female

Water pressure 18.2% 16.7% 17.1% Complaints handling 9.1% 6.7% 7.3% Reduced water rates 9.1% 26.7% 22.0% Repairs 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Billing 18.2% 0.0% 4.9%

Quality of water/ clean water 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Others 45.5% 50.0% 48.8%

N Cases 11 30 41 Table 49a. Satisfaction Level on the Quality of Water from Various Sources of Non-

connected Households by Gender of Survey Respondents


Total Male Female

Taste Extremely unsatisfied 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Moderately unsatisfied 2.0% 4.7% 4.2% Moderately satisfied 69.4% 62.6% 63.9% Extremely satisfied 24.5% 27.6% 27.0% Neither satisfied nor unsatisfied 2.0% 4.2% 3.8%

No Information 2.0% 0.9% 1.1% Smell

Extremely unsatisfied 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Moderately unsatisfied 4.1% 5.1% 4.9% Moderately satisfied 67.3% 64.5% 65.0% Extremely satisfied 24.5% 26.6% 26.2% Neither satisfied nor unsatisfied 2.0% 2.8% 2.7%

No Information 2.0% 0.9% 1.1%

N Cases 49 214 263


216

Table 49b. Satisfaction Level on the Quality of Water from Various Sources of Non-connected Households by Gender of Survey Respondents (CONTINUATION)


Total Male Female

Color Extremely unsatisfied 2.0% 0.0% 0.4% Moderately unsatisfied 8.2% 8.4% 8.4% Moderately satisfied 59.2% 59.8% 59.7% Extremely satisfied 26.5% 26.2% 26.2% Neither satisfied nor unsatisfied 2.0% 4.7% 4.2%

No Information 2.0% 0.9% 1.1%





No Information 2.0% .9% 1.1%

N Cases 49 214 263 Table 50. Proportion of Survey Respondents who are Satisfied with Available Health

Services in Their Locality by Gender of Respondent

Health Facility Sought for Medical Services

Gender of Respondent Total

Male Female Percent of survey respondents satisfied with available health services in their locality

57.5% 60.3% 59.7%

N Cases 80 305 385


217

ANNEX 2

DISTRIBUTION OF SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS FOR THE

WDDSP HOUSEHOLD SURVEY



218

DISTRIBUTION OF SURVEY SAMPLE HOUSEHOLDS


Municipality Barangay # of HHs (2007) Sample HHs Remarks

TOTAL 384

1. Dagami 20

Serviced Barangays 9

Bgy 1 Sampao East Pob. (Dist. 9) 125 9

Expansion Areas 11

Bgy 2 Caluctugan 104 11

2. Palo 58


Bgy 3 Cangumbang 196 With public faucet

Bgy 4 Salvacion 390

Expansion Areas 3

Bgy 5 Barayong 333 3

3. Pastrana 13


Bgy 6 Lanawan 156 13

4. Santa Fe 16


Bgy 7 Pilit 227 8

Expansion Areas 8

Bgy 8 San Isidro 292 8


219

Municipality Barangay # of HHs (2007) Sample HHs Remarks

5. Tabontabon 9 Serviced Barangays 4

Bgy 9 District II Pob. (Rizal) 140 4 CIDSS project 5

Bgy 10 Jabong 142 5 Ongoing construction

6. Tacloban 220 Serviced Barangays 203

Bgy 11 Barangay 6-A 262 49 Bgy 12 Barangay 23 108 20

Bgy 13 Barangay 38 79 15 With public faucet

Bgy 14 Barangay 62 294 55 Bgy 15 Barangay 83-A (San Jose) 345 64

Expansion Areas 17 Bgy 16 Barangay 103 (Palanog) 577 17

7. Tanauan 36

Serviced Barangays 24 Bgy 17 Mohon 210 24

Expansion Areas 12 Bgy 18 Cabarasan Guti 69 7 Bgy 19 Pasil 48 5

8. Tolosa 12 Serviced Barangays 6

Bgy 20 Quilao 236 6 Expansion Areas 6

Bgy 21 Capangihan 124 6


220

APPENDIX 3.2: SUMMARY OF CONSULTATIONS, LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT

Stakeholder Office/ People Met

Objective Date (2009)/ Venue

Gender of Participants

Result

WD HR GM, HR

KI and FGD on Gender programs and policies

May 13 MLWD

F – 3 M - 1

Limited GAD implementation since 2006; P120,000 was used for 2008; training needed.

WD GAD Focal Point, management and staff

Gender orientation and analysis

July 15 MLWD

M – 60 F – 50

Organization of GAD focal point, orientation of staff, identification of gender issues.

Provincial Government

PPDC and technical staff

Advocate on sanitation

May 13 Provincial Planning and Development Office

F - 2 Sanitation as too costly. Rural water development through DOH fund; Tacloban City has poor water pressure even in subdivisions.

Barangay LGU Public faucet locations (see following page for details)

Barangay secretary of Tingib and key informant interview of public water faucet managers and users

FGD to follow up on survey results; identify issues and concerns of urban poor

Water points in Tingib and other barangays in Pastrana, Palo and Tacloban City

M - 10 F - 7

Closure of all 4 faucets in Tingib due to affordability; copra farmers have no monthly income reliance on free sample faucet at Tingib and river for other water uses; Some locations closed due to affordability and lack of arrangements for O and M; working were faucets managed by barangay or by HHs as business; need organization for O and M.

LGU Pastrana Municipality

Barangay secretary

Validation of survey results on water and sanitation

May 12 Pastrana municipal hall

M – 1 Survey result validated. Irregular income bars connection to piped water; poor sanitation along rivers and among poor HHs; lack maintenance of some public faucets. Reported illegal cutting in watershed; no LGU funds for forest maintenance.

Project outline design dissemination/ Stakeholder Consultation

WD management and board

Validation of SPAR proposals

August 25 – 26 INNOTECH. Q.C.

M – 3 F – 1

Validation of proposed plans for water and sanitation; prioritize reduction of NRW in first two years. Interest to participate in sanitation component through provincial level under succeeding phase.

Public Consultation

LGU, NGOs Public disclosure and validation of SPAR proposals

M F

Validation of proposed plans for water and sanitation. A concern that improvement of facilities may raise tariffs unduly; tariffs still to be studied.


221

Key Informant Interview Managers of Public Faucets

Agenda: Project disclosure; Follow-up on survey and status of public faucets and willingness to connect, capacity to pay by residents, constraints in connection of communities along transmission line

1. Barangay Secretary, Tingib, Pastrana

a. Four metered public faucets and one WD sampling faucet were established in barangay.

b. Only sampling faucet without meter is source for all community.

c. Four metered ones were disconnected due to non-payment of bills and lack of maintenance.

d. It was operational under former Barangay captain but was turned over to successor before disconnection.

e. People are mostly dependent on copra, harvest is every 3 months or so, lack capacity to pay for water connection, most may be unable to connect if service was available, much less increased rates upon improvement.

f. People are able to make do with sampling point faucet for drinking because it is free and because river is available for other domestic water uses; those living farther afield use motorcycles to fetch drinking water in covered containers.

g. For those who may be willing, there have been technical problems with connection near transmission line; strong air pressure, no water.

2. Barangay Lourdes, Pastrana Chairman – Roberto Orollo Manager of Public Faucet - Elpidio Capambi; interviewed Ryan Capambi

a. Managed privately by Elpidio Capambi as source for drinking water for whole community.

b. Bill – Oct 27 – Nov 27 – P213; arrears – 476; total P524.

c. Sometimes, family is able to earn as much as P1000/month from water collection at P1.25 for water container of 6 liters.

d. People consider this sufficient due to river as additional water source.

3. San Joaquin, Palo

a. Public faucet is managed by the barangay through a Barangay Councilman to provide drinking water for community that could not be reached by WD connection (1 kilometer away across a hanging bridge).

b. For at least 15 households across the bridge; bill is about P200 per month.

c. Various rates apply such as P1.00 per 6 liters, and so on


222

APPENDIX 3.3: OUTPUT OF GENDER ACTION PLANNING WORKSHOP

AUGUST 6 – 7, 2009

1. The following is the result of a national workshop on Gender and Development workshop held on August 6-7, 2009. All pilot water districts under the WDDSP sent 3 representatives each as designated Gender focal point persons. The objective of the workshop was to identify gender issues and concerns during the planning phase of the WWDSP. Gender issues identified in each water district will be the bases for Gender Action Plans. One or two issues were treated in the following action plan.

2. It was agreed that these action plans will be presented to the management and board of directors so that the GAP can be funded out of the 5% Gender and Development Fund mandated by the government. It was also agreed that LWUA will continue to work with the pilot districts in follow up sessions on Gender and Development appreciation sessions and in the GAP implementation.

Leyte Metro Water District (LMWD): GAD Budget Allocation for 2009

Prepared by GAD Focal Point

Programs and Projects

Gender-Related Issue

GAD Objectives/

Targets

Strategies/ Activities to

Address Gender Issues

Performance Indicator

Schedule Budget Allocation

Organization-Focused

Orientation on GAD Principles and Concepts

Lack of awareness of LMWD Board, Management and employees on GAD mandate, principles and concepts

Undertake GAD Awareness activities by 3rd Quarter 2009

Conduct workshop for self-mastery of staff as prerequisite for soliciting cooperation and soliciting interest; These will be followed by activities to introduce GAD concepts such as role playing and physical fitness and wellness programs

100% support from Board and management

100% participation of employees in training; 60% of employees practicing GAD principles and concepts

September - November

P500,000

Client-Focused

Gender related programs for barangay

Low level of awareness of women of their rights and roles as

Empowering women of WD in the efficient management of water supply

To tap women of community in reduction of NRW by reporting leaks

Number of women groups formed

Last week of November

25,000


223



GAD Objectives/

Targets

Strategies/ Activities to

Address Gender Issues



WD beneficiaries and facilities. This will be implemented in Barangay 109 A of V and G Subdivision

and pilferage; women will undergo training in detection of leaks and illegal activities

Leyte Metro Water District (LMWD): GAD Budget Allocation for 2010 Prepared by GAD Focal Point



GAD Objectives/ Targets

Strategies/ Activities to Address Gender Issues



Organization-Focused

Enhancement of values/GAD concepts learned

Active participation in GAD activities

Empowerment of employees

Formation of core groups to spear-head GAD-related activities in a community

Number of core groups formed

First quarter of 2010

P300,000

Client-Focused

Design of sanitation facilities

Lack of awareness on proper sanitation

To protect the water source from contamination and to improve the health and living condition of residents of Barangay Antipolo

Funding and installation of water sealed toilets in the household

Number of core groups formed

Number of HHs benefited - 40

2010 P25,000/unit –

P500,000


224

APPENDIX 3.4: SOME RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE SOCIAL DIMENSIONS OF SUBPROJECT IMPLEMENTATION

1. Based on analysis of results, the incorporation of the following recommendations for a participatory, socially inclusive, gender-responsive plan shall be supported through technical assistance and pro-poor provisions for water service delivery.

2. Promotion of Social and Environmental Equity. The Water District shall incorporate social and environmental equity into its program development and implementation so that no segment of the population bears a disproportionate share of the risks and consequences of environmental pollution and that there is equitable sharing of water as an environmental benefit and that there is sharing of costs in the upkeep of water resources.

3. Pro-Poor Targeting of Participants. The Project shall target all households living within the vicinity of the network of the piped water system. The project shall also set targets to reach disadvantaged groups (e.g. women headed HHs and the poor HHs in the slum areas) and other unserved/underserved areas for appropriate water service such as communal water points. This may also be through easy installation plans to expand the reach of project benefits while maximizing cost recovery.

4. Capability building shall support community management of water facilities for the poor. Moreover, the WD’s Gender and Development Fund can be a source of seed capital for water-related livelihood opportunities for women and the poor.

5. Pro-Poor Targeting of Participants. The Project shall target all households living within the vicinity of the network of the piped water system. The project shall also target disadvantaged groups (e.g. women headed HHs and the poor HHs in the slum areas) and other unserved/underserved areas for appropriate water service such as communal water points. This may also be through easy installation plans.

6. Households for the sanitation component shall be identified in coordination with the local government units that will undertake a survey of sanitation facilities. In coordination with local government units, targets will also be made to cover a set percentage of sanitation hot spots for improvement of septage systems by the end of project loan implementation.

7. Capability building shall support community management of water and sanitation facilities. Moreover, the WD’s Gender and Development Fund can be a source of seed capital for water-related livelihood opportunities for the women and the poor.

8. Public Relations . Implementation of pro-poor targets and the need to more actively engage the WD’s various publics on identified water issues and concerns requires a redefinition of current customer service orientation into the broader realms of public relations and corporate social responsibility, consistent with the WD’s mandate to deliver basic public goods such as water and sanitation. The integration of these objectives into corporate and gender and development plans shall be an area of assistance under the WDDSP’s sectoral capability building component.

9. Community Organization and Formation of Water User and Sanitation Associations especially for Common Facilities . The main objective of these associations will be to ensure the sustainability of the WSS facilities by delegating some O&M duties and responsibilities to community members including the collection of water and sanitation tariffs. Full disclosure and agreement with beneficiaries will be facilitated through joint assessment and planning. User groups will each be composed of at least 10 HHs who reside proximate


225

to each other and decide to cluster to avail of the common services (water standpipes and community latrines) and agree on the mechanism for participation in project implementation.

10. Moreover, the WD’s Gender and Development Fund can be a source of seed capital for water-related livelihood opportunities for women and the poor. A microfinance facility shall be allocated for priority areas for the sanitation component. This is a revolving fund that may be managed in cooperation with a non-government agency.

11. Capacity Building, Training and Institutional Linkages. Capacity building will be directed at both individuals and organizations for effective and sustainable operation of common water facilities.

12. LGUs have a mandate for delivery of safe water and sanitation to their constitutents. Decentralisation has shifted roles and responsibilities to local governments and stakeholders. Many of these actors struggle with their newly assigned roles for which they are not fully 'equipped' in terms of financial resources, knowledge, methodologies, tools and experiences. Strengthening these LGUs is crucial to achieving good governance.

13. Capability building shall also support community management of water and sanitation facilities for the poor. Participation of disadvantaged groups will be made possible through skills development, training and provision of linkages to institutions, which will ensure access of technical services and financial support. Representatives of households which were organized as user groups will be given thorough orientation on the project, roles and expectations as well as skills training to enable them to undertake their expected tasks. Technical assistance shall be provided in the preparation of a public relations and communications plan that is attuned to the principles of public service in the delivery of water services.

14. Gender and Development. GAD is a key strategy for inclusive and sustainable development. It is central in water and sanitation. Ensuring both women and men’s participation improves project performance. Gender issues can be addressed in the project components in the following ways:

• The Project will strengthen the role of women in planning and operation and management of facilities (i) capacity building and training on the role and responsibility of women, and planning of development activities that involve them; (ii) training workshops on gender sensitization for men and women; (iii) representation of women in user group/community planning committee

• Community-level project activities. (i) NGOs and CBOs to form/strengthen women/user groups in neighborhoods for social mobilization activities. (ii) Women will be represented in the planning of infrastructure and facilities for water, sanitation services. (iii) Poor people and women headed households will be targeted for appropriate service delivery; (iv) Employment opportunities in civil works will be made available to interested women from poor households. Thirty percent of employment opportunities will be reserved for women from the low income communities; (v) Women’s groups will be represented in the management of new facilities; (vi) Women will be the primary target for public health and hygiene campaigns. (vii) Women community volunteers will be trained for health and hygiene campaigns; (viii) linkaging for livelihood options for interested and qualified user groups.

15. Special Projects and Community Based Watershed Management. The critical role of watershed communities in natural resource management shall be acknowledged in the watershed management plan of the project. This can be promoted by empowering


226

watershed communities to be active participants in social fencing and watershed management.


227

APPENDIX 4: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE CHART - LMWD

LEYTE METROPOLITAN WATER DISTRICTAPPROVED ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE updated 10-2088UNDER THE LARGE CATEGORY

SG11-1 ITEM # 205

SG27 N.P. Villasin Item#1

SG22-5 S.T. Boyano Item #2

SG15-1 T. Pascua ITEM # 65R

SG18-1

SG15-8 U.C.Gamba Item #4 SG16-1 I.Devora ITEM # 97 R

SG15-1 (Secretary B) Item #5 SG 16-1 J.A. Holares Item # 98 R

SG7-1 (Driver 4) Item #12

SG 9 M. Maceda ITEM 116

SG 16-1

ITEM # 105R

SG 9 J. Sarmiento ITEM # 200

SG9-1 ITEM 139

SG 8-1 ITEM # 207

SG7-1 ITEM 45 LEGEND:

EXISTING FILLED - UP PLANTILLA POSITIONS

EXISTING VACANT PLANTILLA POSITIONS

VACANT RECLASS

VACANT RECAT

SG 11-1 Vacant

Elect. Comm. Sys. Optr B

Computer Operator

Item #206

OGM

Consultants

Tech. Asst. A

GENERAL MANAGER B(General Manager C)

TINGIB STATION

BOD

1 Sr. Internal Control Off. B

MIS-CCT-DIVISION

Public Info. / Rel.Off. A

Corporate Attorney A

1 Sr. Internal Control Off. B

Min. / Agenda Officer B

Office Equipt. Tech. A

Data Encoder

Private Sec. B

Driver / Mech B

Civil Security B

STATION

Division Manager C

SECTION

RADIO COMMUNICTION INFORMATION SYSTEM

19-2 A. M. Encina item no. 230

Senior Data Encoder Controller

Specialist A

SG 22-1 ITEM # 212

Sr. MIS AnalystElect.Comm. Sys. Optr. B

ITEM # 107 R

DEVELOPMENT

Mgt./Info System Design TACLOBAN CITY


228

LEYTE METROPOLITAN WATER DISTRICTAPPROVED ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTUREUNDER THE LARGE CATEGORY

SG 24-2 P. Homeres Item # 117

SG 22-1 ITEM # 213

SG18-1 E. Lagramada ITEM # 118

SG 15-1 P. Domingo ITEM # 17R SG8-8 M. De La Cruz Item #81

SG 10 SG 6-1 ITEM # 217

SG6-4 R. Tuazon Item # 120 SG 6-1 A. Martinez Item #122

Sg 3-4 J. Susaya Item #123

SG 3-1 ITEM # 221

SG13-1 M. Doque Item 172

SG 18-1 J. Veloso Item 48

SG6-4 Z. Montecillo Item 121

SG 6-8 G. Cajustin Item # 82

SG10-1

SG9-1

SG 13-1

SG15-8 M. Zalavaria Item 135

SG 8-8 R. Aragon Item 9

SG8-1 ITEM # 209

SG 8-4 A. Mercado Item # 10

LEGEND:



VACANT RECLASS

VACANT RECAT

Indus. Rel. Mgt. Asst. A

TRANSPORT OPE. /

(Comp. & Benefits)

Indus. Rel. Mgt. Officer A

1 House Keeping Servs. Asst. Clerk Processor B

ITEM # 157

SG15-1 N. Agote Item # 119

1 Welder

1 Carpenter B

Transport Officer B

MAINT. SECTION

Welder A

Supervising Engineer A

ITEM # 222

ITEM # 218

1 Auto Mechanic A

RECRUITMENTAPPOINTMENT &

TRAINING SECTION

Sr. Indus. Rel. Mgt. Officer A

1 Procurement Asst. B

1 Procurement Off. B

PERSONNEL SERVICES

SECTION

RELATION SECTION

PROCUREMENT

Clerk Processor B

Indus. Rel. Mgt. Officer B

ITEM # 211

1 Division Manager C

Industrial Nurse

HUMAN RESOURCE DIV.

ADMINISTRATIVE

DEPARTMENT

1 Department Manager C

GEN. SRVCS. DIV.

Indus. Rel. Dev. Officer A

SG 22-1 ITEM # 210

BLDG./ GROUNDS

SG 16 ITEM # 80

1 Utility Worker A

Office Equipt. Mech. B


Section

Bldg elec. B

Facilities Mgt.

Office Equipt. Mech. A

Gen. Srvcs Chief A


229


SG24-1

SG 22-1

SG 22-1

SG 16-1 P. Mendoza Item # 41

SG 20-1

SG 13-1 N. Docil Item # 161

SG 15-1

SG 19-1

SG 12-1

1 Sr. Accounting Proc. A SG 14-1 E. Asis Item 21R

1 Sr. Accounting Proc. B SG 14-1

SG 10 -1

SG 8-8 Item# 128 Campos,132 Coral

SG 8-1

SG 16-1 Item # 137R

SG 3-4 N. Kintana item # 138

SG 9-1 Item # 219

LEGEND:



VACANT RECLASS

VACANT RECAT

Supv.Prop./Supply Offcr.

1 Cashier B

SG 16-1 MJ Cua Item126

SG 10-8 A. Reli Item # 174

Cashiering Assistant

ITEM # 133

1 Sr. Accounting Proc. A

Customer Service Asst. B

GEN. ACCOUNTING

SECTION

1 Sr. Corp. Acct. Analyst

Accountant BITEM # 125 YANSON

1 Sr. Corp. Acct. AnalystITEM # 202 R

Item # 173

Head/Supervising Cashier

ITEM # 216

DIVISION1 Division Manager C

Cash Mgt. Section

Corporate Budget Officer C


ITEM # 124 ALVE

1 Division Manager

FINANCE

ITEM # 215

DEPARTMENT

CASH MANAGEMENTACCTG. DIVISION

1 Storekeeper B

Corp. Budget Specialist B

1 Cashier B

1 Cashier D ITEM # 176

ITEM # 43R

Property Supply Off. A

2 Acctg Proc. A

1 Cashier A

Chief Corporate

Utility Worker A

SG 15-1 C. Abellar item # 130

SG 12-1 G. Vergara item # 131

SG 10-1 R. J.Yglesias item # 129

Sr. Prop. Supply Officer A

Sg 18-4 T. Pacula Item # 134

ITEM # 127

PROPERTY & SUPPLY

SECTION

SG14-1 G. Esporas item # 136R


230


SG24-1 ITEM # 140

1 Sr. Customer Serv. Offcr.

SG18-1 Item # 163 SG18-1

SG12-8 ITEM 155 JAMORA SG10-1 ITEM 154R ORSAL

SG12-1

SG12-1 ITEM 156

SG 10-1 R. Canillas Item 73R

SG10-8 ITEM #166 Pacaňa Item #175 M.Tan

Item #168 Legaspi, Item # 171 Mondejar

SG10-1 ITEM # 19R J. Rosel

SG10-4 ITEM #169 Borrel

SG8-1 Item #38R R. Sorila

SG12 SG4-8 ITEM 62 CAJIPE

Item #149 Auticio , Item #150 Garcia

SG18-1 ITEM 142 LLANETA

SG16-4 V. Benson ITEM # 144-R

SG12-1 Vacant ITEM 151,152,153 SG10-3 ITEM # 75R PRIMO

SG14-8Item143 Cortez,Item146 Kintana

SG8-1 ITEM # 78R BACANI

SG14-1 Tan, MR ITEM 147

SG4-4 ITEM # 55 OBERA

SG14-8 Vacant ITEM 145

LEGEND: SG6-1



VACANT RECLASS

VACANT RECAT

Item # 220


4 Cust. Service Asst. B

1 Cust. Service Asst. A

Item # 170


SG 18-8 L. Judaya Item 159

Item # 110R

1 Customer Serv. Offcr. B

Water Maint. Man C

Light Equipment Optr.

1 Cust. Service Officer B

CUTTING AT TAPPING

POINT

1 Water Maint. Man A

1 Sr. Water Maint. Man B

ITEM #148 M. Chu



2 Cust. Service Officer B


SG12-1 Vacant Item #165

SECTION

1 Cust. Service Officer A

1Sr. Water Maint. Man B

BILL TENDING SECTION


Sr.WtrMaint Man B

SG10 Item #160 Murillo,

Item # 162 A. Añover 164

Item #164 Verba, Item #167 Peque



METER READING /

CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

DIVISION

SG 22-6 R. Cesar Item #158



SECTION SECTION

BILLING / POSTING

SECTION


NWSC / COMPLAINTS

CUSTOMER SERVICES

CUSTOMER SALES

INVESTIGATION

1 Customer Serv. Asst. A

1 Water Maint. Man C

COMMERCIAL SERVICES

DIVISION


SG 22-1 V. Simbulan Item # 141



DEPARTMENT


231


SG22 ITEM # 22 SG22-1 I. Petilla ITEM NO. 47

SG6-8 M. Larayos Item #29 SG 6-4 M.T. Cua ITEM # 57 SG14 ITEM # 228

SG 4-8 A. Modesto Item # 11

SG6-1 ITEM # 111R

SG19-8 SG6-1 ITEM # 112R

SG19-1 ITEM # 23 GABRIANA

SG4-8

SG 18-4 N. Catindoy Item # 227 SG 18-1 ITEM # 54

SG14- ITEM 32 Vacant

SG16-1 N. Capate ITEM # 24

SG3-4 SG4-8

SG14-6 ITEM # 26 ASTILLA SG16-8 ITEM # 58 M. ROSEL

SG8-1 ITEM # 76 SG6-1 ITEM 189 R

SG 8-8 C. Escarlan Item # 28

SG8-1 ITEM # 59 SG10-1 ITEM # 64R BERNIDO

SG10-1 R. Chavez ITEM # 53R

SG16-1 R. Novilla ITEM # 25

SG14-1 E. Balasanos ITEM # 33 SG6-4 ITEM # 74 PINGOL SG4 E. Catindoy ITEM # 77

SG8-1 ITEM # 36R LANTACA SG8-1

SG 10-1 ITEM # 225

SG15-4 ITEM # 31 ADONA

SG 4-8 E. Maceda item #15 SG4-8 S. Cortez Item 16

SG 8-4 E. Tan Item #27

SG3-4

SG10-3 R. Aniano ITEM # 52

SG4-4 ITEM # 70 DAEL

Sg 8-8 E. Cesora Item 34 SG10-1 J. Baňo ITEM # 56R

SG14-8 V. Peliño Item # 46 SG10-1 ITEM # 51

SG13-1 D. Bernabe ITEM # 42

SG10-1 ITEM # 68R LACDAO SG4-8 ITEM # 66R ARANETA

SG4-4

SG3-8 ITEM # 20 ABIBUAG

SG3-4 ITEM # 39 TABAO

SG4-4 SG6-1 ITEM # 18R TOLIBAS

LEGEND:


EXISTING VACANT PLANTILLA POSITIONS SG8-1 ITEM # 60

VACANT RECLASS

SG8-8 ITEM # 61 NIRZA

VACANT RECAT

SG8-4 ITEM # 50 CAMILON

Water Maint. Man A


1 Driver

Material Testing & Qlty.

1 Draftsman A

Control Assurance Sec.

1 Water Maint. Man A1 Water Maint. Man A

SG11-8 ITEM # 72 PAGLINAWAN


TEAM FOR AREA IV

1 Water Maint. Head

1 Gen. Foreman

SG16-1 R.Mercado Item 49

MAINT. OF TRANS. / DIST.

MAIN SECTION

MAINT. OF SERVICES

Estimator

Utility Worker A

1 Sr. Instrument Tech.


1 Draftsman A

ITEM 14 Gotico

Water Maint. Man C (PMS) UNIT

ENGINEERING DEPT.

SG24-5 FM Cañete Item # 7

1 Principal Engr. D

1 Dept. Manager

1 Driver


LINES MAINTENANCE

1 Water Maint. Head

DIVISION

PLANNING & DESIGN CONSTRUCTION

DIVISION

SECTION


NWSCSection

Estimator / Programmer

1 Senior Engineer A 1 Engineer A

A. Baiño Item # 30


1 Engineer A

SG16-1 Vacant Item #71

SECTION

1 Gen. Foreman

IMPLEMENTATION

SG4-1 ITEM # 67

TRANSMISSION MAINT. TEAM FOR AREA 1

1 Sr. Water Maint. Man B Water Maint. Man A

TEAM FOR AREA V

Water Maint. Man C

TEAM FOR AREA III

ITEM # 69R EMPILLO

TEAM FOR AREA II

ITEM # 37 CAMALIG

Water Maint. Man C

1 Light Equipment Ope.

1 Principal Engineer D

1 Light Equipt. Oper.

SECTION

WATER METER MAINT.

1 Driver

V. Bacalla Item # 13

1 Water Maint. Head

SG22-1 ITEM # 226

1 Clerk Processor B

MAINTENANCE

DIVISION

Clerk Processor B

Utility Worker A

ITEM 40 SILAO

Planning & Design

Evaluation Section

1 Engineer A

1 Driver

Testing / Calibration

Meter Repair

1 Light Equipt Oper.

1 Senior Engineer A

1 Engineer A

PROJECT

1 Instrument Tech. B

1 Qlty. Control/ Ass. Insptr. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT

1 Utility Worker A

Water Maint. Man C

ITEM # 63 BLENTE

CREW

of Meterstands

Relocation & Maint.

UNIT

Vacant

1 Water Maint Man B

1 Water Maint. Man C

Utility Worker A


Hydraulic Analyst

1 Driver

1 Construction Foreman

1 Water Utilities Mgt. Offr. B

1 Eng'g. Asst. A

Maintenance


Corrective Meter


EMERGENCY REPAIR


TEAM FOR AREA VI

Water Maint Man A

Water Maint. Man C


ITEM # 79 Mabini


232

LEYTE METROPOLITAN WATER DISTRICTAPPROVED ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE updated 10-28-08UNDER THE LARGE CATEGORY

SG24-1

SG22 P. Quioñones Item # 3 SG22-1 SG22-8

SG19-1 ITEM 194 LAUDENIO SG18-4

SG19-4 Item 87G. Caidic, Item SG19-1 Manocsoc Item 86

178 W.Amado 180 Devaras

SG10-4 Item 195 Durano, Item 196 Galvez

SG19-1 Item 179 D. Makabenta SG19-8 ITEM 85 DACURO SG12-1Item190 Agres, Item191 Barrios

SG10-1 Item 197 Vacant

SG10-4 Item 181 Solis, Item 182 Pulma SG4-8 SG10-1 ITEM # 198 SG 10-1 Vacant Item # 192

SG10-1 Item 184 Vacant 1 Quality Control Officer

SG10-8 Item 92 F. Tuscano SG9-4 SG 18-1 C.Terrado Item 99

SG10-1 ITEM # 183

SG10-4 Item 95 R.Tuscano

SG9-4 ITEM 83 CORONADO

SG5 SG10-8 Item 88 E. Capate

SG4-8 ITEM# 6 Daban

SG10-8 Item 90 C. Sequito

SG18-1 E. Latoja Item # 231

SG18-1 ITEM 199 CALABIA

Item 96 A. Azcarraga, Item 108 E. Galvez

SG10-1SG8-1

Item 187 Empillo, Item 188 M. Amado

SG5-8 Rol. Tuscano ITEM # 113

SG6-1 Item 203R G. Llena SG3-4 R. Alizar

SG8-8 D. Quimbo ITEM # 35

SG5-4 D. Rogero ITEM 106 SG10-1

SG5-1 ITEM 185 SG5-4 R. Quimbo ITEM # 104

SG3-4 R. Macanip ITEM 204

SG5-8 G. Sumayod ITEM 102

SG5-1 ITEM # 229

LEGEND:

SG10-1 EXISTING FILLED - UP PLANTILLA POSITIONS

SG5-8 EXISTING VACANT PLANTILLA POSITIONS

VACANT RECLASS

VACANT RECAT

SG 10-1 N. Salvacion item 101

ITEM 201

1 Ind. Security Guard B

1 Plant Electrician B

1 Heavy Equipment Optr.

2 Laboratory Tech. A

1 Plant Equipt. Operator E

1 Plant Equipt. Ope. E

Water Quality Srv Area

1 Principal Engineer

1 Plant Equipt Optr E

SG10-4 Item 94 J. Samson

3 Plant Equipt Optr E.

Rapid Sand Filter Control


1 Industrial Security Guard B


Watershed Patrol

ITEM # 109

Water Maint. Man A

1 Data Encoder Contlr

1 Water Res. Fac. Ten. A

Records

1 Water Resource Facilities Ten A

ITEM 115

1 Water Res. Fac. Ten.A

ITEM 103 MACAPANAS

Utap Reservior


Driver


Ambao Reservior

SG3-4 E. Gagarin Item # 44

Principal Engr. D

Production Oper. Div

Rapid Filtration Plant


Operations Section



ITEM 100 DUMAGSA

2 Laboratory Works (RFP)

Sr. Laboratory technician


ITEM 91

1 Water Res. Fac. Ten.A

1 Data Encoder Contlr

Intake Dam Tenders

Utility Worker A

ITEM # 89

1 Plant Equipt. Operator E

Sr. Water Utlties Devt Ofcr. A

Old Treatment Plant

Operation Section

Basin Operator

1 Plant Equipt. Ope. E

Service Driver

Driver

ITEM # 114 TERAZA

PRODUCTION DEPT.


Quality Control Division

ITEM # 177

Production Maint. Div

1 Driver

1 Draftsman A

Laboratory RFPPlant Equipment

Gen. Foreman

Water Supply Maint.

& Distribution Section

Operation Section

1 Quality Control Officer


ITEM # 93

(Plant Equipt Optr E)


Backhoe Operator

1 Heavy Equipt. Operator

Civil Maintenance

ITEM # 8

Payloader Operator

1 Division Manager C1 Division Manager C

ITEM 84 ITEM 193 URMENETA

1 Utility Worker A

Utility Works

3 Plant Helper B

Chemical Mixing & Dosing


1 Plant Helper B

SG6-4 Item 186 Catologo

Watershed Patrol

(Water Utlties Devt Ofcr. A)


233

APPENDIX 5: ANNUAL POPULATION PROJECTIONS - LMWD


234

Tacloban City: Annual Population Projections


235

Tacloban City : Annual Population Projections (continued)


236

Tacloban City: Annual Population Projections (continued)


237

Tacloban City: Annual Population Projections (continued)


238

Dagami: Annual Population Projections


239

Palo: Annual Population Projections


240

Pastrana: Annual Population Projections


241

Santa Fe: Annual Population Projections


242

Tabontabon: Annual Population Projections


243

Tanauan: Annual Population Projections


244

Tolosa: Annual Population Projections


245

Summary of Annual Population Projects - LMWD


246

APPENDIX 6.1: SURFACE WATER DATA - LMWD

Table 6 – 2A Mainit River Flow Records Table 6 – 2B Mainit River Flow Frequency Table 6 – 3A Lingayon River Flow Records Table 6 – 3B Lingayon River Flow Frequency Table 6 – 4A Dapdap River Flow Record Table 6 – 4B Dapdap River Flow Frequency

Figure 6 – 1 Location Map of Tapped Rivers Figure 6 – 2 Location Map of Mainit, Dapdap and Lingayon Rivers Figure 6 - 3 Mainit River Flow Frequency Analysis Figure 6 - 4 Lingayon River Flow Frequency Analysis Figure 6 - 5 Dapdap River Flow Frequency Analysis Figure 6 - 6 River Discharge Correlation Curve


247

Location : Binongto-an, Alangalang, LeyteLatitude : 11° 13' 21" Longitude : 124° 49' 30"Drainage Area : 98 sq. km

Peak Q Date Min. Q Date

(1000 l/s) (1000 l/s)

1949 425.00 * Nov 02 2.70 Aug 20

1950 24.44 Mar 15 3.85 July 14

1951 418.00 Dec 10 4.60 Oct 27

1952 37.00 Dec 04 2.40 Jul 10

1953 115.00 Jan 20 4.40 Apr 30

1954 261.00 Dec 25 3.96 Nov 02

1955 292.00 Nov 30 3.10 Aug 18

1956 308.80 Apr 08 2.65 Sep 14

1957 404.00 Jan 06

1958 134.00 Dec 06

1959 329.80 Dec 18

1960 244.40 Apr 22 3.20 Aug 28

1961 204.10 Nov 20 2.25 Sep 12

1962 216.40 May 17 3.16 Sep 12

1963 39.68 Jan 25 2.30 Oct 06

1964 189.80 Feb 29 2.60 Jun 09

1965 141.20 Mar 07 2.45 Sep 17

1966 266.80 Dec 18 2.00 * Sep 28

1967 292.00 Jan 19 2.52 Aug 11

1968 95.60 Jan 29 2.28 Sep 20

1969 23.00 Nov 24 2.32 Aug 11

1970 95.00 Nov 23 2.48 Jun 19

* Extreme values

TABLE 6 - 2A

YEAR

FLOW RECORD OF MAINIT RIVER


248

% Equalled Mainitor Exceeded Discharge

cum/s

100 2.74

90 3.23

80 3.79

70 4.46

60 5.25

50 1.40

45 1.69

40 2.03

35 2.45

30 2.95

25 3.55

20 4.27

18 4.60

16 4.96

14 5.34

12 5.75

10 6.19

9 6.43

8 6.67

7 6.92

6 7.18

5 7.45

4 7.74

3 8.03

2 8.33

1.5 8.49

1 8.65

0.5 8.81

Drainage area (DA), sq km 98

Frequency equation:

Q =13.866*e to the power(-0.0162*%exceedance)

TABLE 6-2B

FLOW FREQUENCY ANALYSIS RESULT OF MAINIT RIVER


249

Location : Lingayon, Alangalang, LeyteLatitude : 11° 11' 10" Longitude : 124° 51' 45"Drainage Area : 10 sq. km


(1000 l/s) (1000 l/s)

1948 24.00 Dec 14 0.22 Oct 06

1949 58.42 Nov 03 0.13 * Mar 11

1950 31.02 Mar 14 0.37 Sep 01

1951 52.00 Dec 10 0.46 Apr 10

1952 9.05 Feb 05 0.24 Jul 20

1953 43.78 Jan 20 0.49 Apr 29

1954 72.00 Dec 25 0.49 Nov 16

1955 32.27 Jan 22 0.39 Apr 03

1956 50.30 Dec 28 0.42 Aug 07

1957 53.00 Jan 06 0.26 Sep 25

1958 14.44 Nov 22 0.59 Jul 25

1959 5.15 Nov 16 0.51 Nov 14

1960 9.24 Feb 23 0.48 Aug 17

1961 25.05 Nov 22 0.28 Nov 07

1962 25.40 May 17 0.53 Jul 03

1963 17.17 Aug 23 0.56 Jun 24

1964 112.56 * Mar 01 0.68 Sep 02

1965 22.64 Dec 19 0.53 Aug 10

1966 44.22 May 16 0.59 Sep 10

1967 48.50 Jan 14 0.30 Jan 31

1968 48.95 Nov 24 0.38 May 31

1969 19.64 Dec 22 0.36 Jun 31

1970 32.60 Nov 24 0.46 May 31

* Extreme values

TABLE 6 - 3A

YEAR

FLOW RECORD OF LINGAYON RIVER


250

% Equalled Mainitor Exceeded Discharge*

cum/s

100 0.31

90 0.43

80 0.55

70 0.69

60 0.86

50 1.05

45 1.16

40 1.29

35 1.43

30 1.59

25 1.79

20 2.02

18 2.13

16 2.26

14 2.40

12 2.56

10 2.76

9 2.87

8 2.99

7 3.14

6 3.30

5 3.49

4 3.73

3 4.03

2 4.46

1.5 4.77

1 5.20

0.5 5.94


* Discharge was calculated from the Frequency equation:

Q =-1.0608*Ln(% exceedance)+5.2001

TABLE 6 - 3B

FLOW FREQUENCY ANALYSIS RESULT OF LINGAYON RIVER


251

Location : Buenavista, Alangalang, LeyteLatitude : 11° 13' 0" Longitude : 124° 51' 0"Drainage Area : 30 sq. km


(1000 l/s) (1000 l/s)

1952 15.43 Dec 04 0.80 Dec 28

1953 32.95 Jan 20 0.47 Apr 30

1954 100.12 Dec 25 0.77 Nov 24

1955 49.60 Dec 07 0.30 Jun 04

1956 46.90 Dec 28 0.28 Sep 14

1957 95.80 Jan 06 0.16 Sep 27

1958 24.04 Jan 24 0.58 Apr 18

1959 35.82 Jan 13 0.61 May 15

1960 32.95 Feb 12 0.33 Sep 26

1961 71.08 Nov 21 0.16 Jul 20

1962 59.00 Jan 10 0.37 May 04

1963 22.00 Jan 25 0.13 Jul 19

1964 89.76 Feb 29 0.28 Aug 23

1965 63.76 Jan 15 0.28 Aug 08

1966 116.56 * May 16 0.19 Jun 22

1967 94.16 Jan 19 0.08 Aug 11

1968 66.88 Jan 29 0.05 Nov 01

1969 30.20 Dec 22 0.07 Aug 08

1970 34.50 Dec 02 0.02 * Jun 10

* Extreme values

TABLE 6 - 4A

YEAR

FLOW RECORD OF DAPDAP RIVER


252

% Equalled Dapdapor Exceeded Discharge*

cum/s

100 0.22

90 0.32

80 0.46

70 0.67

60 0.97

50 1.40

45 1.69

40 2.03

35 2.45

30 2.95

25 3.55

20 4.27

18 4.60

16 4.96

14 5.34

12 5.75

10 6.19

9 6.43

8 6.67

7 6.92

6 7.18

5 7.45

4 7.74

3 8.03

2 8.33

1.5 8.49

1 8.65

0.5 8.81


*Discharge was calculated from the Frequency equation:Q =8.9726*e to the power(-0.0371*%exceedance)

TABLE 6 - 4B

FLOW FREQUENCY ANALYSIS RESULT OF DAPDAP RIVER


253

APPENDIX 6.2: GROUNDWATER DATA – LMWD

Table 6 – 6A Well Data Summary Table 6-6B NWSA Well Records Table 6 – 8 Groundwater Quality Test Results Figure 6 – 7 Geologic Map Figure 6 – 8 Well Location Map Figure 6 – 9 Water Level Contour Map Figure 6 – 10A ALAI Geo-Resistivity Soundings Location Map – San Juanico Area March 1990 Figure 6 – 10B ALAI Geo-Resistivity Soundings Location Map – Leyte Metro Area March 1990 Figure 6 – 11A LWUA Geo-Resistivity Soundings Location Map – VES Nos. 1 -15

March 2008 Figure 6 – 11B LWUA Geo-Resistivity Soundings Location Map – VES Nos. 16 – 34 March 2008

Appendix 6 – 1 Summary of Geo-resistivity Results Angel Lazaro and Associates, Inc.,

March 1990 Appendix 6 – 2 Summary of Geo-resistivity Results Local Water Utilities Administration,

March 2008


254

SPAR Well DPWH Location Depth SWL CaCO3 Salinity Electrical Iron Chloride

No. No. (m) (m bgl) (mg/l) Conductivity (mg/l) (mg/l)

(µmho/cm)

1 * Lingayon, Alangalang 5.00 1.50 1 116 0.50 15

2 ** Lingayon, Alangalang 21.30 1 0.16 350 7.00 30

3 Alangalang Agro- Industrial School 5.10 1.35 1 0.18 384 0.50 30

4 Agricultural Research Institute, Alangalang 9.10 1 0.11 212 0.70 15

5 San Vicente, Alangalang 11.20 1 0.15 300 5.00 15

6 San Vicente, Multi-purpose Center, Alangalang 1 0.09 200 8.00 15

7 * Sitio Bunot, Binuntuan, Alangalang 4.00 0.90

8 San Roque St. Alangalang 1 0.51 990 0.00 135

9 * Alangalang National High School 3.00 2.60

10 ** 7998 Santa Fe Central School, Santa Fe

11 ** New Santa Fe Central School, Santa Fe 39.60 2.50 1 1.15 1,644 > 10.00 150

12 * Cabangkalan, Santa Fe 3.50 2.20

13 ** 48-20-85 Katipunan Elem. School, Katipunan Santa Fe 1.00 1 0.15 300 4.00 15

14 Opposite Guinaronia Elem. School Guinaronia, Dagami 6.10 1 0.16 350 0.00 30

15 * Hinulgan, Dagami 2.50 1.70

16 * Dinahongan, Dagami 3.00 1.80 1 0.15 290 0.00 30

17 * Cansamada , Dagami 3.00 2.70 1 0.16 365 0.20 30

18 * Jaro Town Proper 6.00 4.70 1 0.1 214 0.00 15

19 ** San Miguel Town Hall, San Miguel 1 0.15 295 0.80 15

20 * Bairan, San Miguel 2.50 1.90

Note:* SPAR Well No. indicated by a single astersisk are dugwells, all others are drilled wellss

**Alai No. indicated by two asterisks are DPWH drilled wells.

TABLE 6 - 6A

WELL DATA SUMMARY


255

Location Well Drilling Depth Actual Capacity Specific Capacity Static Water Level

Town/Barangay Number (m) (l/s) (l/s) ( m bgl)

Purisima St. Palo NWSA 29-60-1 91.46 1.26 0.41 4.57

Sta. Fe NWSA 13513 36.58 1.26 0.83 2.44

Poblacion, Sta. Fe NWSA 7398 33.84 1.76 1.04 2.44

Sta Fe. Central School, Sta Fe.

NWSA New Well 39.63 2.25

Leyte Normal School, Tacloban City

NWSA 29-61-2 13.41

New Cauayan, Tacloban City NWSA 6540 42.07 0.63 0.03 4.57

Sagkahan, Tacloban City NWSA 9422 17.28 32.80 3.45 1.83

Cabalawan, Tacloban City NWSA 6541 25.30 0.69 0.13 3.96

Cogon, Tanauan NWSA 29-60-23 7.93 0.63 0.69 0.91

Bisleg, Tanauan NWSA 12534 7.62 1.52

* Source : Rapid Assessment of Water Supply Sources by NWRC Province of Northern Leyte

TABLE 6 - 6B

WELL INVENTORY DATA *


256

NSDW* Deepwell (DPWH 7998) DPWH Well (NWSA 4877) Shallow Well (NWSA 50723) Deepwell (Not Listed) Shallow Well (NWSA 12534) Shallow Well (Not Listed) Shallow Well (Not Listed) Dugwell (Not Listed)

Permissible Sta. Fe Central School Lingayon, Alangalang Maribi Elem. School Corner Nueva and Habana Bislig, Tanaun National Maritime Institute Rizal Ave. Tacloban City Baruguan Guti,

Limits Maribi, Tanauan Sts., Tanauan Kabalawan, Tacloban City Tacloban City

Temperature °C 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00 24.00

Color TCU 15 500.00 * 5.00 Nil 12.50 Nil Nil Nil Nil

Odor unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable unobjectionable

Turbidity NTU 5 497.00* 1.20 0.81 0.89 0.83 0.92 0.80 1.80

pH 6.5 -8.5 7.70 7.50 7.60 7.60 7.60 7.60 8.10 8.00

Dissolved Solids mg/L 500 1,053.00 * 176.00 243.00 588.00 * 355.00 5,606.00 ** 436.00 344.00

Electrical Conductivity (µmho/cm) 1,645.00 * 275.00 379.00 918.00 555.00 8,760.00 ** 681.00 522.00

Alkalinity mg/l CaCO3 709.00 125.00 150.00 186.00 143.00 251.00 ** 218.00 150.00

Hardness mg/l CaCO3 300 448.00 * 173.00 182.00 221.00 189.00 5,040.00 170.00 183.00

Potassium mg/L N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

Calcium Ca++ mg/L 75 92.00 * 32.00 42.00 38.00 47.00 1,216.00 ** 33.00 35.00

Magnesium Mg++ mg/L 50 53.00 23.00 19.00 38.00 16.00 486.00 ** 21.00 23.00

Carbonates CO3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Bicarbonate HCO3- mg/L 965.00 153.00 183.00 227.00 175.00 306.00 267.00 183.00

Sulfates Na2SO4 200 1.70 6.50 17.00 43.00 27.00 63.00 30.00 19.00

Chloride Cl- mg/L 200 126.00 18.00 18.00 76.00

Flouride mg/L

Iron Fe++ mg/L 1.0 10.00 0.45 * 0.30 4.36 ** 0.40 * 0.20 0.20 0.22

Manganese Mn++ mg/L 0.1 Nil 0.74 ** 0.67 ** Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Date of Examination 10/2/1990 10/2/1990 10/2/1990 10/2/1990 10/2/1990 10/2/1990 10/2/1990 10/2/1990

NOTE: PNSDW - Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water

* - Exceeds permissible concentration set by PNSDW** - Exceeds excessive concentration set by PNSDW

Parameters

TABLE 6 - 8

GROUNDWATER QUALITY TEST RESULTS


257

STATION LAYER RESISTIVITY THICKNESS DEPTH INFERRED LITHOLOGY(ohm-m) (m) (m)

1 39.1 2.5 0 - 2.5 Sand2 22.4 20.4 2.5 - 22.9 Clay / Shale

ConglomerateSandstone

1 34.3 1.0 0 - 1.2 Sand2 23.8 10.2 1.2 - 11.4 Clay / Shale


1 256.9 2.1 0 - 2.1 Sand / GravelSand Shale

3 467.2 Indurated Sediment1 31.2 1.3 0 - 1.3 Sand2 9.7 12.6 1.3 - 12.6 Clay / Shale3 1,636.1 Base rock1 14.8 2.1 0 - 2.1 Clay 2 24.4 14.1 2.1 - 16.2 Clay / Shale


1 28.1 1.0 0 - 1.0 Clay2 47.5 1.7 1.0 - 2.7 Sand3 40.6 14.5 2.7 - 17.2 - do -4 724.1 Base rock1 16.5 0.9 0 - 0.9 Clay2 11.9 3.2 0.9 - 4.1 - do -3 5,409.6 Base rock1 81.9 0.9 0 - 0.9 Sand

Sand / Gravelwith boulders

3 47.9 15.8 3.1 - 18.9 Sand4 5,608.3 Base rock1 363.5 1.0 0 - 1.1 Gravel / Sand2 83.1 4.1 1.1 - 5.1 Sand3 7,463.5 Base rock1 75.2 0.8 0 - 0.8 Sand2 169.6 1.9 0.8 - 2.7 - do -3 77.0 10.8 13.5 - do -4 1,635.9 Base rock1 118.9 1 0 - 1.0 Sand / Gravel2 175.2 2.2 1.0 - 3.2 - do -3 106.5 25.1 3.2 - 28.2 - do -4 943.7 Base rock

APPENDIX 1

ANGEL LAZARO AND ASSOCIATES, INC. MARCH 1990

RS - 1

RS - 2

3 221.8

3 190.0

RS - 5

RS - 3

RS - 4

2 78.6 17.7 2.1 - 19.8

RS - 8

3 230.5

SUMMARY OF GEO-RESISTIVITY RESULTS

RS - 9

RS - 10

RS - 11

2 458.8 2.2 0.9 - 3.1

RS - 6

RS - 7


258

STATION LAYER RESISTIVITY DEPTH STATION LAYER RESISTIVITY DEPTH

(ohm-m) (m) (ohm-m) (m)

1 146.0 1.1 1 34.8 4.4

2 66.1 4.0 2 98.0 8.2

3 27.8 61.3 3 4.4 94.0

4 106.0 4 495.0

1 70.4 1.1 1 20.1 2.4

2 24.4 5.2 2 28.2 13.2

3 12.0 47.6 3 1.9 78.7

4 3.1 82.1 4 596.0

5 128.0

1 26.5 1.1 1 33.4 1.4

2 18.6 15.6 2 74.8 7.3

3 762.0 3 2.3 64.8

4 598.0

1 18.6 2.1 1 13.3 1.1

2 6.1 5.7 2 92.0 4.5

3 1,600.0 3 4.4 90.8

4 1,000.0

1 38.7 2.2 1 11.7 1.1

2 10.4 23.2 2 31.8 13.4

3 2.0 57.6 3 3.1 85.8

4 900.0 4 1,010.0

1 28.8 1.3 1 12.1 2.1

2 2.9 3.1 2 38.0 6.2

3 15.9 11.7 3 5.4 89.2

4 11.1 48.2 4 960.0

5 1,050.0

1 20.9 1.3 1 28.5 3.7

2 22.6 5.2 2 55.2 8.2

3 9.8 44.5 3 5.2 70.1

4 24.6 4 840.0

1 8.3 1.5 1 26.8 3.6

2 117.0 6.9 2 3.9 60.8

3 5.6 68.6 3 1.6 96.7

4 26.0 4 783.0

1 57.9 1.3 1 45.4 1.4

2 29.6 8.6 2 12.5 20.3

3 4.8 120.0 3 1.6 53.8

4 21.4 4 830.0

1 59.7 1.1 1 23.9 0.7

2 67.9 8.0 2 11.3 13.5

3 5.9 95.4 3 1.8 51.1

4 31.7 4 910.0

1 33.2 1.1 1 27.0 1.4

2 112.0 7.4 2 5.8 9.1

3 19.6 88.2 3 1.5 60.6

4 32.9 4 980.0

1 48.2 1.0 1 29.8 0.9

2 187.0 3.1 2 9.3 7.4

3 9.2 119.0 3 1.4 39.6

4 60.7 4 930.0

1 124.0 3.8 1 30.5 4.5

2 40.0 12.9 2 2.2 17.1

3 5.8 102.0 3 4,830.0

4 31.2

1 54.7 5.1 1 26.0 10.6

2 25.2 13.8 2 2.8 14.6

3 2.3 79.5 3 30.5 61.3

4 48.6 4 1.7 83.7

5 522.0

1 28.9 1.0 1 51.5 2.4

2 62.8 7.9 2 34.9 5.8

3 13.3 118.0 3 13.2 37.2

4 36.6 4 321.0

1 23.2 3.7 1 35.5 2.7

2 89.0 6.9 2 13.3 6.9

3 1.6 89.7 3 106.0 16.7

4 472.0 4 1.8 48.0

5 488.0

1 119.0 1.0 1 12.5 1.3

2 25.4 16.5 2 42.6 8.6

3 2.0 65.3 3 2.9 65.4

4 569.0 4 560.0

VES 32

VES 34

VES 31

VES 33

VES 17

VES 14

VES 16

VES 6

VES 7

VES 8

VES 9

VES 10

VES 11

VES 12

VES 13

VES 15

VES 23

VES 24

VES 25

VES 26

VES 27

VES 28

VES 29

VES 30

APPENDIX 2

LOCAL WATER UTILITIES ADMINISTRATION, MARCH 2008SUMMARY OF GEO-RESISTIVITY RESULTS

VES 18

VES 5

VES 1

VES 2

VES 22

VES 19

VES 3 VES 20

VES 4 VES 21


259

APPENDIX 8: NON REVENUE WATER IMPROVEMENT MEASURES - LMWD

1 NRW Asset Improvement ................................................................................... 260 1.1 Flow Measurement – Macro Level ............................................................... 260 1.2 District Metering .......................................................................................... 260 1.3 Pressure Control ......................................................................................... 261 1.4 Mains Replacement ..................................................................................... 261 1.5 Customer Meter Replacement ..................................................................... 262 1.6 Replacement of PB Service Connections .................................................... 262 1.7 Valve Rehabilitation Program ...................................................................... 262 1.8 Operational Systems and Equipment .......................................................... 263 1.9 Summary of Capital Investment Requirements ............................................ 264

2 NRW Operational Activity Improvement ........................................................... 264 2.1 Leak Detection and Repair .......................................................................... 264 2.2 Illegal Loss Reduction ................................................................................. 265 2.3 Water Audit ................................................................................................. 265 2.4 Outsourcing of Operational Services ........................................................... 266

3 NRW Improvement Costs .................................................................................. 266 3.1 Costing Rationale ........................................................................................ 266 3.2 Estimated Volume of NRW reduction due to Capital Investment ................. 268 3.3 Cost Benefit of NRW Reduction Investment ................................................ 269


260

1. NRW improvement has been considered in terms of both asset and operational activity improvement. These are reported on separately below.

1 NRW ASSET IMPROVEMENT

2. There is scope for investment in NRW reduction by LMWD in a number of areas. The types of investment that should be considered are itemized below with a brief summary of the rationale for the investment.

1.1 FLOW MEASUREMENT – MACRO LEVEL

3. The principal water sources (Tingib and Dagami WTPs) are measured on a continuous basis. However, at Tingib the flow measurement is a combined measurement of both WTP outputs. There is no metering of the distribution system or off-takes from the transmission mains along their routes to Tacloban.

4. It is recommended that the outlet flow from both Tingib WTPs is measured independently and that the transmission mains flows are measured adjacent to municipal centres to allow a clear understanding of the integrity of the different sections of the transmission mains.

5. A summary of proposed transmission main meters is shown in Table 1 .

Table 1: Summary of Proposed Transmission Main Meters – LMWD

LOCATION SIZE MEASURING SUPPLY TO Tingib SSF WTP Outlet 300mm – 1 No. Pastrana Dagami-Tanauan at Tanauan 250mm – 1 No. Tanauan Tanauan-Tolosa at Tanauan 300mm – 1 No. Tolosa Tanauan-Palo at Tanauan 300mm – 1 No. Palo Dagami-Palo at Palo 250mm – 1 No. Palo Pastrana-Palo at Palo 600mm – 1 No. Palo Palo-Tacloban at Palo 500mm – 1 No. Tacloban Palo-Tacloban at Palo 250mm – 1 No. Tacloban

1.2 DISTRICT METERING

6. In order to target operational resources and investment, the division of water networks into discrete areas into which flows are continuously measured is commonly undertaken (district metering). This is particularly useful when NRW levels are relatively low, either to make further reductions or to sustain the achieved levels of NRW into the future.

7. The size of district meter area depends on a number of factors, including network layout and connectivity; investment and operating cost of installed infrastructure; resources available to manage and monitor; etc.

8. As a first step for costing purposes it is proposed that areas of between 3,000 and 5,000 connections are set up. The meter installation should be provided with a bypass in order that meter maintenance can be easily undertaken.

9. In the LMWD system the smaller municipalities can be treated as individual DMA areas.

10. Measurement of flows off the transmission network into distribution is also proposed to enable better understanding of water use in each municipality. A summary of proposed


261

distribution metering is given in Table 2 .

11. Each meter should be located in a chamber and provided with a bypass. Thus, for each meter installation there will be a requirement for three valves of the same diameter. In addition, provision for extra valves for zone isolation should be provided for the DMAs in Tacloban City—equivalent to 2 no. 15mm valves per zone – 10 valves.

12. Thus, total valve requirement will be:

100mm – 3 no. 150mm – 21 no. 200mm – 25 no. 300mm – 3 no.

13. In addition, 14 meter chambers will be required.

14. DMA design for complex networks should be carried out using a calibrated hydraulic network model.

Table 2: Summary of Proposed District Metering – LMWD

LOCATION SIZE MEASURING SUPPLY TO Dagami-TabonTabon at Dagami 150mm – 1 No. TabonTabon Dagami Town offtake 150mm – 1 No. Dagami town Pastrana Town offtake 150mm – 1 No. Pastrana Pastrana-Santa Fe 100mm – 1 No. Santa Fe Palo Town offtake 150mm - 4 No. Palo Tacloban City DMA’s* 200mm – 10 No. Within Tacloban UTAP Reservoir Outlet 300mm – 1 No. Tacloban City Tacloban High Level Booster 150mm – 1 No. High level area in NW Tacloban

*For investment planning purposes suggest to create 5MA’s within Tacloban City of approximately 4,000 connections each utilizing two 200mm inlet meters for each.

1.3 PRESSURE CONTROL

15. There will be scope for pressure reduction within some or all of the municipalities fed directly off the transmission mains: Dagami; TabonTabon; Pastrana; Palo; Tanauan.

16. Costing provision for PRVs (with bypass) is shown in Table 3 . Total valve requirement will be: 150mm – 24 no.

17. In addition, 8 PRV chambers will be required.

18. PRV design should be undertaken using a calibrated hydraulic model of the network.

Table 3: Pressure Valve Reduction Requirement – LMWD

LOCATION SIZE REDUCING PRESSURE IN TabonTabon offtake at Dagami 150mm – 1 No. TabonTabon Dagami Town offtake 150mm – 1 No. Dagami town Pastrana Town offtake 150mm – 1 No. Pastrana Palo Town offtake 150mm - 4 No. Palo Tanauan Town 150mm – 1 No. Tanauan

1.4 MAINS REPLACEMENT

19. A key component in the reduction of NRW is the replacement of leaking mains.


262

LMWD have detailed information about the extent and condition of the network and are carrying out mains replacement work in 2008-2011 with which it is anticipated that they will replace all the remaining CI and PB mains in the distribution network (19 km; and 5.6 km respectively).

20. The targeted replacement of poor quality ACP transmission mains was also identified as a requirement, and so an investment provision has been made for replacement of ACP transmission at the rate of 2 km/year. Identification of priority mains for replacement will be carried out during the detailed feasibility study.

21. Investment, when made, should be made based on a detailed analysis of the physical condition of each main to be replaced.

1.5 CUSTOMER METER REPLACEMENT

22. It is proposed that LMWD introduce a planned meter replacement program. Planned meter replacement policy tends typically to be based on a fixed period for replacement— usually between 5 and 10 years depending on the particular company, requiring meter change out irrespective of actual performance.

23. In the absence of the meter profile data, costing provision for replacement of meters on an 8-year replacement cycle has been included, i.e. 12.5% per year. This should, however, be based on a proper assessment of meter condition rather than a blanket replacement. This should provide sufficient resources to enable effective customer meter replacement to be undertaken.

1.6 REPLACEMENT OF PB SERVICE CONNECTIONS

24. The need for a blanket service connection change out program depends on the condition of service pipe materials and historic installation practice. Service mains are currently being replaced by LMWD on an as-needs basis. It was estimated that the majority of service connections are now PE but that a significant portion of PB services remain—for investment planning, it has been assumed that 25% of services (7,000) are PB and these will be changed out during the investment plan period.

1.7 VALVE REHABILITATION PROGRAM

25. Valves are an essential component of a pipe network, allowing isolation of small parts of the network so that operational situations like burst mains or interconnections can be managed without affecting large numbers of customers.

26. The networks in LMWD appear to have a good proportion of valves. There are a number of key controlling valves which are in the process of replacement. One problem with valve maintenance is the asphalting or concreting over of control valves—it is suggested that a program of valve rehabilitation be included in the investment plan for LMWD. Also that it make representations with the City/Municipal Governments to include the LMWD in planning their road rehabilitation works. This should include for replacement of valves as well as for extension of valve chambers to make valves accessible again.

27. There were no data in relation to valves, and valve condition within the networks. For costing purposes a provision has been made for a 5-year investment period based on the installation of 1 valve per every 1,000 connections, of 1 no. 150mm valve per every 1,000 connections should be made for the first 5 years—i.e. 28 valves per year. An average cost equivalent to the cost of a 150mm valve has been used; however, the provision can be used


263

for valves of any size.

1.8 OPERATIONAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

28. There are a number of tools and types of equipment that are necessary to enable the efficient operation of a water utility. These include: GIS Mapping Systems; Billing systems; Hydraulic model of the transmission and distribution systems; Meter reading recording devices and/or on the spot billing technology; Leakage detection equipment; Portable flow and pressure logging technology.

29. GIS and Mapping. Geographical information systems technology is now well tried and tested for utility operation and provides a very useful platform for recording details of physical assets—location, type, age, condition; as well as for recording customer consumption, billing and payment information.

30. LMWD has very rudimentary map records, based on as-built construction drawings from pipeline projects over the years. There would be very large benefits of creating a GIS for the LMWD.

31. Billing System. LMWD billing system should be reviewed at the WDDSP feasibility stage to see whether it is sufficiently robust for the task and/or whether it can be further customized to the benefit of LMWD.

32. If the system is not sufficiently robust alternative options should be considered at the feasibility stage.

33. Hydraulic Modelling. Construction of hydraulic models to water supply systems provides many benefits to the water utility. This may be in terms of improved knowledge of network asset types and condition; better understanding of water usage across the network; use of the model to simulate changes and improvements to the network; design of district meter and pressure reduction areas; support to strategic resource planning; etc.

34. The hydraulic model should be built with the support of consultants but ownership and use should rest with LMWD.

35. Leakage Detection. Provision of appropriate and adequate leakage detection and training in its use is essential if physical losses are to be managed to minimal levels.

36. Proposed equipment listing for LMWD would be:

Leak Noise Correlators – 2 units; Electronic listening equipment – 5 units Pipe locating equipment (all materials) – 2 sets. Noise loggers – 3 sets.

37. Flow and Pressure Monitoring Equipment. Sufficient flow and pressure data logging equipment should be provided to allow field testing of the largest district area over an extended time period.

Dual flow & pressure loggers – 20 no. Single channel pressure loggers – 30 no. Heavy duty laptop computers – 3 no.

38. Provision should also be made for maintenance and replacement of this equipment and associated batteries, cables etc.


264

1.9 SUMMARY OF CAPITAL INVESTMENT REQUIREMENTS

39. Table 4 is a summary of the assets included in the capital investment requirements.

Table 4: NRW Capital Investment Requirements - LMWD

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

NRW MANAGEMENT/CONTROL COSTS

Production Metering

Electro Magnetic

600 1

500 1

300 3

Mechanical

250 3

District Metering

Electro Magnetic Meters

300 1

Mechanical Meters

200 10

150 8

100 1

Meter Installation valves

300 3

200 25

150 21

100 3

Chamber construction - 2m x 1.5m x 2m 14

Network Isolation valves

150 10

Leak Detection/Pipe Location Equipment

Leak Noise Correlator 2

Electronic Listening Sticks 5

Noise Loggers - set 3

Pipe Location Equipment - All materials 2

Data Logging Equipment

Dual Flow & Pressure Loggers 20

Pressure loggers 30

Hardware purchase - computer 3

NRW REDUCTION CAPEX

Customer Meter Replacement

1/2" 1875 3750 3750 3750 3750 1875

Pressure Reduction (PRVs)

150 8

Chamber construction - 2m x 1.5m x 2m 8

Isolation valves

150 24

Mains replacement

PVC

250 1000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000

Service Pipe replacement

1/2" 700 1400 1400 1400 1400 700

Valve Rehabilitation

150 14 28 28 28 28 14

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS COST

GIS

Software Purchase 1

Hardware Purchase - Computers 1

Hydraulic Modelling

Software - Epanet Freeware 1

Hardware Purchase - Computers 1

Model Building 1

Investment Expenditure

Quantities

2 NRW OPERATIONAL ACTIVITY IMPROVEMENT

2.1 LEAK DETECTION AND REPAIR

40. LMWD are not proactively carrying out leak detection and repair activity. These are key activities in the reduction and control of NRW.


265

41. Further, the analysis of ILI (Infrastructure Leakage Index) (included in Supplementary Appendix C, para 114) demonstrates the need for significant improvement in the management of physical losses from the network.

42. It is suggested that LMWD set up a team to more proactively manage leak detection and repair—this could be either in-house or could be contracted out either on a rate basis or a performance basis or combination of both—with supervision responsibility remaining with LMWD. The current level of leaks within the system is unknown; however, an attempt at estimating the number of leaks has been made the result of which are shown in Table 5 . No attempt has been made to attribute savings to the leaks repaired.

43. LMWD should ensure that adequate budget for leak repair is provided in their expense forecast.

Table 5: Estimated Distribution Main Line Leaks and Costs - LMWD

300 0.25 27,722 7 37,599

250 0.5 70,705 35 177,650

200 0.5 14,475 7 30,869

150 1 34,251 34 106,914

100 2 79,851 160 425,045

75 3 12,090 36 73,701

50 4 9,259 37 69,776

TOTAL LEAKS PER YEAR 317 921,554

Diameter

(mm)

Leaks/yr/

km

Network

Length (m)

No. of

repairs

Leak Repair

Cost (PhP)

2.2 ILLEGAL LOSS REDUCTION

44. The conversion of illegal connections to legal connections is a double win for any utility, with a reduction in the NRW as well as a revenue gain for no additional production or distribution effort.

45. It is suggested that LMWD set up a team to focus on the identification and subsequent conversion of illegal connections to legal paying customers. This is not an easy task and is something that requires good network knowledge, incentives and penalties, effective communication and hard work in the field visiting all areas of the network. This is an area of activity that could be outsourced on a performance basis.

2.3 WATER AUDIT

46. It is recommended that LMWD adopt the IWA water audit methodology as described in Supplementary Appendic C, para 108, Section 4.2, as a performance measurement tool. A key part of this is the recording of unbilled authorised consumption within the water district—this is not currently being done by LMWD—and using this information to inform operational decisions.

47. Quantifying the amount of water used for operational activities allows comparison to be made with the cost of mitigating the need for the operational use, e.g. if water used for flushing was quantified and a value assigned to it, it would be possible to calculate when remedial action such as swabbing or scouring would have a greater cost benefit.


266

2.4 OUTSOURCING OF OPERATIONAL SERVICES

48. LMWD currently carry out all operational activity in-house. As they are a rapidly growing organization with some positions unfilled there is scope for LMWD to enter into out-sourcing contracts to support the efficient operation to the business. Similarly for specific and enhanced programs of activity (e.g. a crash leak detection and repair program) it may be beneficial to undertake some of the work through outsourcing to have a quick impact.

49. Outsourcing can be used for many of the routine activities, either individually or in combination, e.g.

meter reading; billing; collection; meter replacement; reduction of illegal connections; leak detection; leak repair; M&E maintenance activity; NRW reduction.

50. All these contracts should be set up with performance in mind—rewarding out performance and penalizing under performance. For performance contracts to be successful, however, the risk-reward criteria and payment mechanisms need to be clearly thought out in order to reinforce the desired performance. Such contracts should also be regarded as a partnership rather than a one-sided opportunity by either party to gain benefit at the expense of the other.

51. The use of outsourcing contracts brings with it the requirement for effective supervision—this should be viewed as an opportunity to develop staff within the water district and appropriate capacity building activity undertaken.

52. Supplementary Appendix E shows the types of outsourcing that can be carried out and suggests some performance criteria that could be used to improve utility efficiency.

3 NRW IMPROVEMENT COSTS

3.1 COSTING RATIONALE

53. NRW reduction activities fall into both capital investment (pipelines, meters, PRVs, specialist equipment, etc.) and operational expense categories (leak repair, equipment licensing and battery replacement). Both of these categories are further described below.

Capital Investment. Capital Investment costs can be broken down into investment for control and management of NRW reduction activity (production metering, district metering, specialist equipment purchase, etc.) and investment that directly leads to reduction of NRW (pipe replacement, pressure reduction, meter replacement, etc.).

A further type of cost presented here is for Management System Capex—this is related more to effective utility management but impacts on NRW reduction performance in terms of supporting the activities carried out in NRW management, and so has been included here.

Operational Activity Costs. Operational activity costs have also been considered in relation to NRW Control, NRW Reduction and Management Systems.


267

NRW Control operational expense covers licensing and batteries for the Control Capex assets (leak detection equipment, data loggers etc.).

NRW Reduction operational expense covers leak repair.

NRW Management System operational expense covers licensing and batteries for the management system assets.

54. Costs have been prepared for the period 2011 to 2016 consistent with the financial requirements of the PPTA for inclusion in the relevant section of the financial model for LMWD. In practice, many of these types of costs will continue into the future (although at different levels) as part of a regular asset management planning process

55. Table 6 shows a summary of all proposed investment expenditure items for QMWD. Costs are in Philippine Peso.

56. It is interesting to note that capital investment costs account for 95% of total costs and that 81% of total cost is related to reduction of NRW, with only 13% being related to control.

57. Table 7 shows the detailed breakdown of these costs by expense category. Costs are in Philippine Peso.

58. Unit costs that have been used in the analysis are based on costs provided included in LWUA Form No. 21 where possible, and also costs kindly provided from the Engineering Department of Maynilad Water.

Table 6: Summary of Proposed NRW Investment Expenditure - LMWD

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 TOTAL % of TOTAL

10,103,331 0 5,668,201 0 0 0 15,771,531 13.1%

14,131,835 18,581,836 18,581,836 18,581,836 18,581,836 9,290,918 97,750,097 81.0%

1,340,000 0 0 0 0 0 1,340,000 1.1%

25,575,165 18,581,836 24,250,037 18,581,836 18,581,836 9,290,918 114,861,628 95.2%

0 0 0 125,000 0 0 125,000 0.1%

921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 5,529,321 4.6%

0 39,000 39,000 39,000 39,000 39,000 195,000 0.2%

921,554 960,554 960,554 1,085,554 960,554 960,554 5,849,321 4.8%

26,496,719 19,542,390 25,210,590 19,667,390 19,542,390 10,251,472 120,710,950

26,496,719 46,039,108 71,249,699 90,917,088 110,459,478 120,710,950TOTAL CUMULATIVE

NRW CONTROL OPEX

NRW REDUCTION OPEX

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OPEX

Total Opex

TOTAL ANNUAL

EXPENSE CATEGORY

NRW CONTROL CAPEX

NRW REDUCTION CAPEX

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CAPEX

Total Capex


268

Table 7: Detailed NRW Cost Breakdown - LMWD

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 TOTAL % of TOTAL

10,103,331 0 5,668,201 0 0 0 15,771,531

4,285,331 0 0 0 0 0 4,285,331 27.2%

0 0 5,668,201 0 0 0 5,668,201 35.9%

2,400,000 0 0 0 0 0 2,400,000 15.2%

3,418,000 0 0 0 0 0 3,418,000 21.7%

14,131,835 18,581,836 18,581,836 18,581,836 18,581,836 9,290,918 97,750,097

2,250,000 4,500,000 4,500,000 4,500,000 4,500,000 2,250,000 22,500,000 23.0%

4,840,917 0 0 0 0 0 4,840,917 5.0%

5,344,050 10,688,100 10,688,100 10,688,100 10,688,100 5,344,050 53,440,500 54.7%

1,323,000 2,646,000 2,646,000 2,646,000 2,646,000 1,323,000 13,230,000 13.5%

373,868 747,736 747,736 747,736 747,736 373,868 3,738,680 3.8%

1,340,000 0 0 0 0 0 1,340,000

795,000 0 0 0 0 0 795,000 59.3%

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0%

545,000 0 0 0 0 0 545,000 40.7%

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0%

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0%

25,575,165 18,581,836 24,250,037 18,581,836 18,581,836 9,290,918 114,861,628

- - - 125,000 - - 125,000

0 0 0 125,000 0 0 125,000 100.0%

921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 5,529,321

921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 921,554 5,529,321 100.0%

0 39,000 39,000 39,000 39,000 39,000 195,000

0 39,000 39,000 39,000 39,000 39,000 195,000 100.0%

921,554 960,554 960,554 1,085,554 960,554 960,554 5,849,321

Licensing & Batteries

TOTAL OPEX

Licensing & Batteries

NRW REDUCTION OPEX

Leak Repair

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OPEX

Hydraulic Modelling

Meter Reading Automation

MIS

TOTAL CAPEX

NRW CONTROL OPEX

Service Pipe replacement

Valve Rehabilitation

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CAPEX

GIS

Bill ing System

Data Logging Equipment

NRW REDUCTION CAPEX

Customer Meter Replacement

Pressure Reduction (PRVs)

Mains replacement

EXPENSE CATEGORY

NRW CONTROL CAPEX

Production Metering

District Metering

Leak Detection/Pipe Location Equipment

3.2 ESTIMATED VOLUME OF NRW REDUCTION DUE TO CAPITAL INVESTMENT

59. Table 8 shows an estimate of volume savings as a result of activity carried out in relation to capital investment.

60. For the pipe replacement it has been assumed that there will be a 10% loss from the new asset, so only 90% of the potential savings are achieved for the duration of the 5-year period—this is to recognise the fact that there will be some background losses “built into” the new asset.


269

Table 8: Estimated Volume Savings - LMWD

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Mains replacement - 5 breaks per km 600 60.00 31,536 0 0 0 0 0 0

500 50.00 26,280 0 0 0 0 0 0

Leak volume per leak assumed the same 450 45.00 23,652 0 0 0 0 0 0

as for pipe repair 400 40.00 21,024 0 0 0 0 0 0

350 35.00 18,396 0 0 0 0 0 0

300 30.00 15,768 0 0 0 0 0 0

250 25.00 13,140 13,140 26,280 26,280 26,280 26,280 13,140

200 20.00 10,512 0 0 0 0 0 0

150 15.00 7,884 0 0 0 0 0 0

100 10.00 5,256 0 0 0 0 0 0

75 7.50 3,942 0 0 0 0 0 0

50 5.00 2,628 0 0 0 0 0 0

Potential Annual Savings 13,140 26,280 26,280 26,280 26,280 13,140

Loss Factor 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%

Forecast Annual Savings 11,826 23,652 23,652 23,652 23,652 11,826

Note: Savings attributable in Year = 50% of Potentia l Savings attributable in Year 5,913 11,826 11,826 11,826 11,826 5,913

due to implementation timing effect Savings from Prior Year 11,826 11,826 11,826 11,826 11,826

100% of potential recognis ed in s ubs equent years Savings from Prior Years 23,652 23,652 23,652 23,652

Savings from Prior Years 23,652 23,652 23,652

Savings from Prior Years 23,652 23,652

23,652

Annual Saving 5,913 23,652 47,304 70,956 94,608 112,347

Cumulative Saving 5,913 29,565 76,869 147,825 242,433 354,780

Meter Replacement - Estimated Volume Saving - 2.0 m3/mth/meter m3/year: 24 45,000 90,000 90,000 90,000 90,000 45,000






90,000

Annual Saving 22,500 90,000 180,000 270,000 360,000 427,500

Cumulative Saving 22,500 112,500 292,500 562,500 922,500 1,350,000

Service pipe relacement - Estmated Volume Saving 1 l/hr/service m3/year: 8.8 6,132 12,264 12,264 12,264 12,264 6,132






12,264

Annual Saving 3,066 12,264 30,660 42,924 55,188 64,386

Cumulative Saving 3,066 15,330 45,990 88,914 144,102 208,488

Volume Savings Related to Capital Investment - m3

Total 31,479 125,916 257,964 383,880 509,796 604,233

Cumulative 31,479 157,395 415,359 799,239 1,309,035 1,913,268

Investment CategoryMain Diameter

- mm

Leakage

Rate -

l/min/Km

Annual

Saving Per

Item - m3/yr

Potential Volume Saving Due to Investment Activity - m3

3.3 COST BENEFIT OF NRW REDUCTION INVESTMENT

61. The value of savings made by reducing NRW depends upon the volume of water saved and whether it is sold or allows reduction in production output.

62. In networks with a fully satisfied demand the value of the saving lies in the cost of production and distribution, i.e. the losses saved serve to reduce the production requirement. In networks that are resource limited the value of the saving in NRW is equal to the value of revenue less the variable cost of production and distribution, i.e. the losses saved are sold to customers at the applicable tariff rate.

63. The LMWD system is resource limited so the economic justification of NRW investment is related to the sales value of water saved.

64. Table 9 shows a simple calculation of payback period for each of the components of the five-year capital investment program, based on the forecast of savings made as a result of the investment and operational activity.

65. This demonstrates the potential for savings as a result of work carried out—it does


270

rely, however, on good quality of workmanship and properly targeted expenditure.

Table 9: NRW Payback Period - LMWD

5 Year Capex

(PhP)

5 Year

Volume

Saving - m3

5 Year

Value Saving

(PhP)

Payback

Period

Years

Mains replacement 53,440,500 354,780 8,010,932 22.91

Meter Replacement 22,500,000 1,350,000 30,483,000 4.17

Service Pipe Replacement 13,230,000 208,488 4,707,659 10.86

Total Capex incl. Non Reduction 114,861,628 1,913,268 43,201,591 10.25

Average Tariff - PhP/m3 23.5

Variable Production Cost - PhP/m3 0.92

Value of Saving - PhP/m3 22.58

Capex Component


271

APPENDIX 11.1: DETAILED PROJECT COST – LMWD (Php’000)


a. Modular Treatment Facility ls 1 0 - - - - - - - - b. Conventional Treatment ls 1 0 - - - - - - - -

Sub-Total - - - - - - - - 2 Transmission Facilities ls 1 0 - - - - - - - - 3 NRW Reduction ls 1 114,861,628 68,916.9 45,944.6 - 36,755.7 78,105.8 114,861.5 12,306.6 102,554.9 4 Resettlement Cost ls 0 0 - - - - - - - 5 Land Acquisition lot 0 0 - - - - - - -

SUB-TOTAL 68,916.9 45,944.6 - 36,755.7 78,105.8 114,861.5 12,306.6 102,554.9 DETAILED ENGINEERING DESIGN - - - - - - - - CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION 5,053.9 - - 505.4 4,548.5 5,053.9 541.5 4,512.4 PHYSICAL CONTINGENCIES - - - 3,675.6 7,810.6 11,486.2 1,230.7 10,255.5 PRICE CONTINGENCIES 10,350.1 6,428.6 - 1,187.2 17,198.7 18,385.9 1,969.9 16,416.0

G R A N D T O T A L 84,320.9 52,373.2 0.0 42,123.8 107,663.6 149,787.5 16,048.7 133,738.8

Totals (excl tax)

Component FEC Local TotalSub-Total

Unit QuantityTaxes & Duties

Unit Cost


272

APPENDIX 11.2: DEBT SERVICE SCHEDULE – LMWD (Php’000)

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040Proposed WDSSP Loan

Disbursement 29,350 21,324 27,829 21,324 21,324 10,662 Capitalized Interest - - - - - - Operational Interest - 3,399 5,648 8,216 10,305 12,134 12,884 12,743 12,588 12,417 11,269 9,417 6,429 1,607 Principal - - - 1,404 1,545 1,701 1,871 3,019 4,872 7,860 12,682 Debt Service - 3,399 5,648 8,216 10,305 12,134 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 Loan Outstanding 29,350 50,674 78,503 99,827 121,151 131,813 134,820 134,593 134,196 133,613 127,183 112,335 83,908 33,569 Less: Current Portion - - - 1,404 1,545 1,701 1,871 2,059 3,322 5,361 8,649 6,811 Foreign Exchange Loss - - - - - 4,411 1,318 1,304 1,289 1,272 1,157 973 675 195 Long-Term Portion 29,350 50,674 78,503 99,827 121,151 134,820 134,593 134,196 133,613 132,826 125,018 107,948 75,934 26,953

Existing Loans

Operational Interest 2,406 528 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Principal 12,260 9,249 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Debt Service 14,666 9,777 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Loan Outstanding 9,249 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Less: Current Portion 9,249 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Long-Term Portion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Summary Operational Interest 2,406 528 - 3,399 5,648 8,216 10,305 12,134 12,884 12,743 12,588 12,417 11,269 9,417 6,429 1,607 Principal 12,260 9,249 - - - - - - 1,404 1,545 1,701 1,871 3,019 4,872 7,860 12,682 Debt Service 14,666 9,777 - 3,399 5,648 8,216 10,305 12,134 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 Loan Outstanding 9,249 - - - 78,503 99,827 121,151 131,813 134,820 134,593 134,196 133,613 127,183 112,335 83,908 33,569 Less: Current Portion 9,249 - - - - - - 1,404 1,545 1,701 1,871 2,059 3,322 5,361 8,649 6,811 Long-Term Portion - - 29,350 50,674 78,503 99,827 121,151 134,820 134,593 134,196 133,613 132,826 125,018 107,948 75,934 26,953


273

APPENDIX 11.3: PROJECTED WATER TARIFF – LMWD (Php)

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040Domestic/Residential - Minimum Charge 148.50 149.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 164.00 164.00 180.00 180.00 198.00 198.00 218.00 264.00 384.00 485.00 706.00 11 - 20 cu.m. 16.35 16.40 16.40 16.40 16.40 18.00 18.00 19.80 19.80 21.80 21.80 24.00 29.00 42.20 53.40 77.60 21 - 30 cu.m. 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 20.90 20.90 23.00 23.00 25.30 25.30 27.80 33.70 49.10 62.10 90.30 31 - 40 cu.m. 22.15 22.20 22.20 22.20 22.20 24.40 24.40 26.80 26.80 29.50 29.50 32.50 39.40 57.30 72.50 105.50 41 - up 22.15 22.20 22.20 22.20 22.20 24.40 24.40 26.80 26.80 29.50 29.50 32.50 39.40 57.30 72.50 105.50 Institutional - - Minimum Charge 148.50 149.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 164.00 164.00 180.00 180.00 198.00 198.00 218.00 264.00 384.00 485.00 706.00 11 - 20 cu.m. 16.35 16.40 16.40 16.40 16.40 18.00 18.00 19.80 19.80 21.80 21.80 24.00 29.00 42.20 53.40 77.60 21 - 30 cu.m. 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 20.90 20.90 23.00 23.00 25.30 25.30 27.80 33.70 49.10 62.10 90.30 31 - 40 cu.m. 22.15 22.20 22.20 22.20 22.20 24.40 24.40 26.80 26.80 29.50 29.50 32.50 39.40 57.30 72.50 105.50 41 - up 22.15 22.20 22.20 22.20 22.20 24.40 24.40 26.80 26.80 29.50 29.50 32.50 39.40 57.30 72.50 105.50 Commercial/Industrial - - Minimum Charge 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 297.00 327.00 327.00 360.00 360.00 396.00 396.00 436.00 528.00 768.00 972.00 1,415.00 11 - 20 cu.m. 32.70 32.70 32.70 32.70 32.70 36.00 36.00 39.60 39.60 43.60 43.60 48.00 58.10 84.50 107.00 155.70 21 - 30 cu.m. 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 41.80 41.80 46.00 46.00 50.60 50.60 55.70 67.40 98.00 124.00 180.40 31 - 40 cu.m. 44.30 44.30 44.30 44.30 44.30 48.70 48.70 53.60 53.60 59.00 59.00 64.90 78.50 114.30 144.60 210.30 41 - up 44.30 44.30 44.30 44.30 44.30 48.70 48.70 53.60 53.60 59.00 59.00 64.90 78.50 114.30 144.60 210.30

Affordability of Proposed Water Rates2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040

Average Income per month 6,735 7,072 7,425 7,797 8,186 8,596 9,026 9,477 9,951 10,448 10,971 11,519 14,702 18,763 23,947 30,564 Minimum Charge (MC) 148.50 149.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 164.00 164.00 180.00 180.00 198.00 198.00 218.00 264.00 384.00 485.00 706.00 Add: Sanitation Fee - - - - - - - - - - - Total Minimum Charge 148.50 149.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 164.00 164.00 180.00 180.00 198.00 198.00 218.00 264.00 384.00 485.00 706.00 % of MC to Average Income 2.20% 2.11% 2.01% 1.91% 1.82% 1.91% 1.82% 1.90% 1.81% 1.90% 1.80% 1.89% 1.80% 2.05% 2.03% 2.31%Increase in Water Rates 10% 10% 10% 10% 15% 15%Increase in Income (%) 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%


274

APPENDIX 11.4: FINANCIAL INTERNAL RATE OF RETURN – LMWD (Php’000)

Revenues O&M Revenues O&M Revenues O&M RevenuesO&M

(+10%)Revenues

(-10%)O&M

Revenues (-10%)

O&M (+10%)

2011 31,081 (31,081) 31,081 (31,081) 34,189 (34,189) 31081 (31,081) 31,081 (31,081) 31,081 (31,081)

2012 - - 23,310 (23,310) - - 23,310 (23,310) - - 25,641 (25,641) - - 23310 (23,310) - - 23,310 (23,310) - - 25,641 (25,641)

2013 - - 31,436 (31,436) - - 31,436 (31,436) - - 34,579 (34,579) - - 31436 (31,436) - - 31,436 (31,436) - - 34,579 (34,579)

2014 36,592 6,830 24,900 4,862 - - 24,900 (24,900) 36,592 6,830 27,390 2,372 36,592 7,513 24900 4,179 32,933 6,830 24,900 1,203 32,933 7,513 27,390 (1,970)

2015 18,213 7,484 25,747 (15,018) 36,592 6,830 25,747 4,015 18,213 7,484 28,321 (17,593) 18,213 8,232 25747 (15,766) 16,391 7,484 25,747 (16,839) 16,391 8,232 28,321 (20,162)

2016 40,194 7,565 13,315 19,314 18,213 7,484 13,315 (2,587) 40,194 7,565 14,647 17,982 40,194 8,321 13315 18,557 36,174 7,565 13,315 15,295 36,174 8,321 14,647 13,207

2017 21,551 6,949 14,602 40,194 7,565 - 32,629 21,551 6,949 0 14,602 21,551 7,644 0 13,907 19,396 6,949 0 12,447 19,396 7,644 0 11,752

2018 41,330 6,303 35,026 21,551 6,949 - 14,602 41,330 6,303 0 35,026 41,330 6,934 0 34,396 37,197 6,303 0 30,893 37,197 6,934 0 30,263

2019 21,709 5,625 16,084 41,330 6,303 - 35,026 21,709 5,625 0 16,084 21,709 6,187 0 15,521 19,538 5,625 0 13,913 19,538 6,187 0 13,350

2020 41,632 4,913 36,719 21,709 5,625 - 16,084 41,632 4,913 0 36,719 41,632 5,404 0 36,228 37,468 4,913 0 32,556 37,468 5,404 0 32,064

2021 39,839 4,165 35,674 41,632 4,913 - 36,719 39,839 4,165 35,674 39,839 4,581 35,257 35,855 4,165 31,690 35,855 4,581 0 31,274

2022 59,133 3,380 55,753 39,839 4,165 - 35,674 59,133 3,380 55,753 59,133 3,718 55,416 53,220 3,380 49,840 53,220 3,718 0 49,502

2023 56,587 2,555 54,032 59,133 3,380 - 55,753 56,587 2,555 54,032 56,587 2,811 53,776 50,928 2,555 48,373 50,928 2,811 0 48,117

2024 75,313 1,689 73,624 56,587 2,555 - 54,032 75,313 1,689 73,624 75,313 1,858 73,455 67,782 1,689 66,093 67,782 1,858 0 65,924

2025 72,070 780 71,290 75,313 1,689 - 73,624 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2026 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2027 72,070 780 0 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 0 71,290 72,070 858 0 71,212 64,863 780 0 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2028 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2029 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2030 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2031 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2032 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2033 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2034 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2035 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2036 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2037 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2038 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2039 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2040 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

2041 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 780 - 71,290 72,070 780 71,290 72,070 858 71,212 64,863 780 64,083 64,863 858 0 64,005

FIRR 21.93% FIRR 19.31% FIRR 20.50% FIRR 21.67% FIRR 20.10% FIRR 18.92%

NPV 342,250 NPV 303,577 NPV 330,161 NPV 338,556 NPV 292,242 NPV 279,361

Net Project

Cost (+10%)

NetYear Incremental

Project Cost

Net Project

Cost (+10%)

NetProject Cost

Sensitivity Analyses1 Year Delay in

Operation Project Cost

Incremental

Base Hypothesis

Incremental IncrementalNet

Project Cost

NetIncremental


275

APPENDIX 11.5: PROJECTED INCOME STATEMENT – LMWD (Php’000)

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040Operating Revenues Water Sales 162,313 165,332 183,323 186,229 208,057 249,490 250,413 338,312 409,358 595,513 753,324 1,095,899 Domestic 101,180 103,062 114,277 116,088 129,695 137,907 140,015 189,163 228,887 332,973 421,211 612,756 Institutional 14,204 14,468 16,042 16,297 18,207 16,552 13,913 18,797 22,744 33,087 41,855 60,888 Commercial 46,929 47,802 53,004 53,844 60,155 95,032 96,485 130,353 157,727 229,454 290,259 422,254 Other Operating Revenues 16,231 16,533 18,332 18,623 20,806 24,949 25,041 23,682 28,655 41,686 52,733 76,713 Total Revenues 178,545 181,866 201,655 204,852 228,863 274,439 275,455 361,994 438,013 637,199 806,057 1,172,612

Operating Expenses Payroll 34,133 35,840 37,632 39,513 41,489 43,564 45,742 58,379 74,508 95,094 121,366 154,898 Power Cost 1,816 2,097 2,423 2,798 3,232 2,925 3,217 5,181 8,344 13,439 21,643 34,857 Chemicals 5,167 5,684 6,252 6,877 7,565 8,313 9,145 14,728 23,719 38,199 61,521 99,080 Maintenance 6,929 7,785 8,746 9,826 11,040 12,004 13,018 18,380 25,779 36,156 50,710 71,124 Other O & M 73,024 78,136 83,605 89,458 95,720 113,110 122,672 173,335 243,112 340,977 478,238 670,754 Franchise Tax 3,571 3,637 4,033 4,097 4,577 5,489 5,509 7,240 8,760 12,744 16,121 23,452 Bad Debts 354 447 460 473 487 503 523 637 785 977 1,249 1,618 Depreciation 19,998 19,998 19,998 19,998 19,998 19,998 28,754 28,754 28,754 28,754 28,754 28,754Total Operating Exp. 144,992 153,624 163,148 173,041 184,108 205,905 228,579 306,634 413,762 566,340 779,602 1,084,536

Net Operating Income 33,553 28,242 38,507 31,811 44,755 68,535 46,875 55,360 24,251 70,859 26,455 88,075Less: Interest Expense 2,406 528 0 3,399 5,648 8,216 10,305 13,689 12,427 10,390 7,104 1,802 Foreign Exchange Loss 0 1,272 1,157 973 675 195Net Income 31,147 27,714 38,507 28,412 39,108 60,319 36,570 40,399 10,667 59,497 18,676 86,079

Projected


276

APPENDIX 11.6: PROJECTED CASH FLOW STATEMENT – LMWD (Php’000)

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040

Sources of Cash

Collection of Revenues - CY 152,575 155,412 172,323 175,055 195,574 234,521 235,388 261,849 262,821 289,103 289,103 318,014 384,796 559,783 708,125 1,030,145 Collection of Receivables - PY - 8,267 9,166 9,311 10,403 12,475 12,521 13,928 13,980 15,378 15,378 16,916 20,468 29,776 37,666 54,795 Other Receipts 16,231 16,533 18,332 18,623 20,806 24,949 25,041 25,071 25,164 24,605 24,605 23,682 28,655 41,686 52,733 76,713 Proceeds of Loan - - 29,350 21,324 27,829 21,324 21,324 10,662 LWUA and NLIF - - - - WDDSP 29,350 21,324 27,829 21,324 21,324 10,662 Total Sources of Cash 168,806 180,212 229,171 224,314 254,611 293,269 294,275 311,510 301,965 329,086 329,086 358,611 433,919 631,244 798,524 1,161,653

Uses of Cash

Equity - 1,731 1,985 3,607 3,575 4,422 2,653

Project Investment - 29,350 21,324 27,829 21,324 21,324 10,662 Debt Service-

Existing Loans 14,666 9,777 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Proposed Loan - - 3,399 5,648 8,216 10,305 12,134 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289

Total Debt Service 14,666 9,777 - 3,399 5,648 8,216 10,305 12,134 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289 14,289

Foreign Exchange Loss - - - - - - - 4,411 1,318 1,304 1,289 1,272 1,157 973 675 195

O & M Expenses and Working Capital 123,188 113,535 138,185 147,962 158,493 179,319 193,149 207,188 221,130 236,040 251,986 269,044 374,018 521,705 730,342 1,026,141 Reserves 4,869 4,960 5,500 5,587 6,242 7,485 12,521 22,285 22,368 24,605 24,605 27,065 32,749 47,641 60,266 87,672 Franchise Tax 3,571 3,637 4,033 4,097 4,577 5,489 5,509 6,073 6,095 6,643 6,643 7,240 8,760 12,744 16,121 23,452 Corporate Income Tax - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Total Uses of Cash 146,294 131,909 178,799 184,354 206,396 225,407 247,230 265,406 265,200 282,880 298,811 318,909 430,973 597,351 821,693 1,151,749

Increase(Decrease) in Cash 22,512 48,303 50,372 39,959 48,216 67,861 47,044 46,104 36,765 46,206 30,274 39,702 2,947 33,893 (23,169) 9,904 Add: Cash Balance, Beg. 152,023 174,535 222,838 273,211 313,170 361,386 429,247 476,291 522,395 559,160 605,366 635,640 771,591 797,963 845,042 779,284

Cash Balance, End. 174,535 222,838 273,211 313,170 361,386 429,247 476,291 522,395 559,160 605,366 635,640 675,342 774,538 831,856 821,872 789,187

Projected


277

APPENDIX 11.7: PROJECTED BALANCE SHEET – LMWD (Php’000)

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040ASSETS

Fixed Assets Fixed Assets in Operation 1,089,959 1,089,959 1,105,500 1,132,695 1,160,067 1,188,235 1,213,558 1,233,089 1,239,747 1,239,747 1,239,747 1,239,747 1,239,747 1,239,747 1,239,747 1,239,747 Less: Accum. Depreciation 380,926 400,924 420,922 440,920 460,918 480,916 509,670 538,424 567,178 595,932 624,685 653,439 797,209 940,978 1,084,748 1,228,517 Net Fixed Assets in Operation 709,033 689,035 684,578 691,775 699,149 707,319 703,888 694,665 672,569 643,815 615,061 586,307 442,538 298,768 154,999 11,229 Add: Work-in-Progress 38,928 38,928 54,469 50,583 54,646 51,378 51,801 45,586 38,928 38,928 38,928 38,928 38,928 38,928 38,928 38,928 Total Fixed Assets 747,961 727,963 739,046 742,358 753,795 758,697 755,690 740,251 711,497 682,743 653,989 625,235 481,466 337,696 193,927 50,157Current Assets Cash 174,535 222,838 273,211 313,170 361,386 429,247 476,291 522,395 559,160 605,366 635,640 675,342 774,538 831,856 821,872 789,187 Accounts Receivable (net) 44,749 45,955 47,329 48,718 50,311 52,303 54,284 56,527 58,757 61,245 63,709 66,455 81,852 102,692 131,147 171,181 Accounts Receivable- others Inventory 17,530 2,016 2,074 2,134 2,198 2,265 2,335 2,409 2,486 2,567 2,653 2,742 3,262 3,382 3,382 3,382 Prepayments 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267 8,267Total Current Assets 245,081 279,076 330,880 372,289 422,162 492,082 541,177 589,597 628,670 677,445 710,268 752,806 867,919 946,197 964,669 972,017 Reserves 4,869 9,829 15,329 20,916 27,158 34,642 47,163 69,448 91,816 116,420 141,025 168,090 320,195 522,737 795,720 1,174,477 Other Assets and Investments 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719 8,719

TOTAL ASSETS 1,006,631 1,025,588 1,093,974 1,144,282 1,211,833 1,294,140 1,352,748 1,408,015 1,440,702 1,485,328 1,514,001 1,554,850 1,678,299 1,815,350 1,963,035 2,205,370

LIABILITIES AND EQUITYCurrent Liabilities

Accounts Payable 6,667 7,160 7,690 8,261 8,876 9,540 10,255 11,026 11,858 12,756 13,727 14,776 21,461 30,828 44,409 64,171 Current Maturities 9,249 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,404 1,545 1,701 1,871 2,059 3,322 5,361 8,649 6,811 Accounts Payable -Others 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 16,022 Customers' Deposits 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 20,959 Total Current Liabilities 52,897 44,141 44,671 45,242 45,857 46,521 47,236 49,411 50,384 51,438 52,579 53,816 61,765 73,169 90,039 107,963Long-Term Debts (LTD) Loans Payable 0 0 29,350 50,674 78,503 99,827 121,151 134,820 134,593 134,196 133,613 132,826 125,018 107,948 75,934 26,953 Other Long-Term Debts 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680 3,680Equity WD Contribution 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Donated Capital 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 6,176 Other Paid-in Capital 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 752,616 Retained Earnings 191,261 218,975 257,482 285,894 325,001 385,320 421,890 461,312 493,253 537,221 565,336 605,736 729,044 871,761 1,034,591 1,307,982 Total Equity 950,053 977,767 1,016,274 1,044,686 1,083,793 1,144,112 1,180,682 1,220,104 1,252,045 1,296,013 1,324,128 1,364,528 1,487,836 1,630,553 1,793,383 2,066,774

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 1,006,631 1,025,588 1,093,974 1,144,282 1,211,833 1,294,140 1,352,748 1,408,015 1,440,702 1,485,328 1,514,001 1,554,850 1,678,299 1,815,350 1,963,035 2,205,370

Projected


278

APPENDIX 11.8: PROJECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS - LMWD

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040

Current Ratio 4.63 6.32 7.41 8.23 9.21 10.58 11.46 11.93 12.48 13.17 13.51 13.99 14.05 12.93 10.71 9.00

Debt to Equity Ratio - - 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.04 0.01

Net Profit Ratio 17% 15% 19% 14% 17% 22% 13% 13% 10% 13% 8% 11% 2% 9% 2% 7%

Debt Service Coverage Ratio 3.65 4.93 #DIV/0! 15.24 11.47 10.78 7.34 7.35 5.33 6.16 5.04 5.89 3.71 6.97 3.86 8.18


279

APPENDIX 12: ECONOMIC ANALYSIS – LMWD

1. INTRODUCTION 1. This note presents the economic feasibility evaluation of the proposed investments in water supply for Metro Leyte. It describes the overall approach to economic analysis, the data and assumptions used, the procedures for estimating economic costs and benefits, the results of the analysis in terms of economic internal rate of return (EIRR) and poverty impact ratio (PIR), and an assessment of the long-term economic sustainability of the proposed investments. It also discusses the overall impact of the investments in terms of the estimated number of additional service connections and population that will gain direct access to the improved water supply system to be realized under the Project. 2. This section starts with a general overview of the macroeconomic environment and the current situation in the water supply sector in the Philippines as well as in Metro Leyte as a background for a clearer understanding of the context of the Project and for assessing its economic impact. 2. MACROECONOMIC AND SECTORAL CONTEXT 3. Before the global economic slowdown hit the country in 2008, the Philippine economy has been growing at annual rates averaging 5.7%. From 5% in 2005, GDP growth increased to 5.4% in 2006 and further accelerated to its highest rate of 7.2% in 2007. However, in 2008, largely due to the global economic crisis, the economy grew at a much slower pace of only 4.6%. The pace of growth further decelerated up until about the middle of 2009 but which appeared to have picked up some steam during the second half of the year. By the end of 2009, economic growth is projected to reach 1.6%; in 2010, it is expected to gradually accelerate to 3.3%.13 Inflation is currently at its lowest level and is expected to average 4% in 2009 and 4.5% in 2010. 4. But despite the consistent positive growth of the domestic economy during the past years, however, poverty incidence in the country still remains high. In 2006, the number of families falling below the poverty line was estimated at 26.9%14. Although no recent poverty estimates have yet been released for both national and regional levels which reflect the possible impact of the current economic downturn, it is generally believed that the number of poor has risen. As an indicator, the latest Social Weather Survey undertaken by the Social Weather Station (SWS) indicates that self-rated poverty during the fourth quarter of 2008 was up to 52%, from the average of 50% for the whole year of 2007.15 Based on the socioeconomic survey conducted by the Project, Metro Leyte has a poverty incidence of 23%. 5. In the water supply sector, the situation across the country and in the Project area, needs further improvements. Available statistics show that 80% of the country’s current population have access to safe water supply but only 67% percent are connected to piped network.16 Still a large proportion of the population depends on non-piped sources such as shallow wells and deep wells, most of which are unprotected, and on more unsafe sources like rivers.

13 Based on the most recent revisions of the growth forecasts, ADB Economic Outlook, Philippines, 2009. 14 Latest official poverty estimate from the National Statistical Coordination Board (NCSB). 15 The Social Weather Survey was conducted between November 22 and December 1, 2008. 16 Philippine Water Supply Sector Roadmap, 2008.


280

6. The Philippine Government has set a target of achieving population service coverage for safe drinking water of 92%-96% by 2010.17 Under the Millennium Development Goals (MDG), the target is 86.8% by 2015. 7. In Metro Leyte,18 service coverage for piped water supply is estimated at only 41% of the existing service area population. 3. ECONOMIC RATIONALE OF THE PROJECT 8. The proposed investments for NRW reduction is designed to increase the volume of supply of treated, piped water in the area. Investments in improving water supply is one of the Government’s important economic and social objectives that is also aimed at addressing the MDG goals of: (i) eradicating extreme poverty and hunger (Goal 1), reducing child mortality (Goal 4), (iii) combating major diseases (Goal 6), and (v) improving population access to improved water supply and sanitation services (Goal 7). 9. The proposed investment in Metro Leyte is a component of a larger Water District Development Sector Project (WDDSP) which also includes Metro La Union WD, Quezon Metro WD, Legazpi City WD, and the City of Koronadal WD.19 10. The Leyte Metro Water District (LMWD) will partly finance but fully implement, operate and manage the investments. Direct intervention by Government in the provision of water supply services stems from the lack of participation of other sectors, particularly private investors, in sector development. With a growing population, the lack of investments in capacity expansion and improved operation and maintenance of facilities will continue to deprive an increasing number of the population of this essential service. 11. The direct involvement of the Government in this Project is therefore aimed at addressing this market failure in the provision of water supply services. In doing so, the Government will be exercising two of its basic functions, namely: (i) allocating resources for the provision of basic needs, and (ii) distributing resources to effect equity where market and private decisions (or lack of it) have not resulted in efficient allocation and service provision especially to the poor. 4. OVERALL APPROACH TO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 12. The economic analysis of the water supply investments was undertaken in accordance with the principles and procedures set out in the ADB Handbook for the Economic Analysis of Water Supply Projects (1999) and related guidelines20 as well as LWUA’s Project Operations Manual (2008). The analysis was undertaken over a 25-year period although most investments have useful economic life that extends beyond this assumed time horizon. Costs and benefits were quantified at constant September 2009 prices and as increments to a situation “without project”. 13. The economic feasibility of the subproject was determined by computing its economic internal rate of return (EIRR) and comparing the result with the assumed economic

17 Medium Term Philippine Development Plan, 2004-2010. 18 The existing franchise area of LMWD covers Tacloban City and the municipalities of Dagami, Palo, Pastrana, Santa Fe, Tabontabon, Tolosa and Tanauan. Present service area coverage includes 261 of the 370 barangays. 19 The Water District Development Sector Project (WDDSP) also includes Cabuyao (Laguna) WD, Laguna WD, Camarines Norte WD, Sorsogon WD, and possibly a second phase for Metro Leyte WD which will focus on developing new water source, in addition to the five pilot WDs. 20 Includes the Guidelines for the Economic Analysis of Projects (1997) and the Framework for the Economic and Financial Appraisal of Urban Development Sector Projects (1994).


281

opportunity cost of capital (EOCC) of 15%,21 in real terms. If the EIRR exceeds the EOCC, the subproject is considered economically viable. The robustness of the subproject’s EIRR was tested for changes in key variables such as capital costs, O&M costs, resource cost savings benefit, incremental water consumption, and avoided health care costs, through sensitivity analysis. A poverty impact analysis was also undertaken to determine how much of the net economic benefits accruing from the water supply investments will directly benefit the poor. 5. DEMAND FORECASTS 14. Water demand projections for the entire service area were prepared by the Project to assess future water requirements as well as provide a basis for facility design and subsequent analysis (see Chapter 5 for more detailed discussions of the methodology and results of the projections). Water demand in the Project service area was forecast using a per capita domestic water consumption of 119 lpcd for residential connections and an average of 67m3/connection/month for non-domestics which were derived from actual 2009 figures. 15. Table 12-1 shows the projected population and overall water demand figures for 2015, 2020 and 2025. In 2015, total area population will be around 380,581 while water demand is forecast to reach 27,288m3/day. In 2020, the projections are 451,288 for population and 33,322m3/day for water demand. By 2025, population and water demand are expected to reach 551,498 and 40,129m3/day, respectively. 16. LMWD’s existing water production capacity is about 455 lps, or 39,312m3/day. The demand for piped water remains high, as indicated by the willingness to connect (WTC) and willingness to pay (WTP) data obtained through the socioeconomic survey that was conducted in the area in April 2009 and described in subsequent sections of this report.

Table 12-1: Population and Water Demand Forecasts for Entire Service area: 2015, 2020 & 2025

2015

2020

2025 Total city/municipality population 490,166 590,886 704,918 Service area population 380,581 451,288 551,498 Water demand (m3/day) 27,288 33,322 40,129

6. BEFORE- AND AFTER-PROJECT SITUATIONS 17. At present, about 41% of the service area households have access to LMWD’s piped water supply. The remaining households depend on shallow wells (47%), deep wells (1%), public faucets (12%), water vendors (6%) and other sources of water. 18. Domestic piped water consumption is currently at 119 lpcd. At an average household size of 5 members, household consumption averages about 17.9m3/month. Non-piped water users, on the other hand, consume 13.5m3/month. 19. The results of the socioeconomic survey, however, reveal that nearly 72% of the non-connected households are willing to connect to LMWD’s piped water supply network.

21 Per NEDA-ICC Project Evaluation Procedures and Guidelines. ADB sets an EOCC of 10%-12% for similar projects.


282

20. The proposed investments, however, do not intend to address the entire water demand as projected and discussed above. Rather, the immediate focus is to reduce water losses resulting from a very high NRW of 46% with the aim of increasing the volume of water supply which could effectively answer the water needs of the existing population particularly in Tacloban City where about half of the service area population reside. Thus, the initial phase of the investments will merely involve replacing worn-out mains, replacing valves, calibration and replacement of meters, leak detection, district metering, pressure control, and provision of operational systems and equipment. Subsequent investments during the second phase will concentrate on developing new source to augment the existing supply for increased service coverage. 21. Based on the proposed NRW reduction investments for the initial phase which will extend from 2011-2016, the number of service connections, volume of production, and service coverage were projected as shown in the following table. 22. After completion of the investments in 2016, the volume of supply will increase to 39,568m3/day from the current level of 39,398m3/day. The additional supply capacity will enable some 2,064 additional households to connect to the system, directly benefiting an estimated 10,320 residents. In addition, a total of 241 non-domestic users, consisting of institutional and commercial establishments, will also have direct access to the expanded piped network. Service coverage by the end of the investment period will be about 37%.

Table 12.2: Before- and After-Project Situations, with NRW Reduction: 2009, 2011, 2016 & 2020

2009 2011 2016 2020 Service area population 320,868 338,383 392,911 451,288

Water demand (m3/day) 21,231 21,797 23,345 23,345

Production (m3/day) 39,398 39,361 39,568 39,568

No. of residential connections 25,311 25,988 27,846 27,846

No. of non-domestic connections 2,953 3,032 3,248 3,248 Service coverage (%) 4096 39.8 36.8 32.0

7. ECONOMIC BENEFITS 23. The economic and social impact of an improved water supply could include the following: (i) time saved from not having to collect water from distant wells or other water sources which could be used for productive activities, (ii) health benefits in terms of lower medical expenditures and reduction of long-term debilitating effects of waterborne diseases, (iii) improved income opportunities through home-based livelihood activities that use the new water supply, (iv) multiplier effects from increased incomes and new enterprises based on improved water supply, (v) wider social mobilization that could lead to the empowerment of women and greater social cohesion, (vi) development of wider access to credit and improved financial management skills, and (vii) wider social and political system that could influence government policies and bring about more balanced representation. 24. The economic analysis of the proposed water supply investments for Leyte Metro focuses on the following benefits for which data are available: (i) resource cost savings on non-incremental water in terms of avoided costs for producing, collecting, treating and storing water from non-piped sources, (ii) economic value of non-technical losses, (iii) value of time saved from not having to collect water from existing sources, (iv) savings in medical costs due to reduced incidence of waterborne diseases, and (v) avoided income loss (productivity savings) resulting from reduced morbidity rates.


283

25. Resource cost saving represents the foregone costs of producing, collecting, treating and storing non-piped water due to the shift in demand to piped water supply as a result of the Project. Total resource cost savings were computed based on estimated demand and the economic cost of non-piped water. Based on the socioeconomic survey results, the average economic cost of storage using storage tanks, drums, buckets and other storage facilities is about Php8.7/m3. This amount was computed based on the cost of storage tank (Php15,000), drums (Php300) and buckets (Php150) as well as the frequency distribution of their usage among households of 0.4%, 50% and 49%, respectively. The economic cost of producing water, based on the annualized cost of constructing and operating deep/shallow wells, was estimated at Php3/m3. Filtering and boiling, which are methods used by households for treating their water, costs an average of about Php7.2/day in economic price. 26. Non-technical water loss was estimated at 12% out of the current NRW of 46%. With the investments, this is projected to down to about 10% by 2016. Its economic value was computed by multiplying the amount of water lost due to non-technical reasons by the average of supply price and WTP. 27. Based on the survey results, collecting water from wells and other non-piped sources requires an average of 76 minutes per day. More than half (55%) of the time, it is the adult male or female member of the household who collects water from the source. Existing daily wage rate in the area is Php238 and applying a SWRF of 0.6 translates the financial wage to economic wage for unskilled worker of Php143/day. With 64% of the adult population gainfully employed or engaged in income generating activities, the time spent in collecting water is therefore valued, in economic price, at around Php7.9/day. 28. The health impact of improved water supply was measured in terms of the avoided medical care costs which are expected to result from reduced incidence of waterborne diseases. The analysis, however, did not encompass all types of waterborne diseases22 known to exist in the area because of data limitations. Instead, it was confined only to diarrhea for which DOH and local health units have more reliable and consistent data. 29. Health statistics obtained from the Department of Health (DOH) indicate that in 2008 about 19.7% of the under-5 year old population had diarrhea and were given oral rehydration solution (ORS). This statistics translates to a morbidity rate for this most vulnerable age-group of about 9 per 1,000 population. For other age-groups including the adult population, the socioeconomic survey revealed that 14.4% of the households had at least one member who got sick of diarrhea last year. The incidence figure are deemed to reflect only those cases that are believed to have been reported to government hospitals/clinics in the process of securing medical treatment and is estimated to account for just about 30% of the total number of actual cases that occurred which should include those that may have been treated in private clinics, resorted to self-medication, sought alternative cures or simply ignored for poverty reasons. It was estimated that morbidity rates for under-5 and over-5 year olds are 29 and 32 per 1,000 population. 30. Reduction in morbidity incidence was assumed at 21% for under-5 year olds and 22% for those above-5 years during the life of the subproject. This assumption was based on World Health Organization’s (WHO) data that estimated morbidity reduction rate from 22.7% to 37.5%. Another study estimated diarrhea reduction at 36%.23

22 Other known diseases are dysentery, typhoid, dengue and amoebiasis. 23 Esrey, S.A., Potash, J.B. Roberts, L and Shiff, C. Health Benefits from Improvements in Water Supply and Sanitation – Survey and Analysis of the literature on Selected Diseases. WASH Technical Report No. 66.


284

31. On the average, also based on survey results, it takes about 3.8 days for diarrhea patients to fully recover from sickness. The average cost of medication indicated in the survey by household respondents is Php1,788 per day which, based on medical information, could represent the cost for treating severe diarrhea cases. 32. Because of the number of days that an adult (especially one who is gainfully employed) is kept out of work because of sickness, income loss is also an important consideration in the analysis. The benefit of avoided income loss was computed based on the number of days that a patient is sick by the average wage rate. The average labor wage in the area is Php238/day, or Php143/day in economic price. 33. The parameters and values used in quantifying the economic benefits are given in Table 12-3 below. 34. Resource cost savings, the value of water saved, the value of time spent in collecting water, avoided medical costs and productivity savings constitute the set of economic benefits that was considered in determining the economic viability of the proposed investments. Other benefits such as improved income arising from the use of water for livelihood purposes and the multiplier effect of increased income and new enterprises because of improved supply, though important in terms of economic impact, were not included in the analysis due to limited data which limits the quantification of such benefits.

Table 12-3: Values for Quantifying Economic Benefits, Water Supply

2011 2016 2020 Number of residential connections 25,988 27,846 27,846 Number of non-domestic connections 3,032 3,248 3,248 Total number of service connections 29,020 31,094 31,094 Average economic cost of water storage (Php/m3) 8.7 - - Average economic cost of treatment (Php/day) 7.2 - - Average economic cost of producing water (Php/m3) 3.0 - - Ave. time spent in collecting water (min/day) 76 - - % of time water collection is done by adults 55 - - Average economic wage of unskilled laborer (Php/d) 143 - - Domestic water consumption (lpcd) 119 119 119 Production (m3/d) 39,361 39,568 39,568 Non-revenue water (%) 45 41 41 Non-technical losses (%) 11 10 10 Morbidity rate for diarrhea for under-5 (per 1,000) 29 - - Morbidity rate for diarrhea for over-5 (per 1,000) 32 - - Morbidity reduction for under-5 (%) 17 21 Morbidity reduction for over-5 (%) 16 22 Average number of days-sick 3.8 - - Average medical cost severe diarrhea case (Php/day) 1,788 - -

8. WILLINGNESS TO PAY 35. Also obtained through the socioeconomic survey, data on the willingness of the existing non-connected households to connect (WTC) to the piped water supply system and to pay (WTP) for water are presented in Table 12-4 . 36. Nearly seventy-two percent (72%) of the households indicated that they are willing to connect to CKWD’s improved water supply system and are also willing to pay Php280 for


285

water per month. The amount is slightly lower than the actual average monthly bill of current users of Php292/month. On a per unit basis, based on the monthly average consumption of 17.9m3/household, this WTP translates to an average of Php15.7/m3 which is also lower than the average domestic tariff of Php17.7/m3.

Table 12-4: Willingness to Connect (WTC) and to Pay (WTP), Water Supply

Parameters Mean Value Willingness to connect to an improved water supply system (%) 71.7 Willingness to pay for water (Php/month) 279.9 Willingness to pay for water (Php/m3) 15.7

9. ECONOMIC COSTS 37. The financial capital investments presented in Chapter 11 (Financial Aspects) were converted to their economic cost equivalent by removing all taxes and duties and then applying appropriate conversion factors to traded, unskilled labour, and non-traded components. Traded and non-traded components were estimated from the detailed financial cost estimates. The unskilled labour cost component was calculated at 18% of total civil works costs. 38. A shadow exchange rate factor (SERF) of 1.2 and a shadow wage rate factor (SWRF) of 0.6 were applied to the traded and unskilled labour components of costs following the NEDA-ICC guidelines for evaluating local investment projects. For non-traded components, the conversion factor is 1.0. 39. By applying the above conversion factors, the weighted overall CF for capital costs was computed as shown in Table 12-5 . Using a conversion factor of 1.07, the economic cost equivalent of the financial investments (including asset replacement costs), amounts to approximately Php160 million. 40. For O&M costs, the CF is 0.96 (Table 12-6 ). Total O&M costs, in economic prices, amount to Php20 million. Operation and maintenance activities will be carried out entirely by the existing personnel of LMWD.

Table 12-5: Conversion Factor for Capital Costs, Water Supply

Cost Component

Proportion %

C.F.

Weighted CF (%)

Traded Non-traded Unskilled labour Others Total

43

4 53

100

1.20

0.60 1.00

52

3 53

107 Conversion Factor 1.07

Table 12-6: Conversion Factor for O&M Costs, Water Supply

Cost Component

Proportion %

C.F.

Weighted CF (%)

Traded Non-traded Unskilled labour Others Total

10

15 75

100

1.20

0.60 1.00

12

9 75 96

Conversion Factor 0.96


286

10. EIRR AND SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS 41. Given the stream of economic benefits and costs over the 25-year period, the EIRR of the proposed water supply investments for Metro Leyte was computed at 22.9% (see computations in Annex 12-1 ). The subproject is economically viable, with an EIRR which is much higher than the assumed EOCC of 15%. 42. Sensitivity tests were performed to evaluate the economic viability of the investments for changes in some key variables. The scenarios include: (i) a 10% increase in capital costs, (ii) a 10% increase in O&M costs, (iii) a 10% reduction in resource cost savings, and (iv) a 10% decrease in avoided medical costs. 43. The results of the sensitivity tests, as presented in Table 12.7 , show that a 10% increase in capital investments or O&M costs and the same-rate reductions in economic resource costs or medical cost savings would not make the water supply investments economically unviable. The EIRR remains way above the cut-off rate. Of the four key variables that were tested, the viability of the investments was found to be most sensitive to changes in capital costs (SI=0.91) and avoided medical costs (SI=0.63). The impact of a 10% increase in O&M costs and resource cost savings are minimal, with an SI of only about 0.04 and 0.32. For the subproject’s EIRR to drop to the cut-off rate, capital investments need to be further reduced. The switching value for capital costs is 110% while for avoided medical costs, SV is 159%.

Table 12-8: EIRR and Sensitivity Test Results, Water Supply

Scenario

NPV1 (SLR mil)

EIRR (%) SI2

% Change SV3

Base case 46.8 22.9 10% increase in capital costs 37.6 20.8 0.91 10% 110% 10% increase in O&M costs 46.4 22.8 0.04 10% 2570% 10% decrease in resource cost savings 41.8 22.2 -0.32 -10% -311% 10% decrease in avoided medical costs 37.1 21.5 -0.63 -10% -159% 1 NPV = Net Present Value discounted at EOCC of 15% 2 SI = Sensitivity Indicator (ratio of % change in EIRR to % change in variable) 3 SV = Switching Value (% change in variable required for NPV to become zero)

11. SUBPROJECT BENEFICIARIES 44. Table 12-8 provides estimates of the total number of additional service connections (residential and non-domestics) and population that would directly benefit from the improvements in the existing water supply system in Metro Leyte. 45. A total of 2,305 new service connections are expected to be generated by the investments, to consist of 2,064 house connections (90%) and 241 non-domestic connections (10%). In terms of served population, the total number of direct beneficiaries is estimated to reach about 10,706 persons.

Table 12-8: Subproject Beneficiaries, Water Supply

Domestic Conn.

Non-Dom. Conn.

Total Conn.

Population Served

Water supply

2,064

241

2,305

10,706


287

12. PROJECT SUSTAINABILITY 46. At full economic cost (i.e., capital investments plus O&M costs), the average incremental economic cost of water (AIEC) which is a measure of the average marginal cost of producing water is about Php27/m3. Considering only capital costs, AIEC is Php25.8/m3. 47. The average tariff, which was computed by dividing the present value of revenue by the incremental water consumption, is Php20/m3. 48. The cost of producing water of Php27/m3 is higher than the average tariff that is expected to be collected during the life of the Project, suggesting an economic subsidy of Php7.1 for each cubic meter of water consumed. 49. The tariff revenue to be generated by the subproject could more than fully recover all O&M costs but only 77% of the capital costs or 74% of the full economic cost consisting of capital and O&M.

Table 12-9: Project Sustainability, Water Supply

Value AIEC (Php/m3) Economic capital + O&M (full cost) Economic capital cost only Economic O&M only

27.0 25.8 1.3

Average tariff at EOCC of 15% (Php/m3) 20.0 Economic subsidy of full economic cost (Php/m3) 7.1 Economic cost recovery (%) Capital + O&M cost Capital cost only O&M cost only

74% 77%

1557% 13. DISTRIBUTIONAL ANALYSIS AND POVERTY IMPACT 50. The water supply subproject is expected to generate total net economic benefits (NEB)24 of about Php131 million. Approximately Php122 million will accrue to water consumers, many of whom are current users of water from wells and other sources and who are expected to connect to the piped network. Local labour which will be tapped for the rehabilitation works of the existing system to be carried out, will gain about Php5 million. The economy, because of distortions in the current exchange rate, will lose around Php13 million. On balance, the whole economy will gain the entire NEB of Php131 million. 51. The poverty impact ratio (PIR) of the water supply investments is 28%, which means that less than one-third of NEB will accrue to the poor who are expected to come mostly from the area where poverty incidence was estimated, based on the socioeconomic survey, at 23% of the total number of households. Annex 12-2 presents the details of the distributional and poverty impact analysis of the investments.



288

Annex 12-1 EIRR & Sensitivity Tests, Metro Leyte Water District(Values in Php million)

Res. Cost Non-Tech Time Med Cost Prod. Total Eco Capital O&M Total Net. Eco.Year Savings Losses Savings Savings Savings Benefits Costs Costs Costs Benefits +10% Invst +10% O&M -10% RCS -10% MC

2011 0.0 26.5 0.0 26.5 -26.5 -29.1 -26.5 -26.5 -26.52012 1.9 0.2 0.8 2.7 0.1 5.7 19.2 0.8 20.0 -14.3 -16.2 -14.4 -14.5 -14.62013 3.8 0.1 1.7 5.2 0.2 11.0 25.1 0.8 25.9 -14.9 -17.4 -15.0 -15.3 -15.52014 5.6 0.0 2.5 7.9 0.3 16.4 19.2 0.9 20.2 -3.8 -5.7 -3.8 -4.3 -4.52015 7.5 0.0 3.4 10.7 0.4 22.0 19.2 0.8 20.0 2.0 0.0 1.9 1.2 0.92016 8.4 0.2 3.8 13.7 0.5 26.7 9.6 0.8 10.4 16.3 15.3 16.2 15.4 14.92017 8.4 0.2 3.8 17.0 0.7 30.1 0.8 0.8 29.3 29.3 29.2 28.4 27.62018 8.4 0.2 3.8 20.0 0.8 33.2 41.6 0.8 42.4 -9.1 -13.3 -9.2 -10.0 -11.12019 8.4 0.2 3.8 20.7 0.8 34.0 0.8 0.8 33.2 33.2 33.1 32.3 31.12020 8.4 0.2 3.8 21.5 0.8 34.8 0.8 0.8 34.0 34.0 33.9 33.1 31.82021 8.4 0.2 3.8 22.3 0.9 35.6 0.8 0.8 34.8 34.8 34.7 34.0 32.62022 8.4 0.2 3.8 23.2 0.9 36.6 0.8 0.8 35.7 35.7 35.7 34.9 33.42023 8.4 0.2 3.8 24.1 0.9 37.5 0.8 0.8 36.7 36.7 36.6 35.9 34.32024 8.4 0.2 3.8 25.1 1.0 38.6 0.8 0.8 37.8 37.8 37.7 36.9 35.32025 8.4 0.2 3.8 26.2 1.0 39.7 0.8 0.8 38.9 38.9 38.8 38.1 36.32026 8.4 0.2 3.8 26.9 1.1 40.4 0.0 0.8 0.8 39.6 39.6 39.5 38.8 36.92027 8.4 0.2 3.8 27.6 1.1 41.1 0.8 0.8 40.3 40.3 40.2 39.5 37.52028 8.4 0.2 3.8 28.3 1.1 41.8 0.8 0.8 41.0 41.0 40.9 40.2 38.22029 8.4 0.2 3.8 29.0 1.1 42.6 0.8 0.8 41.8 41.8 41.7 40.9 38.92030 8.4 0.2 3.8 29.7 1.2 43.3 0.8 0.8 42.5 42.5 42.4 41.7 39.52031 8.4 0.2 3.8 30.4 1.2 44.1 0.8 0.8 43.3 43.3 43.2 42.4 40.22032 8.4 0.2 3.8 31.2 1.2 44.9 0.8 0.8 44.1 44.1 44.0 43.2 41.02033 8.4 0.2 3.8 32.0 1.3 45.7 0.8 0.8 44.9 44.9 44.8 44.0 41.72034 8.4 0.2 3.8 32.8 1.3 46.5 0.8 0.8 45.7 45.7 45.6 44.9 42.42035 8.4 0.2 3.8 33.6 1.3 96.4 0.8 0.8 95.5 46.6 46.5 45.7 43.2

NPV 46.8 37.6 46.4 41.8 37.1EIRR 22.9% 20.8% 22.8% 22.2% 21.5%

Sensitivity Tests


289

Annex 12-2

Distribution of Net Economic Benefits, Leyte Metro WDEconomic

Financial Economic Minus Gov't/PV CF PV Financial Utility Economy Labor Consumers Total

Benefits: Total benefits 78.8 201.2 122.4 122.4 122.4

Costs: Investments -civil works, equipment, non-labor, etc. -66.7 1.2 -80.0 -13.3 -13.3 -13.3 Installation (labor) -12.1 0.6 -7.3 4.8 4.8 4.8 Operation (labor) 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Electricity 0.0 1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Other operating costs -6.4 1.0 -6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total costs -85.3 -93.7 -8.5 -8.5

Net benefits 164.1 294.9 130.9 164.1 130.9Gains and losses 164.1 -13.3 4.8 122.4 277.9

Poverty Impact Ratio (PIR)Gov't/

Economy Consumers Labor TotalGains and losses (NEB-NFB) -13.3 122.4 4.8 113.9Financial return utility 164.1 164.1

Benefits 150.7 122.4 4.8 277.9

Proportion of poor 0.33 0.23 0.23Benefits to poor 49.6 28.1 1.1 78.8

Poverty Impact Ratio (PIR) 28%

Distribution of Net Economic Benefits

Documents

LOCAL WATER UTILITIES ADMINISTRATION...FINAL REPORT VOLUME 6: SUBPROJECT APPRAISAL REPORT: LEYTE METRO WATER DISTRICT Asian Development Bank LOCAL WATER UTILITIES ADMINISTRATION WATER